2026年中考英语时文阅读20话题（每个话题5篇阅读，共100篇）

03 义务教育优质均衡发展（原文版） Passage 1 A Teacher Who Travels to Teach Every Monday morning, Miss Yang takes a bus at half past six. The ride takes about fifty minutes and ends at a school at the foot of a hill. On the bus she usually prepares cards and pictures for the morning lessons. She has taught English at No. 4 Middle School in the city for nine years. This year she is teaching at a village school instead, and she will stay there for one year. Miss Yang is one of many teachers who take part in an exchange programme. Teachers from strong schools spend one or two years in schools that need more help, and teachers from those schools go to the city to learn. The programme is designed to narrow the gap between schools. It has been running for several years in many provinces. Before leaving, each teacher is asked what he or she can offer, and the receiving school is asked what it needs most. Nothing about the teachers' pay or position changes while they are away. At first, Miss Yang found the village school quieter than she expected. There were fewer students in each class, but their English was weaker. Many of them were shy and afraid of making mistakes. She started each lesson with a short song and a game, and she asked every student to speak at least once. She also stayed after class twice a week to help a small group read aloud. Slowly, more hands went up. She also brought something back to the city school: a notebook full of ideas. Her village students walk a long way to school and still arrive smiling, she says, and that has changed the way she teaches. She plans to use these ideas in her city classroom next year. "People think exchange means one school helps another," Miss Yang says. "In fact, both schools learn." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to teach English in a village B. The long bus ride to a hill school C. Why village students are shy D. A teacher exchange programme that helps both schools 2. （细节理解）How long will Miss Yang stay at the village school? A. Nine years. B. Half a year. C. One year. D. Two months. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer about the village students? A. They do not like singing songs. B. They have fewer chances to practise English. C. They will move to the city school soon. D. They are better at English than city students. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "narrow" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. make something smaller B. make something wider C. keep something the same D. move something away —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 Two Schools, One Big Family Hongguang Primary School sits in a town about forty kilometres from the city. For years it had only twelve teachers, and there was no full-time music or art teacher. Music and art lessons were often taught by the Chinese teacher instead. Last autumn, it joined a school group led by a large city school. The two schools now share lessons, teachers and even their sports day. The group works in several ways. Every week, a city teacher travels to the town school to give a demonstration lesson, and the town teachers watch and discuss it afterwards. Once a month, the two schools hold a joint meeting on the internet to plan their work together. Textbooks, reading materials and test papers are shared, so teachers do not have to prepare everything alone. The two groups of teachers also share an online folder full of lesson plans. A few town teachers spend a week at the city school each term, sitting in real classrooms and taking notes. The town school has changed inside as well. With help from the group, it opened a small library and a music room with twenty used keyboards from the city school. Its teachers now have online training every Thursday afternoon. The library opens for an hour after school, and it is always full. "We used to feel we were working on our own," said one young teacher. "Now there is always someone to ask." The city school says it gains something too. Its students write letters to the town students and send them books they have read. Its teachers learn how to teach larger classes with fewer things. Both schools now speak of themselves as one big family. Education is not a race between schools, the head teacher often says. When one school improves, every child in the group has a better chance. Questions 1. （主旨大意）The passage is mainly about ______. A. how two schools work together in a group B. how to build a new music room C. why city students read more books D. the history of a town school 2. （细节理解）Which of the following is a way the school group works? A. Town students move to the city school. B. City teachers give demonstration lessons in the town school. C. All classes are taught on the internet. D. The city school sends money every month. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the last paragraph? A. The city school is losing its best teachers. B. Town students will soon leave their school. C. Only the town school benefits from the group. D. Working together helps both schools improve. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "demonstration" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. a test for students B. a meeting for parents C. a lesson shown as an example D. a game played after class —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 A Village School's New Look Ten years ago, Qinghe Village School had six classrooms, a small playground of earth, and one old computer in the office. The roof leaked when it rained hard, and the windows were covered with paper in winter. In winter the classrooms were cold, and on rainy days the playground turned into mud. Many families who could do so sent their children to schools in the town. Only about eighty students stayed, and three of the six classrooms were not used at all. Today the same school looks like a different place. The classrooms are bright and warm, and each one has a screen connected to the internet. The playground is covered with a soft green surface. There is a small dining hall where students can have hot lunch, and a library with more than three thousand books. There is also a small room where younger children can rest at noon. The number of students has risen to over two hundred. The change came from many sides. The local government repaired the buildings and bought new desks and chairs. A company in the city gave computers and books. Teachers who had left came back when they saw the new classrooms, and more than half of them are now under thirty-five. Villagers who once sent their children away have brought them back. Most importantly, parents no longer worry that their children will receive a poorer education than children in the town. The head teacher says the biggest change is not the buildings. It is what happens inside them. Students now have art, music and science lessons every week. Last term, a group of them won a prize in a reading competition for the whole county. "Give a village school the same resources," the head teacher says, "and village children will show you the same dreams." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the best title for the passage? A. How to Win a Reading Competition B. The Great Changes at a Village School C. The Life of a Head Teacher D. Moving from a Village to a Town 2. （细节理解）How many students are there at the school now? A. About eighty. B. About six hundred. C. About one hundred and twenty. D. Over two hundred. 3. （推理判断）From the passage, we can infer that better school conditions ______. A. make parents more willing to keep children in the village school B. cost too much money for the government C. make teachers leave the school D. are only useful for science lessons 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "resources" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. dreams and hopes B. competitions and prizes C. things a school can use, such as books and equipment D. buildings far away from the village —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 One Lesson, Two Classrooms The bell rang at ten past eight in a village classroom. On the large screen at the front of the room, students in a city classroom appeared at the same moment. Both groups stood up and greeted the same teacher. The village classroom was quiet at first, and the children's eyes were fixed on the screen. This was a shared lesson, and for the next forty minutes the two classes would learn together although they were kilometres apart. The teacher in the city taught the lesson, while a teacher in the village stayed beside her own students. When the city teacher asked a question, hands went up in both places. A camera followed whoever was speaking, so everyone could see and hear clearly. A microphone passed from hand to hand, just as in a real classroom. When the village students answered correctly, the city class clapped for them. When the village students needed more time, their own teacher stopped the screen and explained again. Shared lessons like this are now common in many parts of the country. They are usually planned together the week before. They are used most often for subjects such as music, art and English, which small schools sometimes find hard to cover. For village students, the lesson brings a new voice and a new way of working. For city students, it shows them that classmates can live very different lives. A girl in the village class said she liked asking questions on the screen. "At first I was afraid of making mistakes in front of so many people," she said. "Now I put my hand up first." Her teacher smiled when she heard this. The two classes now write letters to each other once a month. The screen is only a piece of glass, she thought. What really matters is that every child is given the chance to speak. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to use a camera in class B. The differences between city and village life C. A shared lesson that connects two classrooms D. Why village schools need more teachers 2. （细节理解）What does the village teacher do during the shared lesson? A. She stays with her students and explains when needed. B. She teaches the city students. C. She repairs the screen. D. She takes the students to the city. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the girl's words? A. She wants to study in the city school. B. She has become more confident in class. C. She is afraid of the camera. D. She does not like the shared lesson. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "apart" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. together in one room B. far from the school C. close to each other D. separated by distance —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 The Chance to Learn Lin Tao used to think school was boring. He sat at the back of the classroom, counted the minutes until the bell, and complained about homework every evening. He saw school as a place where the clock moved more slowly than anywhere else. His parents were too busy to pay much attention. Nothing seemed able to change his mind until last summer, when he spent two weeks with his cousin in a mountain village. His cousin's school had only three classrooms and about forty students in total. There was no library, but there was a shelf with well-worn books that the students shared. The children took turns to read these books so that nobody was left out. Their notebooks were filled on both sides of every page. Every morning some children walked for more than an hour to get there. They carried their own chairs on some days because there were not enough for everyone. Yet nobody arrived late, and nobody wanted to miss a lesson. One afternoon Lin Tao helped teach a few English words. The students repeated each word again and again, and their eyes shone. He realised that he had never once thanked his own teachers. When he left, a girl gave him a hand-drawn card that read, "I hope to study English in a big school one day." Lin Tao put the card in his bag and read it several times on the train home. Back at school in September, Lin Tao's classmates noticed a change. He sat in the front row, handed in his homework on time, and even stayed after class to ask questions. His mother says she hardly recognises the boy who used to count the minutes. Education is not the same everywhere, he wrote in a class speech, but the chance to learn is something we should never waste. He still keeps the card on his desk. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the main idea of the passage? A. Mountain villages are beautiful in summer. B. How to make hand-drawn cards C. City schools are better than village schools. D. A visit to a village school taught a boy to value his education 2. （细节理解）What did Lin Tao do in the village? A. He built a new classroom. B. He helped teach some English words. C. He gave the students new chairs. D. He opened a small library. 3. （推理判断）Why did Lin Tao change after the visit? A. His parents promised him a new phone. B. His school became much easier. C. He saw how much village students valued learning. D. He decided to become a teacher. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "well-worn" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. old and used a lot B. new and expensive C. clean and tidy D. heavy and large 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 18 美丽乡村与乡村旅游（原文版） Passage 1 A Weekend at a Village Homestay Chen Yu is a Grade 8 student from a busy city. Last October he travelled with his parents to a mountain village two hours away and stayed in a homestay run by an old couple. The house had a grey wall, a clean yard and five guest rooms with wooden beds. Grandma Liu, who is sixty-eight, cooked every meal for them herself. Before that weekend Chen Yu had hardly ever slept away from the busy city where he was born. What surprised Chen Yu most was not the mountain air but the tidiness of the place. There were small bins at every corner of the lane, with two colours for different kinds of rubbish. The road surface was smooth, and no plastic bags lay in the grass. He counted four of these bins before he reached the small stone bridge. In the city where he lives he was used to noise and crowds; here he heard only dogs and wind through bamboo. He got up before dawn on the second day and followed his host to the vegetable field. They picked green beans, fed the chickens and carried two baskets back together. Along the way several neighbours said hello and asked about his school life. Grandma Liu promised to teach him how to make tofu when he came back. Chen Yu used to think village life must be dull and dirty. He changed his mind that morning. On Saturday evening the family sat in the yard together, and his father sent photographs of the stars to his own class group. There was no television in the room, but the sky was full of stars and the old tree beside the gate was full of cicadas. Grandpa told them that young people once left the village one by one. Now some come back to open small guest houses. "We keep our old ways," he said, "and we also keep our village clean." On the way home Chen Yu wrote in his diary that he wanted to return in spring. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How villagers cook meals for their guests. B. The best season to climb a mountain. C. A city boy's weekend in a village homestay and what he found there. D. Why young people leave their villages for cities. 2. （细节理解）What surprised Chen Yu most when he first saw the village? A. The lanes and rubbish bins were clean and tidy. B. Nobody was left living in the village. C. The host family lived in a tall building. D. He had to share his room with strangers. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the passage? A. Chen Yu will never visit a village again. B. There is no electricity in the village at night. C. Grandma Liu works in a big hotel kitchen. D. Villagers today value both old customs and a clean environment. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "dawn" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. the middle of the day B. early morning when light first appears C. late evening after dinner D. the darkest part of the night —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The River That Came Back Ten years ago people did not walk near the stream behind Liuwan Village. Bottles, plastic bags and old clothes were dumped along both banks. In summer the water turned green and smelled bad, and the villagers kept their windows shut. During the rainy season it carried plastic bags down into the fields below. Children were told again and again not to play there. The change began with small steps rather than big machines. Every family received two bins: one for kitchen waste, one for other rubbish. A worker comes three times a week to collect them, and each lane has someone who checks that the bins are used correctly. A small treatment pool was built on the lower side of the village, so dirty water no longer runs straight into the stream. Nothing was forced on anybody; people were simply asked to try the new habit for one month. Old villagers, who once saw the river as a free dustbin, now remind newcomers that nobody should throw anything into it. Today the water runs clear for most of the year. Fish have returned, and dragonflies rest on the reeds. Wild ducks sometimes rest on the small island in the middle, and in June lotus leaves cover one quiet corner. The village built a stone path along one bank with several benches and wooden railings. In the evenings old people walk there slowly, and schoolchildren stop to watch the water before going home. The clean river has brought unexpected guests. On weekends visitors from the town come for a walk, buy ice cream at the small shop near the bridge and ask about fishing. Two families have opened teahouses beside the path, using spring water from the hill and their own tea leaves. "We did not clean the river for tourists," said one villager, smiling. "But it is nice to see that both fish and guests have come back." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What does the passage mainly tell us? A. How a village cleaned its stream and why the water matters to villagers. B. The best way to catch fish in a village stream. C. Why villagers once moved away from the river bank. D. How to build stone paths along running water. 2. （细节理解）What does the village do with household rubbish now? A. Burns it behind every house. B. Throws it into the old canal. C. Buries it under the fields. D. Collects it regularly and asks families to sort it. 3. （推理判断）From the passage we can infer that ______. A. cleaning a river needs nothing but money B. a cleaner village can attract visitors as well as fish C. every family in the village now runs a teahouse D. the villagers no longer need to look after the river 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "dumped" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. put carefully into beautiful boxes B. washed clean with river water C. thrown away carelessly in a place D. sold to visitors for money —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Rice, Mud and Happy Tourists On a warm morning in May, about forty visitors came from three cities by bus and stood barefoot at the edge of a rice field in Hetang Village. Most of them had never stepped into mud deeper than their ankles. A farmer named Uncle Tang showed them how to hold the young plants and how deep to push them into the mud. Then everybody rolled up their trousers and stepped in. Most of them fell behind at once. The mud pulled at their feet, the rows bent left and right, and after twenty minutes several backs were aching. But nobody gave up. Uncle Tang's daughter demonstrated the movement again and again for a group of children near the bank. A nine-year-old boy from the city shouted that he had planted five rows, and his father laughed so loudly that the birds flew up from the trees nearby. Planting rice, the visitors said afterwards, was much harder than anything they had learned from books. Since three years ago, the village cooperative has run these "farming experience" mornings. Each family that opens its field, cooks a meal or cleans a guest room receives part of the fee. The cooperative also writes down how many visitors each family serves, so that nobody feels the work is unfair. The rest goes into a common fund. The village has used some of that money to repair the water channel, buy boat tickets for the old people's festival and pay for a small bus that takes village children to the county library every month. The visitors did not leave with big bags of rice. They left with wet clothes, mud on their arms and, in many cases, a new respect for the farmers they passed every day. Several families said they would plant a second field next spring. "Next year they should sell tickets to plant the second half," one mother joked. "My son has finally understood that rice does not come from a supermarket shelf." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What does the passage mainly talk about? A. How to plant rice seedlings step by step. B. Why city people dislike working in the fields. C. The long history of rice growing in Asia. D. Farming experiences that bring visitors to a village and income to its families. 2. （细节理解）What does the village do with part of the money from the activities? A. It builds new factories in the county town. B. It gives it to the families that take part in the work. C. It sends it to the city government. D. It keeps it for one boss alone. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the passage? A. Rice planting can be learned in one minute. B. Visitors prefer to stay indoors all day. C. Taking part in farm work teaches visitors more than watching. D. The village will stop growing rice next year. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "barefoot" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. without shoes or socks B. wearing thick rubber boots C. holding something in both hands D. standing quietly in a straight line —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 The Old Schoolhouse Opens Again For many years an old schoolhouse stood at the top of Qinghe Village with its doors locked. Children from the village had gone to study in the town, and only swallows lived in the empty classrooms. Weeds grew along the stone steps, and the blackboard inside was covered with chalk dust and old writing. The roof leaked after heavy rain, and some people advised pulling the building down. The villagers decided to do something different. They repaired the roof, whitewashed the walls and kept the oldest windows because they let in pleasant light. The money came from the village and a small public fund. and turned the building into a place for both residents and travellers. The largest room became a reading room with shelves of books and long wooden tables. Two smaller rooms hold a local handicraft workshop, and a covered hall outside is used for weekend markets. Nothing modern was added to hide the old bricks or the stone steps in front of the door. Visitors usually stop here first when they reach the village, and often they stay much longer than they planned. They read for a while, learn to weave a small bamboo basket, taste rice cakes made by village women and listen to stories about the old trees around the yard. A twenty-four-year-old guide named Xiao Fang shows them around; she grew up in the village and came home last year after working in a southern factory. The house now provides part-time work for six villagers, including two men in their sixties who repair the roof every spring. Weekends are the busiest, and nobody in the village talks any more about pulling the building down. "The building taught our children to read," said Grandpa Zhao, who once worked there as a teacher. "Now it teaches our guests to understand this village. A school never really closes." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How village children travel to school in the town. B. How an empty old schoolhouse was turned into a place useful to villagers and visitors. C. Why old buildings should always be pulled down. D. The best way to repair a leaking roof in spring. 2. （细节理解）What can visitors do in the new place? A. Sit exams with village children. B. Buy tickets for the town cinema. C. Read books and learn local handicrafts. D. Work as builders repairing the roof. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the passage? A. Old buildings can become useful again in new ways. B. The village will build a new school next month. C. No young people are willing to work in the village. D. Travellers never stop in Qinghe Village. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "leaked" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. looked bright and clean B. was painted white again C. stood high above the trees D. let rain come in through a hole —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 My Village Pen Friend In September the students of Class 2 in a city school and those of Class 2 in a mountain village school began writing to each other. Their teacher believed the idea would help both classes look beyond their own lives. Once a month each student put a letter into a big envelope, and four weeks later a reply arrived with news, drawings and sometimes a few pressed leaves from the hills. At first the two sides simply described their weekends. The city children wrote about shopping centres, cinemas and libraries. The village children wrote about feeding the ducks, cooking lunch for their grandmothers and walking to school along the rice fields before seven in the morning. Both sides were surprised. One girl admitted she had thought rice grew on supermarket shelves; one boy admitted he had thought every city teenager owned a car. Slowly they realised that a hard life and a happy life are not opposites, and that worry and pride exist on both sides. They also learned to answer each other's questions patiently and honestly. In July the city class travelled to the village for two days. They stayed with the families of their pen friends, cooked together, climbed a low hill and played games on the threshing ground until dark. No telephone screens were needed, and two students said later that they had slept better there than anywhere else. Some city students found the early morning quite difficult; some village students found the city timetable strange when they visited later. Since then the letters have grown longer. The two classes are planning a small photo show at both schools: pictures of the village side by side with pictures of the city. Their teacher says the project is not about comparing which place is better. It is about learning to describe another person's life honestly, and to be patient with what we do not yet understand. She hopes their letters will continue when the students enter Grade 9. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to write a letter in English. B. The differences between city and village schools. C. A summer trip organized by parents. D. Pen friends from two schools and the understanding they built together. 2. （细节理解）How often did the two classes write to each other at first? A. Once a month. B. Once a week. C. Every day. D. Twice a year. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the passage? A. Village life is always easier than city life. B. The letter exchange helped both sides understand each other. C. The city students stopped writing after the trip. D. All the village families moved to the city. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "described" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. forgot quickly B. drew colourful pictures of C. wrote about what something is like D. complained angrily about 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 15 垃圾分类与"无废城市"（原文版） Passage 1 Four Bins by the Window At the back of Class 3, Grade 8, there are four bins standing by the window. One is blue, one is green, one is red and one is grey. Last September nobody paid any attention to them. Students threw drink boxes into the green bin and paper into the red one, and the cleaner had to sort everything again by hand at the end of every day. Nobody knew which bin was for which kind of rubbish. Then Miss Sun, our class teacher, spent one class meeting teaching rubbish sorting. She brought a large poster and asked us to guess where a banana peel, a broken ruler and an old battery should go. We were surprised to learn that a used battery is harmful rubbish and must never be mixed with food waste. After that, the class chose two "bin monitors" every week, and every student takes the turn. Their job is to check the bins after lunch and to gently remind anyone who makes a mistake. It was not easy in the first month. Some students said sorting took too much time. Others forgot the rules again and again. When somebody forgets, a classmate usually points at the poster quietly instead of laughing. Little by little, however, hands became quicker and surer. We also started a small rule of our own: everyone must bring their own water bottle to school, and nobody buys plastic bottles on sports day. By the end of the term our classroom produced less rubbish than before, and the paper we collected filled two large bags for recycling. More importantly, sorting has become as natural to us as putting up our hands before answering a question. Nobody was praised for being perfect, and everybody enjoyed a cleaner classroom. Miss Sun often says that a good habit needs time to grow. Looking at the four clean bins, we think she is quite right. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the main idea of the passage? A. How to make a large poster for the classroom. B. Why students should run on sports day. C. How a class learns to sort rubbish and build a good habit. D. The hard work of the school cleaners every day. 2. （细节理解）What is the job of the two "bin monitors"? A. To check the bins and remind anyone who makes a mistake. B. To clean the classroom every morning. C. To buy new bins for the whole class. D. To collect homework for the teacher. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the last paragraph? A. The students have stopped producing any rubbish at all. B. Miss Sun was unhappy with most of her students. C. Sorting rubbish is still too difficult for every student. D. Sorting rubbish has become a natural habit for the class. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "sort" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. throw away quickly B. put into groups by kind C. sell for some money D. break into small pieces —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 Old Books, New Readers Every June, students at No. 4 Middle School hold a "book bridge" in the school hall. The rule is simple: bring the books you have finished reading, take the ones you have not. Last year hundreds of books changed hands in two afternoons, and almost none of them were thrown away. Even several teachers brought boxes of magazines and dictionaries from their office. The activity started because some students found boxes of old storybooks in the store room. Many of them still looked quite new. "Why should good stories sleep in the dust?" one student asked. So they cleaned the covers, wrote short notes inside and put the books on long tables. Every cover was checked twice, and two days of lunch breaks were spent tidying them up. Yang Lu wrote: "This book made me cry on a rainy evening. I hope you like it too." Readers who took her book left a reply card three weeks later. Some of them became friends of the writers. Giving books a second life is only part of a bigger picture. In our school, used uniforms are washed and passed to younger students, and broken desks are repaired instead of being carried to the bin. The art club makes lanterns from old paper boxes, and the gardening club uses fallen leaves to protect the soil. Things that once seemed useless are given another chance. Nothing leaves the school before it has been checked once more. Gao Wen, one of the organisers, often says that reuse is much easier than most people imagine. "Environment is not just a word in a textbook," she says. "It is the choice you make when you decide to keep something instead of throwing it away." Encouraged by that idea, the school now plans to keep the book bridge open all year round, not only in June. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. Students reuse old things to protect the environment. B. How to write short notes inside a borrowed book. C. The most popular stories to read in June. D. Why school uniforms cost a lot of money. 2. （细节理解）What does the school do with used uniforms? A. It sells them to factories. B. It throws them into the bin. C. It burns them every June. D. It washes them and passes them to younger students. 3. （推理判断）What does Gao Wen mean by saying "Environment is not just a word in a textbook"? A. Students should stop reading books about nature. B. Protecting the environment depends on everyday choices. C. Textbooks never talk about the environment at all. D. Schools should stop teaching about the natural world. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "dust" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. clean water B. warm sunlight C. fine dry dirt D. bright colour —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 What Does "Waste-free" Mean? A "waste-free city" does not mean a city without any rubbish. That is impossible in today's life. It means a city that tries its best to make less waste and to turn most of the rest into something useful again. The idea sounds big, but it is built on millions of everyday actions. Great piles of rubbish begin as single bottles in single hands. The first step is reducing. A family can plan meals so that fewer vegetables are left in the fridge. A shop can stop giving plastic bags that are used for only ten minutes. The second step is reusing. Glass bottles, cloth bags and even old clothes can serve us much longer if we keep them instead of dropping them into the bin. The third step is recycling. Paper, metal and plastic are sent to factories and made into new things. Food waste can even become fertiliser for fields after it is dealt with properly. Each of these steps saves energy that most people never notice. None of these steps can work without ordinary people. Machines cannot sort what people never separate. That is why many cities place different-coloured bins in every neighbourhood and teach residents how to use them. Schools play a part too: children learn early, and they often remind their parents at home. A child who sorts correctly at eight will probably keep doing it at eighty. Nobody can build such a city alone in one year. It takes years, patience and millions of small decisions. But every bottle that is refilled and every bag that is carried from home is like a brick in a wall. When millions of people do the same small thing, the whole city quietly changes. Most people already know the rules; what they really need is a habit. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. The long history of waste in big cities. B. How factories deal with plastic every day. C. Ways of cooking with fewer vegetables. D. What a waste-free city means and how people help build it. 2. （细节理解）Which is the second step mentioned in the passage? A. Reducing. B. Reusing. C. Recycling. D. Burning. 3. （推理判断）Why does the writer compare a refilled bottle to "a brick in a wall"? A. Small personal actions together build a better city. B. Walls should be built out of used bottles. C. Glass bottles are stronger than real bricks. D. Big cities need far more buildings now. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "residents" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. visitors passing by B. workers in factories C. people living in a place D. students at school —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 A Weekend with the Green Volunteers At eight o'clock last Saturday morning, more than thirty people met at the gate of Sunshine Community. They were not there for a party. They had come to spend the weekend working: some carried gloves and bags, some pushed a small cart, and a few held picture cards drawn by children from the local primary school. They came from different jobs and age groups, but all of them wore the same bright green vests. Their task was simple but not easy. First they walked along the paths and picked up any rubbish they saw. Then they stood beside the four-coloured bins for two hours, helping people sort their bags correctly. Mrs Han, who is over sixty, explained the same rules again and again to anyone who passed by. "People are not careless," she said. "They just need someone to remind them once or twice." A young mother listened carefully, thanked her and came back an hour later with three sorted bags. At noon some students from No. 4 Middle School joined them. They showed the picture cards to younger children and played a small game: whoever put five cards into the right basket got a small green plant. The children laughed and remembered quickly. Their parents came too and said they would try harder at home. By three o'clock even the shyest child was running towards the right basket. By late afternoon the paths looked brighter and the bins were in their right places. The volunteers counted their work: over forty bags of rubbish collected, most of them already sorted. Nobody got any money for the day, but everyone went home smiling. As one student wrote afterwards, protecting the environment is not something you do once a year; it is something you do until it becomes part of who you are. The community has decided to hold such mornings every month. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A weekend party at Sunshine Community. B. A day of volunteer work for the community environment. C. How children draw picture cards at school. D. The everyday work of the community cleaners. 2. （细节理解）What did Mrs Han do during the activity? A. She sold small plants to the children. B. She cooked lunch for the volunteers. C. She explained the sorting rules to people who passed by. D. She drew picture cards for the primary school. 3. （推理判断）Which of the following would the writer most probably agree with? A. People need patient reminders rather than blame. B. Only young people can protect the environment. C. Volunteers should be paid for their weekend work. D. Picking up rubbish once a year is quite enough. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "cart" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. a kind of drink B. a small plant C. a picture card D. a small vehicle with wheels —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Grandma's Kitchen Bucket Every evening Chen Hao's grandma carries a small plastic bucket from the kitchen to the courtyard. Inside are potato skins, tea leaves and the ends of vegetables. All of it used to be rubbish, but now it is something else. "This is not waste," she often says. "This is food for the soil." Chen Hao used to hold his nose when he passed her. Nothing is wasted in her kitchen. She peels vegetables thinly, cooks just the right amount of rice, and turns yesterday's soup into today's noodles. Water that has washed the rice goes straight to the flower pots outside. When Chen Hao was young, he thought his grandma was too careful about such small matters. He liked big shopping bags full of snacks and never cared how much he threw away. His own plate was often still half full when he left the table. Last summer he joined a school project about food waste, and that changed his mind. He learned that food needs sunlight, water and many days of hard work before it reaches the table, and that throwing half a bowl of rice away is like throwing half of that work away. Now he writes a shopping list before going to the market and finishes everything on his plate. Sometimes he still cooks too much, and then he feels a little sorry about it. The little bucket in the courtyard has taught him more than any poster could. After a few months the old leaves turn into dark soil, and the small garden behind their house grows greener every season. Even in winter, when summer crops are gone, the soil stays rich and ready for spring. Neighbours have even asked her whether she keeps a secret. "One person cannot clean a whole river," his grandma says with a smile. "But one person can start with his own kitchen." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. The right way to cook rice at home. B. Why old people save so much money. C. How a boy learns to reduce food waste from his grandma. D. How to build a small garden behind the house. 2. （细节理解）What does grandma do with the water that washed the rice? A. She pours it into the river. B. She sells it to her neighbours. C. She drinks it after dinner. D. She uses it to water the flowers. 3. （推理判断）What made Chen Hao change his attitude? A. His grandma's strict rules about money. B. A school project about food waste. C. A poster on the dining hall wall. D. A book about growing vegetables. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "peels" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. takes the skin off B. cuts into pieces C. washes carefully D. cooks slowly 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 06 国际交流与青少年文化使者（解析版） Passage 1 A New Girl in Class Two 一、主旨概括 本文以交换生安娜的校园生活为线索，写她初到中国班级时的陌生与不适应，以及逐渐融入的过程。文章通过点菜、坐错车、教唱歌曲等小事，表现跨文化交流中"互相帮助、彼此接纳"的主题。 二、重点词句 exchange student n. 交换生 — 例句：Anna is an exchange student from a school far away. abroad adv. 在国外 — 搭配：study abroad / go abroad explain v. 解释，说明 — 搭配：explain a word / explain sth. to sb. canteen n. 食堂 — 例句：She could not read the menu in the school canteen. chopsticks n. 筷子 — 搭配：eat noodles with chopsticks programme / program n. 项目，计划 — 搭配：take part in an exchange programme communicate v. 交流，沟通 — 搭配：communicate with foreign students 长难句：Last Friday she stood in front of the class and told them about her school at home: the small library, the long lunch break, and the dog that sometimes runs into the playground during lessons. — 冒号后为三个并列的同位语，其中第三个含 that 引导的定语从句修饰 the dog。 长难句：Her teacher says the class has changed too: students now put up their hands more often, because they have seen that mistakes are nothing to fear. — says 后接宾语从句，从句中含 because 引导的原因状语从句。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】考查全文中心。全文围绕安娜在中国班级的学习、社团、生活趣事与感受展开，故"一名交换生在中国班级里的生活"概括最全面。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解体裁，本文是人物叙事而非学习方法介绍；B 以偏概全，校服只在首段一笔带过；C 以偏概全，坐错车只是第三段中的一个插曲。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段 "She will study at No. 5 Middle School for four months."，与 B 项完全一致。 【干扰项排除】A、C、D 均属数字偷换，把 four months 分别改为四周、一年与两年，与原文不符。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理题，定位第四段 "Things are better now"。她能用筷子吃面、教同学唱本国的歌、站在台前介绍自己的学校，说明她已经逐渐适应这里的生活。 【干扰项排除】B 曲解文意，与"情况好转、主动分享"相反；C 无中生有，文中只说她的学校图书馆小，没有与本校比较；D 曲解文意，第三段写她在食堂指着别人点的菜，说明她在食堂吃饭。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位第二段 "she often asks a friend to explain a word with hands, smiles and a few English words"，用手势和表情的目的是把一个词说明白，故 explain 意为"使……清楚"。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解词义，write down 是"写下"；B 曲解词义，look for 是"寻找"；D 曲解词义且感情色彩不符。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 A Letter from Afar 一、主旨概括 本文介绍两所友好学校之间的通信项目：从简短的自我介绍到谈论生活与烦恼，学生用手绘和文字跨越语言障碍。文章借英语老师的话点明，这些信件教给学生的不只是英语，更是理解与友谊。 二、重点词句 pen friend n. 笔友 — 搭配：have a pen friend in another country sister school n. 友好学校，姊妹学校 — 例句：The letters come from their sister school. precious adj. 珍贵的 — 例句：That makes it more precious. prefer v. 更喜欢 — 搭配：prefer paper to email / prefer to do sth. worry n. / v. 担心，烦恼 — 搭配：small worries before an exam international adj. 国际的 — 例句：an international school friendship n. 友谊 — 搭配：real friendship / build a friendship 长难句：When Liu Yan could not find a word, she drew a small picture in the corner of the page. — when 引导时间状语从句，主句用一般过去时，说明她克服困难的办法。 长难句："My students are learning that young people in other countries laugh, worry and hope just as they do," he says. — 引号内为宾语从句，其中又含 as 引导的方式状语从句，just as 表示"正如"。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】考查全文中心。文章依次介绍通信频率、项目由来、内容变化、语言障碍、生活差异与老师评价，主体是"两校之间的写信项目"。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解体裁，本文并非英语写作指导；B 以偏概全，邮件只是第二段中的一个对比点；C 以偏概全，周老师的话只出现在末段。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题，定位首段 "Once a month, the students of Class 6 receive ... a thin blue letter"，once a month 即每月一次。 【干扰项排除】A、C、D 均为数字偷换，把"每月一次"分别改为每周、每学期、每年。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】推理题。信件由"简短拘谨"变为"长得多"，内容扩展到学校生活、家庭与考前烦恼，双方还不断互相提问，可推断学生对彼此生活的兴趣越来越浓。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解文意，末段老师仍在肯定该项目，说明通信还在继续；B 绝对化语气，第三段明确说写英语并不总是容易；D 无中生有，文中没有周老师出访的计划。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位第二段 "'A real letter takes longer to arrive,' says Liu Yan. 'That makes it more precious.'" 等得越久才越显珍贵，故 precious 意为"很有价值的、珍贵的"。 【干扰项排除】B 反义干扰，cheap and common 与"珍贵"相反；C 曲解词义，difficult to read 指的是阅读难度，与语境无关；D 无中生有，文中没有容易丢失的意思。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Tying a Chinese Knot 一、主旨概括 本文描写一所中学的"中国结社团"：社团成员从自己学打结到用英语教外国来访者，还教汉字、灯笼和春节家宴的意义。文章借指导老师的话说明，文化传播不只发生在博物馆里，更在少年人一次次手把手的交流中。 二、重点词句 Chinese knot n. 中国结 — 搭配：tie a Chinese knot string n. 细绳，线 — 例句：The room is full of red string. tie v. 系，打（结） — 搭配：tie a knot / tie one's shoes single adj. 单一的，仅一个的 — 例句：a single piece of red string character n. 汉字；字符 — 搭配：write the character for "good" lantern n. 灯笼 — 搭配：make a paper lantern culture n. 文化 — 例句：That is how culture travels. 长难句："When I tie a knot, my hands already know what to do," says Zhao Min. "When I teach, I have to explain every step in English." — 两个 when 引导的时间状语从句形成对比，第二个分句含 have to do 结构。 长难句：Each visitor takes the knot home, and some of them later send photos of it hanging on a wall or on a school bag. — and 连接的并列句，hanging ... 为现在分词短语作 photos of it 的后置定语。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】考查全文中心。文章介绍社团的时间、成员、教学对象与教学内容，并在末段点明"文化就这样传播"，故"中国学生向外国来访者分享文化的社团"最准确。 【干扰项排除】B 以偏概全，做灯笼只是第四段中的一项内容；C 无中生有，文中没有讨论图书馆是否需要新房间；D 信息错位，来访者是来到本校的外国学生，不是学生去参观国际学校。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题，定位第三段首句 "The visitors are students from a nearby international school."，与 C 项一致。 【干扰项排除】A 信息错位，社团成员之间是自己学，不是教本国同学；B 无中生有，文中没有教英语老师；D 信息错位，末段只说文化"不只存在于博物馆"，并未说来访者来自博物馆。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理题，定位第二段赵敏的话：教学比学习更难，因为要用英语解释每一步，还要说明红色对我们为什么重要。要向别人讲清"为什么"，必须先理解自己的文化，故 B 项可推出。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解文意，她说教学更难，但并未说想放弃；C 曲解文意，第二段首句说明成员先自己学过；D 绝对化语气，文中说有十二名社团成员一起教。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位第三段 "a single piece of red string could become a fish, a flower or two hearts"，一根绳变成各种造型，single 修饰 piece，意为"仅仅一根、单一的"。 【干扰项排除】A 无中生有，文中没有说绳子又长又粗；B 信息错位，红色是绳子本身的颜色，不是 single 的含义；C 无中生有，文中未提价格。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Two Weeks in a Faraway School 一、主旨概括 本文记述陈宇参加海外短期互访的经历：不同的课堂形式、不同的饮食习惯、寄宿家庭的温暖，以及语言与刻板印象带来的小困扰。文章结尾点明，各地的人们本质上相同，而表达方式不同，这正是走出去看一看的理由。 二、重点词句 local adj. 当地的 — 搭配：local families / local food / local students host n. / adj. 主人；寄宿的 — 搭配：host family（寄宿家庭），host mother（寄宿家庭的妈妈） row n. 排，行 — 搭配：sit in rows（成排地坐） follow v. 听懂，跟上 — 搭配：follow what someone says politely adv. 礼貌地 — 例句：He told them, politely, that this was not true. culture n. 文化 — 搭配：different cultures / cultural differences respect v. / n. 尊重 — 搭配：respect different ways of life 长难句：Some local students believed that all Chinese students were good at maths, and Chen Yu had to tell them, politely, that this was not true for everyone. — and 连接并列句，两个分句各含一个 that 引导的宾语从句。 长难句："But the ways are different, and that is exactly the reason why we should go and see." — and 连接并列句，后一分句含 why 引导的定语从句修饰 the reason。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】考查全文中心。全文按"出发—课堂—饮食—困难—回国分享"展开，写的是陈宇在海外学校学习的经历与感受。 【干扰项排除】B 以偏概全，煮面只是第三段中的一个细节；C 以偏概全，数学只是第四段中提到的刻板印象；D 以偏概全，回国后的演讲只在末段出现。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段 "They sat around big tables, and they called their teachers by their first names. Nobody stood up when a lesson began."，与 D 项一致。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解文意，第二段首句明确说最大的意外不是楼房；B 无中生有，课时长短文中未提；C 曲解文意，学生直呼其名说明氛围轻松，并非老师严厉。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理题，定位第四段 "Some local students believed that all Chinese students were good at maths"，"所有中国学生都擅长数学"是一种固定看法（刻板印象），陈宇不得不礼貌地加以澄清。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解文意，第四段说他听不懂操场上语速很快的对话；C 无中生有，文中没有说他是班里数学最好的；D 曲解文意，他是在与当地学生交流中遇到困难的。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位第三段 "His host mother noticed this and bought him a small pot"，结合上文"与学生寄宿在当地家庭"，host mother 指接待他的那家女主人。 【干扰项排除】A 信息错位，host 在此与教学无关；B 曲解词义，旅行者是陈宇自己；D 信息错位，做饭是这位妈妈的行为，并非她的职业。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 A Program That Builds Bridges 一、主旨概括 本文是一篇说明介绍类文章，介绍中学生国际交流项目的形式、内容与意义，也客观说明学生可能遇到的孤独与不适应，以及项目为此所做的安排。文章强调，让青少年在年少时学会理解彼此，是长远友谊与互相尊重的开始。 二、重点词句 exchange programme n. 交流项目 — 搭配：take part in an exchange programme partner school n. 伙伴学校，结对学校 — 例句：Students study in the partner school. host family n. 寄宿家庭 — 搭配：live with a host family buddy n. 伙伴，搭档 — 例句：They give every student a buddy. lonely adj. 孤独的 — 例句：Students may feel lonely in the first few days. border n. 国界，边界 — 搭配：make friends across borders chance n. 机会 — 搭配：give sb. a chance to do sth. 长难句：A student who has stayed with a family abroad will not believe everything he reads about that country. — who 引导定语从句修饰 a student，主句中又含省略 that 的定语从句 he reads 修饰 everything。 长难句：Good programmes plan for this: they give every student a buddy in the partner school, and they ask a teacher to call or visit once a week. — 冒号后为 and 连接的并列句，说明具体做法；ask sb. to do sth. 为固定结构。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】考查说明对象。文章从项目概念、三部分内容、深层意义、困难与安排到组织者的话，都是在说明"交流项目是什么、给学生带来什么"。 【干扰项排除】A 以偏概全，选择寄宿家庭只在第二段顺带提到；C 以偏概全，孤独感只是第四段中的一部分；D 以偏概全，做展示只是三部分内容中的一项。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段 "Second, they visit places of interest, museums and local factories."，与 D 项完全对应。 【干扰项排除】A 信息错位，与寄宿家庭同住是第一部分；B 信息错位，介绍自己的学校是第三部分；C 信息错位，老师每周联系是第四段中针对困难的安排，不属于三部分内容。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理题，定位第四段。项目为学生安排伙伴、安排老师每周联系，说明组织者事先考虑到了学生的情绪与适应问题。 【干扰项排除】B、C 均为绝对化语气，与原文 "Students may feel lonely""some miss their friends" 相反；D 无中生有，文中没有说寄宿家庭难找。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位末段 "make friends across borders"，结合全文"两个国家的学校互访"，across borders 指跨越国界，border 意为"国界、边界"。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解词义，交流不限于校门之内；B 无中生有，语言测试与语境无关；D 曲解词义，long holidays 与"跨越"搭配不通。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 17 电商助农与乡村特色产业（原文版） Passage 1 Back Home to Grow Oranges Wang Lei grew up in a small mountain village. His parents grew oranges on the hillside, and every winter he watched them carry heavy baskets down to the road. The fruit was sweet, but the price was low. Buyers from other places came only once a year, and they always offered less than the fruit was worth. So when Wang Lei finished college in a big city, he stayed away for five years and worked in front of a computer from nine to six. Six years ago he left his office job and returned home. His friends were surprised. He told them he wanted to try something different: sell village oranges straight to people in cities, without so many middlemen. At first almost nothing worked. He could not take good photos, his first boxes arrived broken, and several customers complained about the size of the fruit. More than once he thought of giving up. He learned slowly. Neighbours shook their heads and said the internet would never work for farmers. He watched short videos about packing, borrowed a camera and practised for hours after dinner. In the evenings he sat in the orange field with his phone, answered questions from buyers and showed them the trees, the soil and the bees working in the flowers. People liked seeing where their food came from. Orders grew, and good words brought new customers. Now eleven young people work with him. Two of them were his classmates at the village school. More than half of the families in the village sell through his small packing station, where villagers over sixty have learned to weigh fruit and read order numbers. His mother still laughs at his early photographs. In autumn he writes short letters to old customers, telling them when the fruit will be ready to pick. "The oranges have not changed," Wang Lei says. "What changed is who tells their story." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to grow sweet oranges on a hillside. B. Why young people leave small villages. C. A young man who returned home and helped sell village fruit online. D. The hard life of orange growers over sixty. 2. （细节理解）What was Wang Lei's main difficulty at the beginning? A. The oranges in his village were not sweet. B. He knew little about packing and selling online. C. Nobody in his village wanted to grow oranges. D. His parents did not allow him to come back. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the passage? A. Wang Lei's oranges are the cheapest in the market. B. His old classmates have all left the village for good. C. The village sells all its oranges in one month each year. D. Showing buyers the real orchard helps build trust. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "middlemen" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. people who buy from farmers and sell to others B. farmers who grow fruit on hills C. workers who carry heavy baskets D. customers who live in big cities —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The Live Room Beside the Tea Field At six o'clock every morning during the tea season, Miss He sets up her phone on a small wooden table at the edge of a tea field. Behind her the hills are green and the mist is still low. In front of her there is only a camera — and thousands of people watching from towns far away. Ten years ago nobody in her family believed that a telephone could help sell tea leaves. Live selling looks simple, but it is not. Miss He has to explain how the leaves are picked, why spring tea tastes different, and how much hot water to use. Viewers ask questions and expect answers at once. "Is this the first picking of the year?" "Can you show the leaves again?" By nine o'clock she has answered hundreds of them, and her voice is often tired. In the past the tea was sold to collectors who came to the village twice a year, and growers could only accept the price they were offered. Now they can speak to buyers themselves, answer their questions and hear exactly what they want. A friend of Miss He even changed her packaging after a viewer said the boxes were too large. Small changes like that have brought many customers back again and again. The work has created new jobs in the village. A young neighbour edits the short videos, an older woman weighs the leaves, and two drivers take the parcels to the town every afternoon. A quiet village has become a busy place where nearly every family is part of one team. Miss He is still careful about one thing. She believes honesty is the most important rule in a live room: if the leaves are not good, she says so. "People may buy once because of my words," she laughs, "but they only come back because of the taste." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How live selling helps tea growers sell their tea directly to buyers. B. How to pick spring tea leaves on a hill. C. Why Miss He gets up at six every morning. D. The best way to cook tea at home. 2. （细节理解）Before live selling, the growers ______. A. sold most of their tea to visitors in the village B. sent their parcels to the towns themselves C. decided the prices that collectors had to pay D. accepted the price that collectors offered them 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the passage? A. Live selling needs no preparation at all. B. Listening to buyers helps growers improve their goods. C. Miss He never tells the truth about her tea. D. All the young people have left the village again. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "edits" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. watches something again and again B. sends something to customers C. prepares and cuts material so that it is better D. sells something at a very high price —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 The Village That Counts Its Apples Every afternoon the small packing house of an apple village fills with the sound of tape and cardboard. About sixty villagers work there during the apple season. On a busy day they send out between three thousand and five thousand boxes. Ten years ago the same village sent almost nothing beyond its own county, and most buyers had never heard its name. The change did not happen by accident. The villagers formed a cooperative. Instead of selling separately, they now pick apples of the same size, use the same boxes and send them under one name. Buyers know what they will receive, so they order again. In the first year the members' income rose by about twenty per cent, and last year it was higher still. The cooperative also buys boxes and tape together, which costs far less than buying alone. Numbers are written on a whiteboard near the door: how many boxes today, how many messages from customers, how many new buyers. "At first villagers thought only price mattered," says the cooperative's young secretary. "Now they understand that careful answers, good packing and quick sending matter too." The cooperative also keeps records of quality. Every box carries a small card with the name of the family that picked the fruit. If a buyer has a question, the card tells them exactly where the apples came from. Complaints have dropped to almost nothing, and several hotels in a nearby city now order apples every week during the season. Last year the village added a simple rule: any box that arrives damaged is replaced at once, with no argument. One grey-haired member put it simply while sealing a box: "Before, we waited for buyers to come. Now buyers wait for our apples." He says he never dreamed that writing his own name on a card would one day be so useful. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What does the passage mainly talk about? A. How to pack apples into boxes quickly. B. Why apple prices change every year. C. How to build a whiteboard in a village. D. How a village cooperative changed the way apples are sold. 2. （细节理解）What is written on the small card inside every box? A. The price of the apples. B. The address of the buyer. C. The name of the family that picked the fruit. D. The date of the cooperative's next meeting. 3. （推理判断）From the passage we can infer that ______. A. working together helps farmers get better results B. all members of the cooperative are over sixty C. buyers prefer apples without any cards D. the village sends fewer boxes than it did before 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "complaints" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. gifts sent back by happy customers B. messages in which customers are unhappy C. questions about how to cook apples D. long names written on paper cards —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 A Market Day at the Harvest Festival The first Harvest Festival of a small township opened at eight in the morning. Along the main street there were thirty-two tables. One held red dates, one held hand-made noodles, and one held baskets of small round pears that nobody had ever sold outside the valley before. A banner above the road read: "Come and share our harvest." By nine o'clock the street was full. Some visitors had driven for two hours to arrive in time. Visitors tasted food, took photos and asked about prices. In the middle of the road several old men beat drums while children from the village school danced with paper wheat in their hands. Two Grade 8 students carried baskets for the oldest sellers and handed out paper bags printed with the words "Take what you need, waste nothing". The festival was not only for fun. Each table also had a small code card, so visitors who liked something could place an order and have it sent to their home. By the afternoon one grower had received more than four hundred orders — more than his family used to sell in a whole month. Two volunteers helped the oldest sellers write short introductions of their products. Miss Guo came from the county town with her daughter. "We buy our rice in the supermarket," she said. "Today my daughter saw where rice actually comes from." Her mother added that she had met the woman who grew the pears she bought, and that she would probably order from her again. When the drums stopped at five o'clock, the street looked ordinary again. But thirty tables of farmers had learned something useful: people in cities really do care where their food is grown, and a friendly face at a table can be the best way to tell them. The festival will be held again next autumn, and several farmers have already booked their tables. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A group of old men beating drums in the street. B. A village harvest festival and how it connected farmers with buyers. C. How to cook red dates and hand-made noodles. D. Why students should carry baskets for old farmers. 2. （细节理解）What could visitors do with the code card on each table? A. Place an order and have the food sent home. B. Read the news about the village. C. Pay for their bus ticket. D. Join the school dance group. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from Miss Guo's words? A. Supermarkets will soon close in the county town. B. City children already know a lot about farming. C. Visiting such a festival helps city people understand farm life. D. Her mother dislikes buying fruit online. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "handed out" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. put up on the wall B. threw away carefully C. sold at a high price D. gave something to each person —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Cold Trucks and Sweet Peaches When Song Lan was a child, July meant pain on their farm. Their peaches ripened within about ten days, and every box had to reach a market within two days, or the fruit would go soft. Trucks were slow in the summer heat, and the driver often arrived after dark. By evening a whole table of soft fruit was usually thrown to the chickens. Her grandmother used to say that half the harvest was decided by the road, not by the tree. Things are different now. A cold-storage station stands at the edge of the village. Peaches picked early in the morning are cooled and packed before noon, then sent away the same night in refrigerated trucks. In a small box with ice packs inside, they can travel for three days and still arrive firm. Families no longer have to sell everything at once, so they are no longer forced to accept a very low price. One short phone call now arranges a truck, and the waiting is much shorter than before. The village also learned to give its fruit a name and a simple story. A label shows the village, the orchard and the date of picking. Workers sort the peaches by size, and anything below the standard is cooked into jars of jam instead of being thrown away. Little by little, buyers began to remember the name on the label. Roads and cold storage cost money, and the village spent several years paying for them. But growers now plan their year with far less worry, and young people are more willing to stay. A neighbour's daughter returned to manage the online orders, and her brother learned to drive one of the cold trucks. Song Lan often thinks of her grandmother's words. "The tree is still important," she says. "The difference is that now we take care of the road as well, and we finally get to tell people how our peaches taste." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to plant peach trees on a farm. B. Why Song Lan's grandmother worked hardest in July. C. The cost of building new village roads. D. How cold storage and better packaging changed a village's fruit business. 2. （细节理解）In the past, how soon did a box of peaches have to reach a market? A. In about ten days. B. Within two days. C. Within three days. D. In half a day. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the passage? A. Better transport gives farmers more time and better prices. B. All the peaches now go bad on the trees. C. Young people never want to return to their villages. D. Peach jam is worth more than fresh peaches. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "ripened" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. grew taller than other trees B. fell off the trees suddenly C. became ready to eat D. went bad in the summer 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 05 国家发展成就与青少年的责任担当（解析版） Passage 1 Monday at the Flagpole 一、主旨概括 本文以一所中学每周一的升旗仪式为场景，描写护旗手的训练、千人肃立的场面和国旗下的讲话。文章通过具体细节表现这一仪式对学生的教育意义：它无声地告诉学生，个人属于一个更大的集体。 二、重点词句 ceremony n. 仪式，典礼 — 搭配：the weekly flag-raising ceremony national flag n. 国旗 — 例句：One student holds the national flag in both hands. flagpole n. 旗杆 — 例句：They walk slowly towards the flagpole. bearer n. 举（扛）旗人 — 搭配：a flag bearer（护旗手、旗手） still adj. / adv. 静止的（地） — 例句：Everyone stands straight and still. reach v. 到达，抵达 — 搭配：reach the top（到达顶端） honest adj. 诚实的 — 搭配：be honest in an exam（考试诚实） 长难句：At that moment the playground is so quiet that you can hear the wind in the trees and the sound of the rope. — so ... that ... 引导结果状语从句，so 后接形容词 quiet。 长难句：For two weeks he practised after school, lifting a heavy training flag again and again in the hot sun. — 主干为 he practised，lifting ... 为现在分词短语作伴随状语，说明练习的方式。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】考查全文中心。第 1、2 段写仪式过程，第 3 段写护旗手，第 4 段写国旗下讲话，第 5 段由老师的话点明其育人价值，故"每周升旗仪式及其对学生的教育意义"概括最完整。 【干扰项排除】A 无中生有，文中没有备考内容；B 以偏概全，操场大小并非文章关注点；C 以偏概全，王一鸣只是其中一个例子，且文章重点是仪式而非"如何成为好学生"。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题，定位第三段 "For two weeks he practised after school, lifting a heavy training flag again and again in the hot sun."，与 B 项完全对应。 【干扰项排除】A 信息错位，写讲话的是国旗下发言的学生，不是王一鸣；C 无中生有，文中没有制作新旗；D 信息错位，面对全校讲话的是发言学生。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理题，定位第三段。他训练两周、胳膊酸痛却说"一听到音乐就忘了这一切"，说明他以参加仪式为荣。 【干扰项排除】B 曲解文意，与原句"忘记了酸痛"相反；C 无中生有，文中没有下学期不再担任的表述；D 绝对化语气，第一段说共有六名护旗手，并非只有他一人。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位第四段 "After the flag reaches the top, a student speaks under it."，由"到达顶端之后才开始讲话"可推知 reaches 意为"到达"。 【干扰项排除】A 反义干扰，leaves 是"离开"；B 曲解词义，covers 是"覆盖"；D 曲解词义，looks for 是"寻找"，与语境不符。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 Wonders Made at Home 一、主旨概括 本文记述八年级三班参观科技成果展厅的经历：高铁、空间站、跨谷大桥、海水淡化装置等模型让学生看到国家发展的成就。讲解员强调这些成就来自无数普通劳动者长年的坚持，引导学生思考自己的责任与未来。 二、重点词句 achievement n. 成就 — 搭配：science and technology achievements model n. 模型 — 例句：Along the tables stood models of all sizes. guide n. 讲解员，向导 — 例句：A guide told them how it was built. design v. 设计 — 搭配：design a bridge / be designed by ... give up 短语动词 放弃 — 用法：give up + 名词/动名词 proud adj. 自豪的 — 搭配：be proud of ...（为……自豪） ordinary adj. 普通的，平凡的 — 例句：Great things are made by ordinary people. 长难句："Most of them once sat in a classroom just like you," she said. "They were good at maths and science, and they did not give up when a problem looked too hard." — 直接引语中为 and 连接的并列句，后一分句含 when 引导的时间状语从句。 长难句：In each picture a young face looked out at the camera: men and women in their twenties and thirties, standing beside rockets, machines and test fields. — 冒号后为同位语，standing ... 为现在分词短语作后置定语，补充说明 men and women。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】考查写作目的。文章写参观过程，更写参观带来的思考：成就由普通人长年努力做成。因此"一次让学生看到伟大成就由何而来的参观"最贴合全文。 【干扰项排除】B 曲解体裁，本文不是制作模型的说明文；C 以偏概全，数学好只是讲解员提到的一个方面；D 以偏概全，讲解员只是引导者，不是文章主体。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段讲解员的话 "Thousands of people worked on it for many years, and a large number of them were young."，即"其中很多人很年轻"，对应 B 项。 【干扰项排除】A 无中生有，文中没有提及其他国家的人；C 数字偷换，原文强调"很多年"而非一年；D 绝对化语气，a large number of young people 不能等同于"全是著名科学家"。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】推理题。末段写学生在回程车上比平时安静，老师在读完陈浩的句子后说"这也是你自己人生的一份计划"，可见参观促使学生思考自己的未来。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解文意，学生安静是因为被触动，并非觉得无聊；B 以偏概全，展厅有高铁、空间站、大桥等多种模型；D 无中生有，文中没有陈浩想当讲解员的信息。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位末段 "Great things are made by ordinary people who keep trying."，与"伟大的事"相对，ordinary 应指"普通、不特殊的人"，且上文照片中的人多为二三十岁的普通劳动者。 【干扰项排除】A 反义干扰，与"普通"相反；B 曲解词义且感情色彩不符；C 曲解词义，"天赋异禀"与文章强调的"坚持"不符。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Two Photos of the Same Street 一、主旨概括 本文以张爷爷抽屉里的两张照片为线索，对比同一条街道四十年前后的面貌：从泥泞窄巷到轻轨穿城。孙子把照片带到学校参加"寻找城市老照片"项目，由此明白历史并不只存在于课本，也存在于自己家中。 二、重点词句 drawer n. 抽屉 — 例句：In the drawer of his desk he keeps two photographs. narrow adj. 狭窄的 — 反义词：wide（宽阔的） muddy adj. 泥泞的 — 例句：The street was narrow and muddy. light-rail train n. 轻轨列车 — 例句：A light-rail train passes above the road. project n. （学习）项目，课题 — 搭配：do a project called ... history n. 历史 — 例句：I used to think history was only something in textbooks. move forward 短语动词 前进，向前发展 — 例句：The country moves forward. 长难句：He takes them out whenever his grandson asks him a question about the past. — whenever 引导时间状语从句，表示"每当……"，主句用一般现在时。 长难句：His teacher wrote a sentence on the blackboard: "The country moves forward because millions of people keep working, and one day it will be your turn to push." — 冒号后为直接引语，其中含 because 引导的原因状语从句与 and 连接的并列分句。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】考查全文中心。两张照片构成"同一条街、不同年代"的对比，全文围绕城市巨变展开，D 项概括准确。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解体裁，本文不是摄影教程；B 无中生有，文中没有比较自行车与公交车优劣；C 以偏概全，爷爷爱收藏只是引子，文章重点在街道的变化。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段 "He rode his bicycle eight kilometres to work every morning"，可知四十年前他骑自行车上班。 【干扰项排除】A 无中生有，文中没有游泳过河；C 信息错位，小汽车并未出现在对过去的描述中；D 信息错位，轻轨出现在现在的照片里。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理题。爷爷四十年前就在这条街上生活、上班，孙子小明如今仍在同一座城市上学，并把家中老照片带到学校，可推断这家人在这座城市生活了很多年。 【干扰项排除】B 曲解文意，原文说那个市场"no longer exists"；C 无中生有，文中没有搬家打算；D 无中生有，拍照是项目作业，并未说每周都拍。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位第二段 "the street is narrow and muddy"，并与第三段 "the same street is wide and clean" 形成对比，narrow 与 wide 互为反义，故为"不宽"。 【干扰项排除】A 信息错位，muddy 才表示泥泞；B 反义干扰，long and straight 与"狭窄"不构成同义；D 无中生有，文中排队的是等车的人，并非形容街道。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 A Dream Built on Bridges 一、主旨概括 本文讲述少年孙磊的成长故事：家乡因一座大桥改变了出行方式，"工程师"这个词从此留在他心里。他苦攻数理、坚持不放弃，并把个人理想与让他人生活更便利联系在一起，体现了把个人梦想融入国家发展的主题。 二、重点词句 engineer n. 工程师 — 例句：He wants to be an engineer one day. bank n. 河岸（熟词生义） — 搭配：stand on the bank of a river concrete n. 混凝土 — 例句：He watched the steel and concrete rise above the water. physics n. 物理 — 搭配：be good at maths and physics design n. / v. 设计 — 搭配：a notebook full of bridge designs dream n. 梦想 — 搭配：have a dream / make one's dream come true contribute to 短语 为……作贡献 — 例句：He wants to contribute to his country. 长难句：When one problem took him an hour, he did not close his book. — when 引导时间状语从句，主句用一般过去时的否定式，突出"不放弃"。 长难句：He also helps his classmates with difficult maths problems, because he believes a bridge is built piece by piece, never by one person alone. — because 引导原因状语从句，从句中又含省略 that 的宾语从句，且用了被动语态 is built。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】考查全文中心。文章以"桥"为线索：没有桥的困难—大桥建成—"工程师"一词—苦学数理—笔记本上的设计—人生志向，核心是"一座桥如何改变了一个男孩的梦想"。 【干扰项排除】B 曲解体裁，本文不是桥梁设计说明；C 以偏概全，雨天摆渡停运只是开头的背景；D 以偏概全，工程师的日常并非文章内容。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题，定位第一段 "people there had to cross the water by boat"，与 C 项一致。 【干扰项排除】A 无中生有，游泳渡河文中未提；B 无中生有，文中没有小路可走；D 曲解文意，等雨停意味着到不了对岸，与"无法上学"矛盾。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理题，定位第三段 "When one problem took him an hour, he did not close his book ... told himself to try one more time"，可见他在学习遇到困难时不轻言放弃。 【干扰项排除】A 无中生有，末段明确说他离成为工程师还很远；C 曲解文意，文中只说数理对他并不总是容易；D 无中生有，文中没有"永远离开家乡"的意思。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位第二段 "standing on the bank with his father, watching the steel and concrete rise high above the water"，父子俩站在水边看桥身升高，故 bank 在此为熟词生义，指"河岸"。 【干扰项排除】A 熟词干扰，bank 作"银行"讲在本句语境中讲不通；B 无中生有，文中没有河边的商店；C 逻辑错误，人不可能站在尚未建成的桥顶看它升高。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Our Class Meeting on Duty 一、主旨概括 本文记录了八年级五班一次以"我们现在能为国家做什么"为主题的班会。同学们的回答有大有小，李老师肯定了"随手关灯"这样最朴素的答案，最后由一张小小的行动清单收束全文，说明责任担当始于身边的小事。 二、重点词句 duty n. 责任，义务 — 搭配：it is one's duty to do sth. class meeting n. 班会 — 搭配：hold / have a class meeting empty adj. 空的 — 例句：when the classroom is empty battery n. 电池 — 搭配：collect old batteries（回收旧电池） pen friend n. 笔友 — 搭配：write to one's pen friends turn off 短语动词 关掉 — 搭配：turn off the lights make a list 短语 列清单 — 例句：The class made a short list of things to do. 长难句："A country is not built by famous people alone," she said. "It is built by millions of people who do their own small jobs carefully every day." — 两句均为被动语态（is built by），第二句含 who 引导的定语从句修饰 people。 长难句："I will learn English well so that I can tell China's stories to the world in my own words." — so that 引导目的状语从句，意为"以便、为了"。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】考查全文中心。黑板上的问题、同学们的回答、老师的点评以及最后的行动清单，都围绕"学生现在能做什么"这一次班会展开。 【干扰项排除】A 以偏概全，擦黑板只是清单中的一项；C 无中生有，文中没有讲李老师如何教英语；D 以偏概全，给笔友写信只是清单中的一项。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题，定位第三段邓峰的原话 "I can be the person who turns off the lights when the classroom is empty"，对应 C 项。 【干扰项排除】A 信息错位，种树是另一位男生的回答；B 信息错位，教奶奶用手机是一位女生的回答；D 信息错位，回收旧电池是全班行动清单里的项目，不是邓峰的回答。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理题，定位第四段李老师的话：国家不只由名人建成，而是由无数把小事做好的人建成，关灯虽小、坚持十年却不易。由此可知她认为小事同样重要。 【干扰项排除】B 曲解文意，与"not ... famous people alone"相反；C 曲解文意，她称邓峰的回答是当天最好的；D 无中生有，文中没有任何考试安排。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位第三段 "turns off the lights when the classroom is empty"，关灯的前提是教室里没有人，故 empty 意为"里面没有人的"。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解词义，明亮的教室不需要关灯；B 反义干扰，满是学生时不能关灯；C 曲解词义，"当天关闭"与关灯的逻辑无关。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 20 法治宣传进校园与防范诈骗（解析版） Passage 1 The Visitor in a Blue Uniform 一、主旨概括 本文记叙了法治副校长赵警官每周一次走进校园、用故事和法律小卡片给学生上法治课的经历，重点写了他关于诚信、防范陌生人信息索取的一次讲话。文章旨在说明法律并不遥远，它就体现在日常的诚实选择与自我保护之中，遇到可疑情况要及时告知家长或报警。 二、重点词句 uniform n. 制服 — 搭配：a man in a blue uniform / wear a school uniform vice-principal n. 副校长 — 搭配：the school's law vice-principal（法治副校长） honesty n. 诚实 — 搭配：a talk about honesty；形容词形式 honest change n. 零钱，找零 — 例句：a shopkeeper who returned too much change accident n. 事故，意外 — 搭配：a small accident / a traffic accident cheat v./n. 欺骗；骗子 — 例句：a cheat is still a cheat stranger n. 陌生人 — 搭配：be careful with strangers；形容词形式 strange personal information n. 个人信息 — 搭配：send personal information to sb. 长难句：He told three short stories about people who did the right thing: a shopkeeper who returned too much change, a driver who waited for the police after a small accident, and a student who handed in a phone he found in the playground. — 主句后接三个并列同位语，每个同位语内部各含一个 who 引导的定语从句；其中 he found 又是省略关系词的定语从句修饰 phone。 长难句：He told the students to be careful with messages from strangers and never to send money or personal information to someone they do not know. — 主句含 tell sb. to do 结构，and 连接两个并列的不定式（后一个带否定词 never），someone 后又接省略关系词的定语从句。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】全文围绕赵警官（法治副校长）每周到校、以故事与卡片开展法治教育展开，末段学生的感受点明主旨：法律走进了日常生活。故 B 项概括最准确。 【干扰项排除】A 项"一个小城市里繁忙的派出所"只是人物背景，属以偏概全；C 项"如何成为一名警察"全文未涉及，属无中生有；D 项"操场上捡到的一部手机"是三个故事中的一个例子，属以偏概全。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节题定位第四段 "On one side were three sentences: Follow the rules. Tell the truth. Ask for help in time."，与 A 项"关于守规则、讲真话和及时求助的三句话"完全一致。 【干扰项排除】B 项"城市地图"、C 项"全班学生名单"、D 项"课程与时间表"均与原文"卡片的另一面是学校办公室和派出所两个号码"不符，属无中生有与信息错位。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】末段学生说"过去以为法律很遥远，现在觉得它就是日常的选择"，并表示遇到奇怪的事会告诉父母或报警，由此可推断讲话让学生把法律看作日常生活的一部分，故选 C。 【干扰项排除】A 项"觉得讲话无聊无用"与 "listened quietly" 及学生正面评价相反，属曲解文意；B 项"赵警官很快不再来校"与首段 "once a week he comes" 矛盾；D 项"学生现在害怕警察和老师"属无中生有。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】猜词题看同行解释。赵警官说 "a lie is still a lie, and a cheat is still a cheat"，把 cheat 与 lie（谎言）并列，可见 cheating 是"用不诚实的手段获取利益"，故选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项"每天努力学习"、B 项"帮助需要帮助的陌生人"、C 项"非常认真地遵守每一条规则"均为正面行为，与句中批评的语气不符，属曲解文意。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The Law Corner in the Library 一、主旨概括 本文介绍了学校图书馆里新设的"法治角"：按月更换主题的法律读物、故事卡，以及每周由法治副校长答疑的问题箱。文章旨在说明法治教育应贴近学生的日常生活，让学生在具体问题中学会找规则、做正确的事，并在需要时向成年人或警察求助。 二、重点词句 corner n. 角落，专区 — 搭配：in the corner of the library / a reading corner slip n. 小纸条，纸条 — 搭配：a slip of paper / question slips court n. 法院，法庭 — 搭配：go to court / in court theme n. 主题 — 搭配：have a new theme；例句：Every month, the corner has a new theme. protect v. 保护 — 搭配：protect personal information / protect oneself think twice phr. 三思，慎重考虑 — 搭配：think twice before doing sth. follow v. 遵守，遵循 — 搭配：follow the rules / follow one's advice lawful adj. 合法的，守法的 — 例句：solve problems in a lawful way 长难句：They wanted to show students that law is also about daily life: buying a pencil, lending a book, riding a bike in the street, or posting a photo online. — that 引导宾语从句，冒号后四个并列的动名词短语作 daily life 的同位说明。 长难句：I asked what I should do if a stranger online asked for my home address. — 主句谓语 asked 后接 what 引导的宾语从句，从句中又含 if 引导的条件状语从句。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】文章按"设立缘由—内容与主题—问题箱运作—学生反馈—教师评价"展开，核心是这个小小的法治角把法律带进了学生的日常生活，故选 B。 【干扰项排除】A 项"一座中学图书馆新楼"把角落误作整座建筑，属信息错位；C 项"如何从图书馆借书"属无中生有；D 项"一位警察忙碌的一周"只是人物身份背景，属以偏概全。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题定位第三段 "He usually says three things: find out the rule, think about the right thing to do, and ask an adult or the police for help when needed."，与 C 项完全对应。 【干扰项排除】A 项"尽可能多读法律书"与 "His answers are never long" 不符；B 项"远离派出所"与原文"向警察求助"相反，属曲解文意；D 项"给每个问题写长答案"同样与"答案从来不长"矛盾。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】末段写学生口头禅从"这不关我的事"变成"我们找正确的做法"，教师评价孩子学会守规则、依法解决问题，由此可推断法治角使学生更愿意用合法方式解决问题，故选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项"学生比过去更不在乎规则"与原文相反，属曲解文意；B 项"法治角下月将关闭"文中无依据，属无中生有；C 项"教师对法治角不满"与教师正面评价矛盾。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】猜词题看搭配。第三段说学生把问题写在 "a slip of paper" 上投进箱子，slips 与 paper 同现，且能投进箱子，显然是"小纸条"，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"写给父母的长信"与"投进箱子""答案从简"的情境不符；C 项"教室墙上的图画"无法书写问题；D 项"作业中的错误"属熟词生义的误选（slip 作动词有"滑倒、出错"之意，但此处为名词），属曲解文意。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 A Day in the Mock Court 一、主旨概括 本文以现场报道的方式记录了学校首次模拟法庭：从场地布置、案情（借车损坏后隐瞒）到学生扮演各方、当众承认错误并达成和解，最后是法治副校长的点评与学生的感悟。文章旨在说明守法不只是害怕惩罚，更是诚实面对错误、尊重他人并勇于承担责任。 二、重点词句 banner n. 横幅，标语 — 搭配：a red banner with four words mock adj. 模拟的，仿真的 — 搭配：a mock court / a mock exam borrow v. 借入 — 搭配：borrow sth. from sb.（反义：lend sth. to sb.） owner n. 物主，主人 — 例句：He did not tell the owner. repair n./v. 修理 — 搭配：help with the repair / repair a bike fair adj. 公平的 — 搭配：find fair answers / a fair game punishment n. 惩罚 — 例句：being afraid of punishment；动词形式 punish honest adj. 诚实的 — 搭配：an honest person / to be honest 长难句：The most moving moment came when the student who broke the bike stood up and said, "I was afraid and I did not tell the truth. I am sorry." — when 引导时间状语从句，从句主语 student 后接 who 引导的定语从句，said 后为直接引语。 长难句：I learned that following rules is not only about being afraid of punishment. — that 引导宾语从句，从句中动名词短语 following rules 作主语，not only about 后接动名词 being afraid of。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】文章从布置、案情、角色表演、道歉和解到点评与日记感悟，主线是这场关于诚实与法治的模拟法庭活动，故选 B。 【干扰项排除】A 项"操场上的一起自行车事故"只对应案情，属以偏概全；C 项"如何成为真正的法官"全文未涉及，属无中生有；D 项"一位老师写的日记"与原文"许多学生在日记中记录"不符，属信息错位。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题定位第三段末句 "The bike's owner said he only wanted an honest answer and some help with the repair."，与 C 项一致。 【干扰项排除】A 项"学校赔一辆新自行车"、B 项"向法官索要金钱"、D 项"什么都不需要"均与原文表述不符，属无中生有与曲解文意。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】第三段先说"起初有些学生笑"，接着 "as the 'trial' went on, the hall grew quiet"，最动人的一幕是扮演者站起来认错，可见学生随着活动推进变得认真，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"从头到尾都当成玩笑"与后半段全场安静、认错感人相矛盾，属以偏概全；C 项"全场没人看懂"与积极参与矛盾，属绝对化语气；D 项"法官对双方生气"与法官耐心询问的描写不符。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】猜词题看语境。赵警官说法院不只是处理大案的地方，而是人们找到 fair answers 的地方；结合"犯错要正视、说真话、弥补"的劝导，可知指的是"公正、对每个人都合理的答案"，故选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项"快捷容易"侧重效率而非公正；B 项"冷酷严厉"与文中温和劝导的基调相反；C 项"古老著名"与语境无关，属脱离上下文的臆测。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Two Phone Calls 一、主旨概括 本文用对比手法写了同班两名学生接到陌生来电后的不同处理：徐文轻信"中奖"说辞、透露信息并向父母隐瞒，结果家里接到骚扰电话；高天记起学校的法治提醒，保持冷静、记下号码并交给父亲，最终与家长一起向警方举报。文章旨在提醒学生警惕陌生人的信息索取，遇事要冷静、诚实告知家长并及时报警。 二、重点词句 prize n. 奖品，奖项 — 搭配：win a prize / first prize personal information n. 个人信息 — 搭配：ask for personal information stranger n. 陌生人 — 搭配：a call from a stranger；形容词形式 strange stay calm phr. 保持冷静 — 例句：He stayed calm and did not answer. hang up phr. 挂断电话 — 例句：He did not hang up in a hurry. report v. 举报，报告 — 搭配：report the number to the police block v. 屏蔽，拦截 — 例句：They reported the number and blocked it. praised v. 表扬（praise 的过去式） — 搭配：praise sb. for sth. 长难句：Gao Tian remembered a line from a law talk at school: "A real prize never asks for your personal information first." — 冒号后为 a line 的同位语（直接引语），引号内为一般现在时的否定陈述句，表示普遍规律。 长难句：When a stranger asks for personal information or money, stop, think, and tell an adult. — when 引导时间状语从句，主句为三个并列的祈使句，语气简明有力，适合作为规则记忆。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】首段点明两人接到陌生人来电且应对不同，中间两段分述，末两段总结规则，主线是两种应对方式的对比及启示，故选 B。 【干扰项排除】A 项"如何通过电话中奖"与文章警示立场相反，属曲解文意；C 项"学生为何绝不该用电话"语气绝对化且偏离主题；D 项"警方如何抓坏人"文中只提到举报，属无中生有。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题定位第三段末句 "After the call, he wrote down the number and told his father at once."，与 C 项完全一致。 【干扰项排除】A 项"立刻把地址给对方"是徐文的做法，属张冠李戴；B 项"对家人隐瞒"同样属于徐文的行为，属信息错位；D 项"多次回拨"文中未提，属无中生有。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】徐文听从"别告诉父母"而隐瞒，结果母亲接到多个骚扰电话，由此可推断对父母隐瞒可能给家庭带来风险，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"徐文因为回答太慢而失去奖品"与文意无关，属无中生有；C 项"警方从不接学生的电话"语气绝对化且文中无依据；D 项"父亲事后很生气"与 "praised him" 直接矛盾，属曲解文意。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】猜词题看情节逻辑。父亲 praised 他之后，父子一起向警方举报并屏蔽号码，说明父亲认可他的做法，故 praised 意为"表扬、称赞"，选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项"嘲笑某人"、B 项"叫某人离开"、C 项"迅速回答某人"都与父亲随后配合举报、支持的行动不符，属脱离语境的臆测。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 From 45 Percent to 80 Percent 一、主旨概括 本文以一组前后对比的数据为线索：学期初只有约 45% 的学生表示遇法律问题会求助，经过一个月的法治教育（每周短讲、共创班规手册）后，这一比例升至约 80%，学生的行为也随之改变。文章旨在说明法治教育的关键不是记住条文，而是让学生相信总有正确的解决途径，并知道向谁求助。 二、重点词句 percent n. 百分之一 — 搭配：45 percent of the students law education n. 法治教育 — 搭配：spend one month on law education copy v. 抄袭，复制 — 例句：Is it right to copy someone's homework? assistant n. 店员，助手 — 搭配：a shop assistant rule book n. 规则手册，班规本 — 搭配：make a class rule book cheat v. 作弊，欺骗 — 例句：do not cheat in exams wallet n. 钱包 — 搭配：return a wallet to its owner turn to phr. 向……求助 — 搭配：turn to sb. for help 长难句：Only about 45 percent of the students said they would ask a teacher, a parent or the police for help. — 主句谓语 said 后接省略 that 的宾语从句，从句用 would ask 表示过去视角下的将来；three 个并列宾语由 or 连接。 长难句：The point is that children now believe there is always a right way to solve a problem, and they know where to find it. — that 引导表语从句，从句中 believe 后又接省略 that 的宾语从句，其中不定式 to solve 作 way 的后置定语，where to find it 为"疑问词 + 不定式"结构。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】文章按"期初调查—原因分析—开展一个月法治教育—行为变化—期末再调查"推进，主线是这一个月的法治教育改变了学生解决问题的方式，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"如何用英语写班规手册"只是活动的一环，属以偏概全；C 项"学生为何抄作业"只是讲解中的举例，属以偏概全；D 项"操场上捡到的钱包"是变化的一个例证，同样属以偏概全。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题定位首段 "Only about 45 percent of the students said they would ask a teacher, a parent or the police for help."，故选 B。 【干扰项排除】A 项约 30% 是"一周内教师收到的学生提问数"相关数字，属数字偷换；C 项约 60% 文中未出现，属无中生有；D 项约 80% 是一个月后再调查的结果，属时间错位与数字偷换。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】第四段列举了归还钱包、遇网络恶评主动告诉老师、学生提问量翻倍等具体行为，说明学生已把所学转化为行动，故选 C。 【干扰项排除】A 项"听完讲座后更不在乎校规"与提问量增加、主动求助的趋势相反，属曲解文意；B 项"教师不再回答学生问题"与"收到比以往更多提问"矛盾；D 项"班规手册被从墙上取下"与 "put its rule book on the wall" 相反，属信息错位。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】猜词题看搭配。末段说约 80% 的学生 "would turn to a teacher, a parent or the police"，与首段 "ask a teacher, a parent or the police for help" 意思相同，故 turn to 意为"向某人求助"，选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项"从街上某人身边走过"取 turn to 的字面义，属熟词生义误选；B 项"给某人写信"、C 项"与某人激烈争吵"均无法与"求助对象为老师、家长、警察"的语境吻合，属曲解文意。 语篇价值提示：本组五篇分别从法治副校长的课堂、校园法治角、模拟法庭、同伴对比与数据变化五个角度切入，共同指向"知法、守法、遇事找法"这一主线，可作为"规则意识与自我保护"主题写作的素材积累。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 11 智慧城市与社区精细治理（解析版） Passage 1 A Map That Helps a City Move 一、主旨概括 文章以早高峰交通调节为例，说明“城市大脑”如何汇集公交、信号灯和道路传感器的信息，协助提升公共服务效率。文章同时指出数字系统需要人工核查、部门沟通和对隐私边界的尊重。 二、重点词句 sensor n. 传感器 — road sensors 道路传感器 system n. 系统 — compare information through a system 通过系统比较信息 suggest v. 建议 — suggest keeping the light on 建议延长亮灯时间 timetable n. 时刻表 — return to the normal timetable 恢复正常时刻表 equipment n. 设备 — check public equipment 检查公共设备 efficient adj. 高效的 — make services more efficient 让服务更高效 private adj. 私人的 — protect private lives 保护私人生活 长难句：When rainwater rises near a low road, sensors send information early, allowing staff to check the area. — when 引导时间状语从句；allowing 为现在分词短语，补充说明结果。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】全文以交通、路灯和积水监测为例，介绍城市大脑利用信息改善公共服务，C 概括完整。 【干扰项排除】A 雨天只是故事背景；B 数字屏幕并不用于修路；D 延长绿灯只是特定情况下的建议，并非主旨。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】定位第二段，系统提出建议后，由工作人员检查，再把建议发送给交通团队。 【干扰项排除】A 公交时刻恢复发生在调整之后；C 电话并非此处流程；D 文中没有关闭传感器。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】末段说明信息可能延迟或出错，重要决定需要受过训练的人员核查，因此系统无法代替人的判断。 【干扰项排除】B 系统也正是在雨天发挥作用；C 数字地图能够显示路灯故障；D 末句表明安全便利的出行对居民重要。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】前文说路口拥堵，调整信号灯后车辆开始 smoothly 移动并恢复时刻表，可知其意为“顺畅地、没有受阻地”。 【干扰项排除】A 与噪声无关；B 没有价格信息；C 未强调意外方向。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 One Morning with a Grid Worker 一、主旨概括 文章跟随社区网格员陈女士一天的工作，展示她如何利用数字上报系统和面对面服务解决漏水、就医预约等小问题。文章说明精细化社区服务既要提高效率，也要倾听居民并保护私人信息。 二、重点词句 grid n. 网格 — divide a neighbourhood into grids 将社区划分为网格 responsible adj. 负责的 — be responsible for an area 负责一个区域 location n. 位置 — mark the exact location 标记准确位置 progress n. 进度 — follow the repair progress 查看维修进度 appointment n. 预约 — make a hospital appointment 进行医院预约 review v. 查看；回顾 — review service reports 查看服务报告 management n. 管理 — improve community management 改善社区管理 长难句：Grid work is useful because small areas make service faster, while open discussion keeps it connected to real life. — because 引导原因状语从句；while 连接对比并列分句，说明效率与讨论的两方面作用。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】文章用多个工作片段介绍网格员如何发现、上报和跟进社区问题，D 最能概括全文。 【干扰项排除】A 医院预约网站只是一个服务场景；B 垃圾分类时间不是全文重点；C 老人的经历只占第三段部分内容。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】第二段明确写陈女士拍照、在手机上标出准确位置，再把报告发给维修团队。 【干扰项排除】B 是过去低效的做法；C 她用纸记录的是给老人写的操作步骤；D 漏水当天已处理，没有等月会。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】她一方面用手机上报并查看进度，另一方面走访、倾听并帮助老人，因此网格工作结合数字报告和个人服务。 【干扰项排除】A 文中强调面对面倾听仍重要；B 月度会议表明并非一人决定；D 系统不记录家庭私人谈话。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】“面对面倾听”能不经多余环节了解居民担忧，direct 在此表示“直接、清楚且少绕弯”。 【干扰项排除】A 不含昂贵或现代之意；C 文中老人正得到这种方式帮助；D private 不是 direct 的同义词。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 A Small Garden Chosen Together 一、主旨概括 文章讲述居民通过线上留言、纸面建议、学生访谈和居民议事会，共同把一块空地规划为小花园。案例说明智慧社区不仅追求线上速度，也应让不同群体充分参与并共同作出平衡决定。 二、重点词句 equipment n. 设备 — exercise equipment 健身设备 include v. 包括；让……参与 — include different voices 纳入不同意见 interview v. 采访 — interview older neighbours 采访年长邻居 advantage n. 优点 — discuss advantages and problems 讨论优点与问题 balanced adj. 均衡的 — reach a balanced plan 达成兼顾各方的方案 noticeboard n. 公告栏 — put information on a noticeboard 在公告栏上发布信息 disagreement n. 分歧 — reduce later disagreements 减少后续分歧 长难句：The process took more time than choosing a plan directly, yet it reduced later disagreements. — more...than 构成比较结构；yet 连接转折关系，突出“耗时但减少分歧”。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】全文围绕居民提出需求、讨论方案并共同确定共享空间用途展开，B 准确概括过程。 【干扰项排除】A 场地很小且最终不是运动场；C 方案吸收了公共意见；D 文章强调线上与线下结合，并未说线上投票永远更好。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】第二段写学生采访不使用智能手机的年长邻居，使他们的意见也被记录。 【干扰项排除】A 没有赠送手机；B 采访主体是学生且未说在家中会见设计师；C 他们在建设前参与意见收集。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】方案确定前公开成本和空间条件，并讨论儿童、老人等不同需要，使分歧提前得到协调。 【干扰项排除】B 与“纳入不同声音”相反；C 设计师解释了成本；D 最终空间并非最大或最现代。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】最终方案同时包括花园、步道和有靠背座椅，照顾不同群体需要，因此 balanced 表示“兼顾各方的”。 【干扰项排除】A 并非只为儿童；B 文中没有零成本信息；D 方案是讨论后形成，并未在会后完全改变。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 The Helpful Screen at the Service Centre 一、主旨概括 文章介绍社区服务中心的一块智慧服务屏，以及大字、语音、可调高度、纸面提示和人工连接等设计。文章强调智慧服务应考虑不同使用者，在保留人工支持的同时根据反馈持续改进。 二、重点词句 appointment n. 预约 — make a service appointment 预约服务 reminder n. 提醒物 — print a small reminder 打印一张提示单 wheelchair n. 轮椅 — change the height for wheelchair users 为轮椅使用者调节高度 connect v. 连接 — connect the user with a staff member 把使用者转接给工作人员 accessible adj. 易使用的；无障碍的 — make a service accessible 让服务便于使用 feedback n. 反馈 — improve through real feedback 根据真实反馈改进 force v. 强迫 — not force everyone to use one method 不强迫所有人使用同一方式 长难句：The volunteer stayed nearby, but did not take the task away from him. — but 连接转折，说明志愿者提供支持却保留老人独立操作的机会。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】文章从老人、轮椅使用者等不同需求出发，介绍服务屏的多种友好设计，A 最适合作标题。 【干扰项排除】B 文中保留纸面提醒；C 屏幕无法解决时仍需工作人员；D 健康讲座只是老人查询的一个例子。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】第二段写志愿者示范后，吴先生自己找到健康讲座时间并打印提示单。 【干扰项排除】A 他没有维修屏幕；B 可调高度是功能介绍，不是他的操作；D 收集意见的是工作人员。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】屏幕提供数字自助功能，同时保留志愿者和一键联系工作人员的方式，末段也明确强调人工支持。 【干扰项排除】A 居民可以选择纸面说明；B 工作人员还重视意见内容；C 文章展示老人能够学习使用数字服务。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】语音、可调高度、纸面说明和人工连接让不同需要的人都能使用服务，accessible 意为“便于不同人使用的”。 【干扰项排除】A 语境不讨论成本；C 屏幕就在服务中心且容易找到；D 服务对象包括老人等不同居民。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Convenience with a Safety Lock 一、主旨概括 文章介绍社区应用如何按照“只收集服务所需信息”的原则，在便利与信息安全之间取得平衡。透明说明、权限管理、密码提醒和居民参与共同建立信任，也让数字服务尊重不同选择。 二、重点词句 collect v. 收集 — collect necessary information 收集必要信息 contact n. 联系；联络方式 — provide a contact number 提供联系电话 record n. 记录 — remove old service records 删除旧服务记录 responsible adj. 负责的 — the responsible team 负责的团队 improper adj. 不适当的 — improper use of information 不当使用信息 barrier n. 屏障 — form a safety barrier 形成安全屏障 trust n. 信任 — build trust with residents 与居民建立信任 长难句：When residents understand and control how their information is used, smart services can become both convenient and safe. — when 引导时间/条件状语从句；how 引导宾语从句；both...and...连接两个表语。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】全文从信息最少收集、访问权限和用户选择等方面说明应用如何兼顾便利与安全，C 概括准确。 【干扰项排除】A 与“只收集真正需要的信息”相反；B 预订速度不是文章重点；D 文中没有比较纸质与数字通知的速度。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】第二段明确说报告损坏路灯时，只需发送路灯位置和照片，不必提供家庭地址。 【干扰项排除】A 密码和验证码不应提交；B 家庭地址并非所需信息；C 旧服务记录与上报路灯无关。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】末段说明保留纸质通知不代表应用不智能，而是有用的服务应尊重不同居民的选择。 【干扰项排除】A 应用能够发送数字通知；C 纸质通知选项不用于收集地址；D “纸质总是更安全”属于绝对化推断。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】培训、限制访问、记录操作和强密码共同防止信息被不当使用，因此 barrier 指提供保护的“屏障”。 【干扰项排除】B 居民会议不是该词所指；C 它不是待删除的记录；D 屏障重在安全保护而非提高服务速度。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 12 志愿服务与邻里互助（原文版） Passage 1 Saving Hours in a Time Bank Every Wednesday, fifteen-year-old Gao Lin visits Mr Sun, an elderly neighbour who lives in the next building. Gao helps him use a food-ordering app, checks phone settings and sometimes carries heavy bags upstairs. The time he spends is written into a community “time bank”. One hour of service earns one hour in his account, not money. Before his first visit, a programme worker introduced them, explained the task clearly and made sure that both neighbours felt comfortable with the plan. The time bank allows members to save service hours and use them when they need help. Gao may use his hours years later, or he can give some to his grandmother now. Mr Sun also takes part instead of only receiving help. He is good at growing flowers, so he teaches children how to care for plants in the community garden. His teaching time goes into his own account. A small team organizes the programme. It checks each request, matches people with suitable tasks and records the hours. Safety rules are clear: young volunteers work in public areas or with an adult nearby, and difficult jobs are left to trained workers. After each task, both people <u>confirm</u> the time. The system is simple, but trust and honest records are important. Gao first joined because his school encouraged volunteer service. He stayed because he began to know his neighbours. Mr Sun now asks about Gao's studies, and Gao often stops to look at the flowers they planted together. The time bank does more than exchange hours. It reminds people that everyone has something useful to offer and everyone may need support one day. By turning small acts into a regular habit, the programme makes help easier to ask for and kindness easier to continue. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How a time bank turns neighbourly help into a lasting exchange. B. Why teenagers should earn money through community work. C. How elderly residents learn to order food online. D. Why community gardens need more trained workers. 2. （细节理解）What can Gao do with the hours in his account? A. Change them into money at school. B. Use them to buy flowers from Mr Sun. C. Give them only to another teenager. D. Save them or give some to his grandmother. 3. （推理判断）What does Mr Sun's example show? A. Only young people can provide useful service. B. People who receive help can also support others. C. Plant care should be left to trained workers. D. Service hours are difficult for older people to record. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "confirm" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. forget after a long time B. change without telling others C. state that something is correct D. exchange something for money —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The Saturday Repair Table On the first Saturday of each month, a long table appears in a community activity room. Residents bring lamps that do not work, chairs with loose legs and clothes with small holes. At the “repair table”, volunteers with different skills try to give these things a second life. The service is free, but visitors can donate simple materials such as thread or screws. A booking sheet keeps the room from becoming too crowded and gives volunteers enough time to inspect each object safely. Mr He, a retired electrician, checks lamps with two younger volunteers. Before touching anything, they ask the owner what happened and examine the item carefully. Jobs involving serious electrical danger are not accepted and must go to professional shops. At another end of the table, Liu Fang teaches a child to sew a button. The child does the final steps herself instead of simply watching. The repair table is not only about saving objects. While people wait, they share tea and talk with neighbours they may have seen but never met. A noticeboard lists small skills that residents are willing to teach, from fixing bicycle bells to shortening trousers. People also write down what they hope to learn. These conversations often <u>spark</u> new plans for future volunteer activities. Last month, the team repaired nineteen everyday items and showed several owners how to handle simple problems. The number was not an official target; careful and safe work mattered more than speed. One old lamp could not be fixed, but its owner still thanked the volunteers for explaining why. By offering time, skills and patient attention, the repair table reduces waste and brings neighbours closer. It proves that useful community service can begin with an ordinary tool box and a willingness to help. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the best title for the passage? A. A Professional Shop with Expensive Tools B. Why Old Objects Should Always Be Thrown Away C. Repairing Small Things and Building Neighbourly Ties D. A Competition to Fix the Most Lamps 2. （细节理解）What do volunteers do with jobs involving serious electrical danger? A. They let children complete the jobs. B. They ask owners to take them to professional shops. C. They repair them as quickly as possible. D. They hide the problem from the owner. 3. （推理判断）Why does the passage mention the child sewing a button? A. To show that children bring most broken clothes. B. To prove sewing is more useful than electrical work. C. To explain why volunteers need to work faster. D. To show that the activity shares skills as well as service. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "spark" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. cause something to start B. make something impossible C. record something officially D. finish something without discussion —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 When Donated Books Find Readers Students at No. 4 Middle School wanted to donate books to children in nearby communities. At first, many thought the work was easy: collect as many books as possible and put them into boxes. Their teacher asked them to think again. A useful donation should meet real needs, not simply move unwanted things from one place to another. The class therefore formed teams for contacting reading rooms, checking book quality, making records and planning reading activities after delivery. This gave every student a clear responsibility from the very beginning. The students contacted three community reading rooms and asked about their readers. One needed picture books for younger children, another wanted science stories, and the third hoped for books with larger print for grandparents reading with children. Volunteers then made a clear list. They accepted clean books in good condition, but did not take broken exercise books, books with missing pages or materials unsuitable for young readers. On collection day, students checked, cleaned and sorted every book. They wrote the reading level on removable cards and entered each title into a simple digital list. Some students repaired loose covers with the help of a librarian. Others designed “mystery book” bags with three key words on the outside, such as “space, courage, friendship”. The clues made young readers <u>curious</u> without showing the cover. The project collected fewer books than the students first expected, but almost every book could be used. At a reading room, volunteers placed the books on low shelves and read stories with local children. They also left blank cards for reader comments, which would guide the next collection. The students learned that donating is not only about giving. It includes listening, organizing and taking responsibility for what happens after a gift leaves their hands. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What does the passage mainly show? A. Digital reading lists are difficult for students to make. B. Schools should collect every unwanted book they can find. C. Community reading rooms need only science books. D. A thoughtful book donation starts with readers' real needs. 2. （细节理解）What information did students put on removable cards? A. The name of each book's first owner. B. The address of the community reading room. C. The reading level of each book. D. The date of the next school activity. 3. （推理判断）Why were reader comment cards left at the reading room? A. To help students improve the next collection. B. To ask children to pay for the donated books. C. To replace all talks with community workers. D. To check which student repaired each cover. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "curious" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. unable to read the key words B. wanting to know more about something C. worried that a book is too difficult D. ready to give the book to someone else —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 A Help Map for One Building In one apartment building, neighbours used to meet mainly in the lift. They smiled, but few knew what help others could offer or need. A resident named Mei suggested making a “help map”. It would not show private information or flat numbers. Instead, it would list shared skills and requests in the building's public activity room. Residents who preferred not to use the paper map could ask the volunteer team by phone during two set hours each week. At a Sunday meeting, residents wrote ideas on colourful cards. A university student offered help with computer problems. A father could repair loose chair legs, and an elderly woman was happy to teach simple cooking. Requests included watering plants during short trips, reading medicine instructions with someone and practising spoken English. A volunteer team sorted the cards by time and skill. Anyone who wanted help could contact the team. The team asked both sides before sharing contact details and suggested that first meetings happen in a public place. After a task, neighbours could leave a short note such as “completed” or “still needed”, but personal stories were not recorded. These rules made the map useful while keeping everyone's information <u>limited</u>. The first request came from a woman who needed someone to water two plants for three days. A boy from upstairs volunteered, and she later helped him practise English before a school speech. Soon, more residents gladly and safely joined. The map did not measure help in money or require an equal return after every task. Its purpose was to make support easier to find and to turn familiar faces into caring neighbours. A small card on a wall could not solve every problem, but it opened the door to conversation, trust and everyday kindness. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. Why neighbours should share all personal information. B. How a help map connects residents' skills and needs. C. Why people should avoid speaking in the lift. D. How a building measures every service in money. 2. （细节理解）Where did the team suggest first meetings should happen? A. In a public place. B. Inside a volunteer's home. C. In the lift during busy hours. D. At the university student's school. 3. （推理判断）What can we learn from the plant-watering example? A. Every task must be returned in exactly three days. B. Children should only offer help to other children. C. Neighbourly help can lead to support in another form. D. Spoken English is the most requested skill in the building. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "limited" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. made colourful and easy to notice B. shared with everyone in the building C. checked once every Sunday D. kept within a small and necessary amount —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Many Small Jobs, One Warm Evening A community planned an outdoor music evening, and more than thirty residents volunteered. None of their jobs seemed very large. Some moved chairs, some made direction signs, and others checked that paths were clear. Two students prepared a quiet corner for young children. An elderly neighbour brought a box of paper fans and invited visitors to take one. Before the event, volunteers joined a short safety walk and learned whom to contact if a visitor needed extra care. Sixteen-year-old Xu Wen joined the welcome team. She greeted visitors and showed them where to sit. When she noticed a man using a walking stick, she guided him to a seat near an easy path. Later, a family arrived after the music had started. Xu quietly helped them find places without blocking anyone's view. Her actions took only a few minutes, but they made the event more comfortable. Behind the stage, volunteers filled water bottles and kept cables away from walking areas. Another group collected used paper and cups. When a short wind moved several signs, three children quickly held them while an adult fixed them more firmly. No one waited to be given an important title. People simply noticed what was needed and offered <u>support</u>. After the last song, residents stayed to put away chairs and clean the square. The organizer thanked the performers, but also thanked those who had done the small jobs. Without them, the evening would not have been safe, clean or welcoming. Xu learned that volunteer service does not always require a special skill or a whole day. Careful attention, ten free minutes and a kind action can all have social value. When many people take part, their small efforts join together and create a community event that everyone can enjoy. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. Small volunteer actions work together to make an event successful. B. Music performers do the most important community work. C. Teenagers need special skills before they can volunteer. D. Outdoor events should be organized without children. 2. （细节理解）How did Xu help the man with a walking stick? A. She gave him a paper fan on the stage. B. She asked him to move the chairs after the show. C. She guided him to a seat near an easy path. D. She invited him to join the welcome team. 3. （推理判断）What did Xu learn from the music evening? A. Only long hours of service have social value. B. Volunteers should wait for an important title. C. Community service is mainly about performing music. D. A little time and attention can make a useful difference. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "support" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. a chance to perform on stage B. help given to make something easier or better C. a rule that stops children from joining D. money collected from visitors 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 08 工匠精神与技能人才培养（原文版） Passage 1 The Youngest Winner in the Skills Contest The hall was quiet except for the sound of saws and sandpaper. On long tables around the room about forty young competitors were bending over their own pieces of wood. Seventeen-year-old He Xinyu was taking part in a city skill competition, and his task was simple to describe: to make a small wooden box whose lid closed perfectly. His hands shook a little as he measured the wood for the third time. Two years earlier he could not even hold a saw straight. At his desk he had never been a top student. After junior high school he chose a vocational school and began to study furniture making. Some friends laughed. "You will only be a worker," one of them said. The words hurt, but He Xinyu answered in a different way. Every afternoon while others played basketball, he stayed in the workshop. He also kept a small notebook, and in it he wrote down every mistake he made that day. His teacher, Mr Sun, often made him repeat the same cut again and again until the line was clean and straight. Slowly his boxes became better. Then came the competition. For five hours he measured, cut and polished without stopping or looking up. Once his finger began to bleed; he washed it, put on a small piece of cloth and went on working. When he finished, he placed the lid on the box and heard a soft clean click. The judges came over, looked closely at every corner and smiled. Later his name was called out as the winner of his group. "I am proud to be a worker," he told his classmates afterwards. "Nothing here is magic. You just practise one small thing until it becomes easy." Today his box stands in the glass case at the school entrance. Under it there is a short line of words: Hard work makes ordinary hands skilled. He Xinyu still opens the case sometimes, not to look at the box, but to remember those long afternoons. Questions 1. （主旨大意）The passage mainly tells us that ______. A. woodwork is the easiest skill to learn at school B. patient practice can turn an ordinary student into a skilled winner C. young people should never laugh at their classmates D. competitions are always better than classroom learning 2. （细节理解）What was He Xinyu's task in the competition? A. To repair a broken machine within five hours. B. To teach younger students how to hold a saw. C. To make a small wooden box whose lid closed perfectly. D. To draw plans for forty different pieces of furniture. 3. （推理判断）From He Xinyu's story we can learn that ______. A. natural talent matters more than anything else B. students should spend more time playing sports C. choosing a vocational school means giving up dreams D. repeating small things patiently can finally bring success 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "polished" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. made something smooth and shiny by rubbing it B. put pieces of wood together with strong glue C. drew straight lines on wood with a pencil D. measured the wood several times before cutting —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 A Morning at the Training Workshop Last Thursday thirty Grade 8 students from No. 4 Middle School visited a vocational school in their city. They were taking part in a "Career Experience Day". Their guide, Miss Chen, first took them to the car repair workshop, where a blue car stood with its engine open. Each visitor was given a tool and asked to take off one wheel and put it back. Ten minutes later most of them were still working. "The hands need time to learn," Miss Chen said. "That is what practice is for." None of the visitors finished the job in less than fifteen minutes. The next stop was a bright room full of small electronic boards. Here vocational students were learning to find a broken point and repair it. The work looked easy on the screen, but the pieces were tiny, and one careless touch could break them. Lin Tao, one of the visitors, tried twice and failed twice. The student beside him smiled and told him to slow down. On his third try the little light on the board came on, and everyone around him cheered. In the cooking room young cooks were practising cutting vegetables into pieces as thin as paper. Several visitors were allowed to have a try, and Xia Mei found her fingers aching after five minutes. Their teacher told them that a good dish starts with clean hands, patience and a tidy table, not with good luck. The visitors were also surprised to see that every pot and board had its own place. Before leaving, the group watched a short video about graduates of the school. Some now work in big hotels, others repair machines in factories, and a few have started small shops of their own. One of them even teaches young workers in the same school now. "Schools like this are not a second choice," their guide said. "They are another road to a good career." Questions 1. （主旨大意）The passage is mainly about ______. A. middle school students experiencing skill training during a visit B. how to repair a car engine as quickly as possible C. why No. 4 Middle School has a longer holiday than others D. a difficult competition between two different schools 2. （细节理解）What happened when Lin Tao tried to repair the electronic board? A. He broke three boards one after another. B. He finished the work before anyone else did. C. He gave up sadly after his very first try. D. He failed twice and succeeded on his third try. 3. （推理判断）By "another road to a good career", the guide means that ______. A. vocational schools are much easier than any other school B. vocational education can also lead to a successful working life C. students should never choose a senior high school again D. every graduate must open a shop of his or her own 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "tiny" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. very bright and colourful B. very heavy to hold in the hand C. very small in size D. very expensive to buy —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Forty Years at One Workbench On a narrow old street stands a small shop with clocks on every wall. Zhou Guoping, 62, has repaired clocks there for more than forty years. Every morning he opens the door at eight, puts on his glasses and sits down at a wooden workbench left by his father. Next to the bench there are rows of small boxes, each holding the parts of one clock. Repairing a clock takes patience. First he takes it apart and puts every wheel and screw into a box, because one missing part can stop the whole machine. Then he cleans each piece and checks it under a bright lamp. Sometimes a job takes two days, and sometimes two weeks. For each clock he also writes a short note about what was wrong with it, and he keeps it in a thick old book. Customers often ask why he does not simply use faster tools. "A clock has its own heart," he answers. "You have to listen to it." In recent years fewer people wear watches, but clocks are still loved in many homes as part of a family's memory. Zhou has taught six young people his craft. He tells them never to hide a mistake: if a clock does not work well, they must take it back and try again, even when the customer says nothing about it. His students all say this is the most important lesson he gives them. Zhou's hands move more slowly now, and his eyes tire more quickly than before. Still he says he will work as long as he can, because every repaired clock carries a story that somebody cares about. He says that a skill grows quietly in the hands, and that a person who loves the work never feels bored. Few things in life can be done in a hurry. "A good workman needs only one thing," he says with a smile, "to do today's work a little better than yesterday's." Questions 1. （主旨大意）The passage mainly shows ______. A. why people no longer wear watches in modern life B. how to open a small shop on an old narrow street C. the best ways of keeping clocks safe at home D. a craftsman's patience and care through forty years of work 2. （细节理解）What does Zhou Guoping do first when he repairs a clock? A. He takes it apart and keeps every small piece safely. B. He buys several new pieces for it in another shop. C. He sells it to a shop which sells new clocks. D. He asks the customer to repair it by himself. 3. （推理判断）From the lesson Zhou gives his students, we can infer that he ______. A. wants them to work faster than he does himself B. cares more about money than about quality C. puts honesty and responsibility before profit D. plans to close his shop within a few years 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "craft" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. a machine used for making wheels B. a job or skill needing careful hand work C. a small box used for keeping screws D. a bright lamp on the working table —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Two Roads, One Question When we finished junior high school, my cousin Jiang Lei and I walked in different directions. I went to a senior high school and he went to a vocational school to study hotel service. Many relatives thought my mother was lucky and his mother was not. For a long time I believed them, and at family dinners I even felt a little sorry for him, though I never said it out loud. Two years later I am not so sure. In his second year Jiang Lei worked at a hotel for six months as part of his training. He came home tired but excited, and he could explain every step of his work clearly: how to make a bed in three minutes, how to carry three plates at once, how to stay calm when a guest is angry. He chose the school himself after visiting the hotel where his aunt worked. Last winter he helped an old guest who could not find his room and carried the man's heavy bag upstairs himself. The hotel later wrote a thank-you letter to his school. Last month I visited his school during its festival. I saw students cooking, fixing air conditioners, cutting hair and repairing small robots. Their hands moved quickly and certainly, and their faces showed real pride. "Everyone needs someone who can do things well," my cousin said to me. "Not everyone needs to sit in an office." Now when adults ask me which road is better, I always give them the same answer: there is only one question that really matters, and that is whether you do it with your whole heart. Outside the hall some parents were taking photos of every piece of work. Skills are not less important than books. They are simply another way of answering the same old question: what kind of person do you want to become? Questions 1. （主旨大意）The writer mainly wants to tell us that ______. A. a senior high school is the only right choice for teenagers B. hotels need far more workers than schools have expected C. vocational education is an equally good road if one works with heart D. relatives should stop asking young students any questions 2. （细节理解）What did Jiang Lei do in his second year at the vocational school? A. He studied in another country for six months. B. He worked at a hotel for six months during his training. C. He opened a small restaurant together with his mother. D. He taught English to visitors in a local hotel. 3. （推理判断）How has the writer's attitude towards his cousin's choice changed? A. From looking down on it to respecting it. B. From loving school to hating every subject. C. From wanting to be a cook to wanting to be a doctor. D. From admiring his relatives to arguing with them. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "pride" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. anger about unfair treatment from others B. worry about work in the near future C. fear of making mistakes in front of people D. a happy and proud feeling about what one does —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Skills Week: Learning to Go Slow For one week each term, No. 4 Middle School turns into a busy workshop. During "Skills Week" there are no star students and no gold medals. There is only sawdust on the floor, thread on the desks and dust on everyone's shoes. The idea behind the week is simple: everyone tries to do one small thing well with their own hands. Phones are not allowed in the workshop, because nothing there can be finished in ten seconds. On Monday my group learned to make a wooden name plate. Each of us was given a small board, a piece of sandpaper and three hours. Some students rubbed so hard that the board became thin and ugly. I wanted to finish first, but after an hour my hands ached and the wood still felt rough. Our teacher told me to slow down and to feel the surface with my fingers instead of looking at the clock all the time. On the third afternoon my plate finally felt as smooth as glass. It took almost nine hours of slow rubbing. Another group spent the whole week taking an old desk lamp apart and putting it back together again. "Repeat" was the word they heard most often from their teacher. In the sewing corner several boys learned to sew buttons on their own shirts, and everyone agreed that the work was far harder than it looked. On Friday all our work was shown in the school hall. None of it was perfect: a corner was uneven, a line was crooked, and one plate still carried a small dark mark. Still, every piece carried hours of practice and a story. Skills Week taught me something quietly and deeply: patience is not a gift that some lucky people are born with. It is built slowly, carefully, and one step at a time. Questions 1. （主旨大意）The passage mainly tells us that ______. A. school competitions should give out far more prizes B. doing slow and careful handwork helps students build patience C. girls are always better at sewing than boys at school D. the school hall is the best place for holding big shows 2. （细节理解）What did the writer learn to make during Skills Week? A. A wooden name plate. B. A model car for his brother. C. A paper flower for his mother. D. A bamboo basket for his teacher. 3. （推理判断）Why did the teacher tell the writer to feel the surface "instead of looking at the clock"? A. Because there was something wrong with the classroom clock. B. Because the sandpaper was too expensive to use every day. C. Because rushing makes work worse and real skill needs time. D. Because too many visitors were watching him work at that time. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "rough" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. very light and easy to carry B. cold and wet like a winter stone C. smooth and shiny like clean glass D. not smooth; uneven when you touch it 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 08 工匠精神与技能人才培养（解析版） Passage 1 The Youngest Winner in the Skills Contest 一、主旨概括 本文讲述职校学生何新宇从"坐不住、握不直锯"到在城市技能大赛中获奖的成长经历。文章通过训练细节与赛场细节，说明成功来自反复练习、耐心坚持与老师严格要求，并肯定技能劳动者的价值。 二、重点词句 competitor n. 竞争者，选手 — 搭配：about forty young competitors；例句：About forty young competitors were bending over their own pieces of wood. measure v. 测量 — 搭配：measure the wood carefully；例句：He measured the wood for the third time. vocational adj. 职业的 — 搭配：a vocational school；例句：After junior high school he chose a vocational school. polish v. 打磨，擦光 — 搭配：polish the surface；例句：For five hours he measured, cut and polished without stopping. judge n. 评委，裁判 — 搭配：look closely at the work；例句：The judges came over and looked closely at every corner. proud adj. 自豪的 — 搭配：be proud to be ...；例句：He said he was proud to be a worker. ordinary adj. 普通的 — 搭配：ordinary hands；例句：Hard work makes ordinary hands skilled. 长难句：His teacher, Mr Sun, often made him repeat the same cut again and again until the line was clean and straight. — make sb do sth 结构，until 引导时间状语从句，强调反复练习到合格为止。 长难句：Once his finger began to bleed, he washed it, put on a small piece of cloth and went on working. — once 引导时间状语从句（"有一次；一旦"），主句连用三个并列谓语，突出坚持。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】全文按"被动地不会—苦练—参赛—夺冠—感言"推进，核心是"耐心练习可以把普通学生变成技能高手"。结尾的 "Nothing here is magic. You just practise one small thing until it becomes easy." 是解题关键。 【干扰项排除】A 文章没说木工最容易学，反而写了手指流血、手酸等辛苦；C 朋友嘲笑只是次要情节；D 文中未否定课堂学习，属无中生有。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】首段点明任务：to make a small wooden box whose lid closed perfectly，即做一个盖子能严丝合缝的小木盒。 【干扰项排除】A 他做的是木盒，不是修理机器，属信息错位；B 那是老师对学生的行为，且发生在赛前训练中；D 文中没有画图纸的内容。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】文中"每天下午别人打球他留在车间""同一个动作反复做到笔直""比赛五小时不停手、流血仍继续"等细节共同指向：耐心重复小事终会带来成功。 【干扰项排除】A 与"He had never been a top student"及全篇强调练习相矛盾；B 无中生有，作者并未贬低体育锻炼；C 与他选择职校并获奖的事实相反。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】第三段 "he measured, cut and polished without stopping"，前面是量、裁，后面自然是打磨，再结合末段 "as smooth as glass" 可确定为"打磨使光滑"。 【干扰项排除】B 那是粘合；C 那是画线；D 那是 measure 的含义，均属偷换动词。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 A Morning at the Training Workshop 一、主旨概括 本文记录了初中生参加"职业体验日"、走进职校实训车间参观的全过程，涉及汽修、电子、烹饪三个场景。文章旨在说明技能学习需要时间与实践，并表达"职业教育是通往好职业的另一条路"的态度。 二、重点词句 experience n. 体验 — 搭配：a Career Experience Day；例句：They were taking part in a "Career Experience Day". guide n. 向导，讲解员 — 搭配：show sb around；例句：Their guide first took them to the car repair workshop. repair v. 修理 — 搭配：repair machines / a car；例句：Here students were learning to find a broken point and repair it. ache v. 疼痛 — 搭配：one's fingers aching；例句：Xia Mei found her fingers aching after five minutes. patience n. 耐心 — 搭配：clean hands, patience and a tidy table；例句：A good dish starts with patience. graduate n. 毕业生 — 搭配：graduates of the school；例句：A short video was about graduates of the school. career n. 职业，事业 — 搭配：another road to a good career；例句：It is another road to a good career. 长难句：Each visitor was given a tool and asked to take off one wheel and put it back. — 被动语态连用两个过去分词 given 与 asked，be asked to do sth 表示"被要求做某事"。 长难句：The work looked easy on the screen, but the pieces were tiny, and one careless touch could break them. — but 与 and 连接三个并列分句，形成"看起来容易—实际很难"的转折对比。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】全文以参观路线为线索（汽修车间—电子实训室—烹饪室—毕业去向短片），中心是中学生的一次技能训练体验活动。 【干扰项排除】B 以偏概全，如何修引擎只是一个环节且文中未讲方法；C 文中完全没提假期长短；D 无中生有，两校之间并无竞赛。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】第二段明确写到 Lin Tao "tried twice and failed twice"，并在第三次尝试时分板上的小灯亮了起来。 【干扰项排除】A 文中他没弄坏三块板；B 他三次才成功，落后于熟练学生；C 他尝试了三次并非一次就放弃。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】前一句列举了毕业生在大酒店工作、进厂修机器、自己开店等去向，可见导游认为职业教育同样能带来成功的职业生涯。 【干扰项排除】A 文中强调"手需要时间学习"，并无"更容易"之意；C 绝对化语气，作者并未否定普通高中；D 以偏概全，开店只是少数人的选择。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】第二段 "the pieces were tiny, and one careless touch could break them"，零件小到一不小心就弄坏，tiny 意为"极小的"。 【干扰项排除】A、B、D 都无法与"轻轻一碰就坏"构成合理因果关系。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Forty Years at One Workbench 一、主旨概括 本文描写修表匠周国平四十余年如一日守在工作台前的故事：拆件、清洗、校验一丝不苟，并要求徒弟不许掩饰差错。文章借此表现专注、负责、精益求精的工匠精神，也说明传统技艺需要在诚实与责任中传承。 二、重点词句 workbench n. 工作台 — 搭配：sit down at a wooden workbench；例句：He sits down at a wooden workbench left by his father. take apart v. 拆开 — 搭配：take a clock apart；例句：First he takes it apart and puts every wheel into a box. screw n. 螺丝 — 搭配：every wheel and screw；例句：One missing screw can stop the whole machine. patient adj. 耐心的 — 搭配：Repairing a clock takes patience；例句：Repairing a clock takes patience. memory n. 记忆，回忆 — 搭配：part of a family's memory；例句：Clocks are loved as part of a family's memory. mistake n. 错误 — 搭配：never hide a mistake；例句：He tells them never to hide a mistake. tire v. 疲劳，疲倦 — 搭配：one's eyes tire；例句：His eyes tire more quickly than before. 长难句：He tells them never to hide a mistake: if a clock does not work well, they must take it back and try again, even when the customer says nothing about it. — tell sb (never) to do sth；冒号后为 if 条件句 + even when 让步状语从句，突出责任心。 长难句：Still he says he will work as long as he can, because every repaired clock carries a story that somebody cares about. — as long as 引导条件状语从句，because 引导原因状语从句，that 引导定语从句修饰 story。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】全文围绕"四十多年修表—每一步都耐心细致—要求徒弟不许隐瞒差错"展开，中心是一位手艺人四十年如一日的耐心与用心。 【干扰项排除】A 第三段的次要背景，不是写作目的；B 文中未讲开店方法；C 无中生有，文章不谈家庭保养方法。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】第二段首句 "First he takes it apart and puts every wheel and screw into a box" 明确说明第一步是拆开并妥善保存零件。 【干扰项排除】B 他是修理旧件，并未换新；C、D 都与修表业务相矛盾，属无中生有。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】他要求徒弟"不许掩盖错误"，顾客没察觉也要取回重做，说明他把诚实与责任放在赚钱之前。 【干扰项排除】A 与"慢工出细活"的态度相反；B 文中无任何唯利是图的表现；D 他说会一直干下去，并未提关店。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】第三段 "Zhou has taught six young people his craft"，他把这门手艺教给六个年轻人，craft 指需要精细手工的技能或行当。 【干扰项排除】A 那是 machine；C 那是装零件的盒子；D 那是工作用的灯，均属张冠李戴。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Two Roads, One Question 一、主旨概括 本文以第一人称对比"我"上普高与表弟读职校两条路径。通过表弟在酒店实习的表现与职校节日上的技能展示，作者改变了过去对职业教育的轻视，提出"技能与书本同样重要，关键是否全心全意去做"的观点。 二、重点词句 relative n. 亲戚 — 搭配：many relatives；例句：Many relatives thought my mother was lucky. training n. 培训，训练 — 搭配：as part of his training；例句：He worked at a hotel for six months as part of his training. explain v. 解释 — 搭配：explain every step clearly；例句：He could explain every step of his work clearly. calm adj. 冷静的 — 搭配：stay calm when sb is angry；例句：He knows how to stay calm when a guest is angry. certainly adv. 确定地，有把握地 — 搭配：move quickly and certainly；例句：Their hands moved quickly and certainly. pride n. 自豪 — 搭配：show real pride；例句：Their faces showed real pride. heart n. 心，内心 — 搭配：do sth with one's whole heart；例句：Do you do it with your whole heart? 长难句：He came home tired but excited, and he could explain every step of his work clearly: how to make a bed in three minutes, how to carry three plates at once, how to stay calm when a guest is angry. — 冒号后三个"疑问词 + 不定式"结构并列举例，when 引导时间状语从句。 长难句：There is only one question that really matters, and that is whether you do it with your whole heart. — that 引导定语从句修饰 question，whether 引导表语从句，点明文章中心。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】文章从"我"的偏见写起，经表弟的实习经历与学校节日见闻，最后落在"技能并不比书本次要""是否全心全意去做才是关键"，即职业教育是一条同样好的路。 【干扰项排除】A 与文章观点相反；B 文中未谈酒店用工缺口数量；D 无中生有，作者并未主张亲戚不许提问。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】第二段首句明确写着：In his second year Jiang Lei worked at a hotel for six months as part of his training。 【干扰项排除】A 偷换地点，六个月是在酒店不是出国；C 无中生有，家里没人开餐厅；D 文中未提他教英语。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】首段写"我曾同情他、相信亲戚们的看法"，中间"Two years later I am not so sure"开始转折，末段明确"技能并不比书本次要"，可见态度由轻视转为尊重。 【干扰项排除】B、C 文中均无线索支持；D 无中生有，作者从未与亲戚争执。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】第三段写学生们熟练地做各种技能，脸上露出 real pride，结合上下文应为"对自己所做的事感到自豪的愉悦心情"。 【干扰项排除】A 愤怒、B 担忧、C 害怕都与"手快而确定"的正面描写不符，属曲解语境。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Skills Week: Learning to Go Slow 一、主旨概括 本文记述学校"技能周"里学生们动手做木牌、拆装台灯、缝纽扣的经历。作者从急于求成到学会慢下来用手指感受表面，最后体会到耐心并非天赋，而是一步步积累出来的品质。 二、重点词句 turn into v. 变成 — 搭配：turn into a busy workshop；例句：The school turns into a busy workshop for one week. sawdust n. 木屑 — 搭配：sawdust on the floor；例句：There is only sawdust on the floor. sandpaper n. 砂纸 — 搭配：a piece of sandpaper；例句：Each of us was given a small board and a piece of sandpaper. rough adj. 粗糙的 — 搭配：feel rough；例句：The wood still felt rough after an hour. repeat v. 重复 — 搭配：hear the word "repeat" most often；例句："Repeat" was the word they heard most often. thread n. 线 — 搭配：thread on the desks；例句：There is only sawdust on the floor and thread on the desks. uneven adj. 不平的 — 搭配：a corner was uneven；例句：A corner was uneven and a line was crooked. 长难句：Our teacher told me to slow down and to feel the surface with my fingers instead of looking at the clock all the time. — tell sb to do sth；instead of 后接动名词，形成"用手指感受"与"紧盯时钟"的行为对比。 长难句：Skills Week taught me something quietly and deeply: patience is not a gift that some lucky people are born with. — 冒号后解释 something 的内容，that 引导定语从句修饰 gift，be born with 表示"天生拥有"。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】全文围绕"慢慢打磨—反复练习—作品虽不完美却凝聚数小时练习"展开，末句点明"耐心是一步步累积起来的"，故主旨是慢而细致的手工劳动能培养耐心。 【干扰项排除】A 文中明确说技能周没有金牌和明星，属反向干扰；C 文中只说几个男生学缝纽扣，未作性别比较；D 展厅只是作品展示地点，非文章中心。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】第二段首句写 "my group learned to make a wooden name plate"，作者分到的是一块木板、一张砂纸和三小时。 【干扰项排除】B、C、D 均属无中生有，这三个物品在全文中都没有出现。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】老师让作者"用手指感受表面而不要老是看表"，是因为前文"我"想争第一，结果手酸痛、木面仍旧粗糙；后文"我"放慢速度后在第三天下午把木牌磨得像玻璃一样光滑。可见急于求成适得其反，真功夫需要时间。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解文意，文中并无钟表故障；B 无中生有，未提砂纸价格；D 无中生有，当时没有参观者围观。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】第二段 "after an hour my hands ached and the wood still felt rough"，磨了一小时仍未磨好，末段又说最终变得"as smooth as glass"，故 rough 与 smooth 相对，意为"不光滑、摸起来不平"。 【干扰项排除】A、B 均非触感描写；C 与词义正好相反，属反义干扰。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 07 数字经济与新消费方式（解析版） Passage 1 Grandma's First Mobile Payment 一、主旨概括 本文讲述 68 岁的刘桂芳从只会用现金，到在孙子帮助下学会手机支付的故事。文章通过买菜、交水费、买药等日常小事，表现数字技术给普通人生活带来的便利，同时传递出"耐心学习新事物、注意保护支付安全"的态度。 二、重点词句 pay v. 支付，付款 — 搭配：pay for sth；例句：She paid for the oranges with her phone. careful adj. 仔细的，小心的 — 搭配：be careful about；例句：Be careful about never telling your password to others. record n. 记录 — 搭配：leave a clear record of；例句：Every payment leaves a clear record. queue n. 队伍 — 搭配：stand in a queue；例句：She no longer stood in long queues at the bank. patient adj. 有耐心的 — 搭配：be patient with sb；例句：Grandma Liu is patient with her neighbours. daily adj. 日常的 — 搭配：daily life；例句：It makes daily life much lighter. practise v. 练习 — 搭配：practise doing sth；例句：They practised paying together three times. 长难句：Wang Lei explained that the money stayed safely in the bank and that every payment left a clear record. — explained 后接两个由 that 引导的并列宾语从句，说明祖母的钱款去向与安全依据。 长难句：Every Sunday she writes down what she has bought in a small notebook, so that she always knows where her money goes. — what 引导宾语从句，so that 引导目的状语从句，体现她理性消费的习惯。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】文章以刘桂芳学会手机支付为主线，从"过去只认现金"到"现在能在线缴费、买药"，并在第四段点明"这让日常生活轻松多了"。综合全文可判断主旨是一位老人学会移动支付并感到生活更方便。 【干扰项排除】A 与事实相反，文中祖母受益于新技术；B 文中并未把现金与手机支付作全面安全性比较，属曲解文意；D 无中生有，文中只说孙子假期来住，并未要求长期同住。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】定位第二段最后部分：Wang Lei "set an easy password for her, turned on a safety check, and wrote every step on a piece of paper"，由此可知为保障安全他设置了密码并开启安全校验。 【干扰项排除】A 她自己早有布袋；B 文中未提零花钱；C 文中无"代付一年账单"的信息，属夸大其词。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】结尾处她说"手机虽小，却让日常生活轻松很多"，并主动建议邻居耐心学习、不要向陌生人泄露密码，可见她既接受新技术又保持谨慎。 【干扰项排除】B 与结尾态度相反；C 无中生有，她只是帮助邻居使用；D 她已不再害怕，只是提醒注意安全，曲解了"谨慎"之意。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】定位第二段 "every payment left a clear record"，结合"钱安全地存在银行里"这一语境，"record"应指留下的可查询的信息，即"记录"。 【干扰项排除】A 纸上写的是步骤，不是 record；C 那是 password；D 那是 safety check，均属信息错位。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 Oranges from the Village to Your Door 一、主旨概括 本文报道了山村橘子滞销后，返乡大学生赵欣通过果园直播，向网友展示真实果园场景并最终打开销路的故事。文章强调新技术能拓宽销售渠道，但真正留住顾客的仍是产品的质量。 二、重点词句 grower n. 种植者 — 搭配：a fruit grower；例句：Zhao Ming is a fruit grower of 45. worry n. 忧虑 — 搭配：hear one's worry；例句：When she heard his worry, she had an idea. viewer n. 观看者，观众 — 搭配：answer the viewers' questions；例句：She answered questions from the viewers. order n. 订单 — 搭配：place an order；例句：Soon orders began to appear. pack v. 打包，装箱 — 搭配：pack and carry away；例句：Three hundred boxes were packed that morning. delivery n. 递送 — 搭配：delivery time；例句：She answered questions about price and delivery time. price n. 价格 — 搭配：offer a low price；例句：Traders offered a low price for the fruit. 长难句：Zhao Xin's mother, who once believed a phone was only a toy for playing games, now checks the new orders every evening. — who 引导非限制性定语从句，补充说明母亲过去的看法，形成今昔对比。 长难句：He sends no fruit that he would not eat himself. — that 引导定语从句，双重否定强调"只有自己能吃的果子才寄出"，突出诚信经营。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】全文围绕"橘子卖不出去—侄女直播—订单暴增—村办培训班"展开，核心是一家农户用直播把村里的橘子卖了出去。 【干扰项排除】B 无中生有，文中未说城里人不吃水果；C 修路只是背景，并非文章中心；D 文中并未写赵欣的学校学习情况，属偏离主题。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】第二段明确写到：她在树枝旁展示果实、切开让观众看果汁，并逐一回答价格、重量和配送时间等问题。 【干扰项排除】A 文中是从树上摘果，并未卖果园；B 无中生有；D 直播中没有做饭情节，属信息错位。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】他说"直播造不出好橘子，是我的树造出来的"，且强调"不好自己吃的果子不寄"，可见他认为产品的质量比销售技巧更重要。 【干扰项排除】A 偷换概念，直播不参与种橘子；B 无中生有；C 与文意相反，他对侄女的做法持肯定态度。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】定位第三段：因订单太大家庭忙不过来，于是"hired several neighbours to help with packing"，即花钱请邻居帮忙装箱。 【干扰项排除】A "ask for help" 不等于请雇工；C、D 与装箱助人无关，属望文生义。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 The Rider Who Knows Every Street 一、主旨概括 本文以骑手陈浩一天的工作为线索，介绍即时配送如何让城市生活更便捷，同时呈现骑手行业的辛苦与他们对工作的责任心。文章旨在让学生看到数字经济背后普通劳动者的价值。 二、重点词句 delivery n. 递送，配送 — 搭配：make about forty deliveries a day；例句：He makes about forty deliveries a day. order n. 订单 — 搭配：check the first order；例句：He checks the first order of the day. area n. 区域 — 搭配：know one's area well；例句：He knows his area better than many drivers. repair v. 修理，修缮 — 搭配：the road is being repaired；例句：The road is being repaired this month. customer n. 顾客 — 搭配：an old customer；例句：A cup of hot water was handed to him by an old customer. leader n. 组长，负责人 — 搭配：become a team leader；例句：He hopes to become a team leader one day. waste v. 浪费 — 搭配：waste time doing sth；例句：He drinks little water so that he does not waste time. 长难句：He knows his area better than many taxi drivers do. — 比较级 + than 引导的比较状语从句，do 替代前文动词以避免重复。 长难句：The things he carries tell their own story. — he carries 为省略关系词的定语从句，修饰 the things，表达"所送之物折射出时代变化"。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】文章从清晨第一单写起，到雨中送药、所送物品的变化、工作的辛苦与他的学习，中心是骑手的工作及其给日常生活带来的改变。 【干扰项排除】A 以偏概全，文中没有教人如何当骑手；C 雨天送药是细节，不能概括全文；D 无中生有，文中未提电动车历史。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】第二段末明确写到：他一直等到老人开门，然后帮老人把袋子放到桌上。 【干扰项排除】A、B、C 均为无中生有，文中没有叫医生、背人下楼或做饭的内容。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】后文解释"人们想陪伴家人或完成工作，我帮他们做到"，即配送服务帮顾客省下了跑腿的时间，用于其他事。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解文意，"买时间"不是雇人等待；B 与"每天约四十单"的事实矛盾；D 无中生有，文中未谈价格高低。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】定位第三段 "a phone charger for someone working late"，结合"加班、手机要充电"的语境，charger 是给手机充电的东西。 【干扰项排除】B 那是餐箱；C 那是地图；D 那是雨衣，均与语境不符。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Jobs with New Names 一、主旨概括 本文介绍了数字经济催生的新职业，如直播销售、视频剪辑、无人机操作、社区团购管理，并通过城市与乡村两个例子说明这些岗位的特点。文章最后指出技术会变，但耐心、诚实与勤奋始终是劳动者最宝贵的品质。 二、重点词句 appear v. 出现 — 搭配：appear everywhere；例句：These names appear everywhere today. neighbourhood n. 社区，街区 — 搭配：in a busy neighbourhood；例句：She works in a busy neighbourhood. collect v. 收集 — 搭配：collect the orders from neighbours；例句：She collects neighbours' orders every morning. crop n. 作物 — 搭配：care for their crops；例句：Drones help farmers care for their crops. even adv. 甚至 — 搭配：even do sth；例句：She even remembers which family likes small apples. valuable adj. 有价值的 — 搭配：make sb valuable；例句：Patience and honesty make a worker valuable. earn v. 赢得，挣得 — 搭配：earn trust；例句：Only a person can slowly earn trust. 长难句：Teachers often tell them that machines and apps will keep changing, so people must keep learning as well. — that 引导宾语从句，so 连接表示结果的并列句，keep doing sth 表示持续做某事。 长难句：She also helps old people who cannot use the app, sometimes by writing their needs down on paper. — who 引导定语从句修饰 old people，by doing 结构表示方式。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】全文结构为"新职业名称—城市案例—乡村案例—学校应对—品质总结"，作者意在介绍新职业并说明从业者应具备的品质。 【干扰项排除】A 以偏概全，无人机只是其中一个例子；B 文中并未逐项新旧对比；C 与"年轻人可以在家乡找到工作"的表述相反。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】第二段写到她每天早上把商品放进线上群，收集邻居订单，到货后逐个验箱。 【干扰项排除】B、C、D 张冠李戴，设计手机、送外卖、修无人机均非她的工作内容。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】末段说明"电话一秒能发出信息，只有人能慢慢赢得信任"，可见即便技术不断进步，耐心、诚实、勤奋等品质依然重要。 【干扰项排除】A 绝对化语气，文中强调人不可被完全替代；C 无中生有；D 与"patience"等表述相悖。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】首段 "Most of them did not replace old jobs; they grew quietly beside them" 表明新职业并没有把旧职业挤掉，而是并存发展，replace 意为"取代"。 【干扰项排除】A、B、D 代入后与"oldt jobs"和"grew beside them"无法搭配，属曲解文意。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Think Before You Click 一、主旨概括 本文记录了一节以"理性网购"为主题的班会。两位同学讲了冲动消费的经历，另有同学分享陌生链接的可疑推销，最后由老师带大家总结出四条购物规则，并强调个人信息保护。文章旨在引导学生在数字消费中"慢半拍、多思考"。 二、重点词句 similar adj. 相似的 — 搭配：be similar to；例句：Xia Mei's story was similar to his. price n. 价格 — 搭配：at a low price；例句：The message offered a bag at a very low price. receive v. 收到 — 搭配：receive a message；例句：He received a message from a stranger. rush v. 仓促行事 — 搭配：never rush；例句：The teacher wrote three words: never rush. expensive adj. 昂贵的 — 搭配：buy something expensive；例句：Wait one day before buying anything expensive. review n. 评论 — 搭配：read real reviews；例句：Read real reviews from buyers instead of only pictures. 长难句：She once bought a pair of earphones because the price looked good, but the sound stopped after a week. — because 引导原因状语从句，but 连接转折并列句，说明"图便宜反而吃亏"。 长难句：And always talk with a parent before paying for anything new. — before 后接动名词形式，构成祈使句式的购物建议。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】班会围绕两个主题展开：一是 shopping wisely，二是 staying safe，最后还总结出四条规则。因此"聪明又安全地上网购物"最符合全文。 【干扰项排除】A 以偏概全，只是同学分享的一个例子；B 班会时间是周五下午且重点不在忙碌；D 无中生有，文中未讲如何拍摄短视频。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】第二段写到 Lin Tao 看到短视频后马上点"buy"，笔两天后到货，"and he used them twice"，即只用了两次。 【干扰项排除】B 无中生有，他没有转卖给同学；C 文中未提送礼；D 文中未提丢失，属信息错位。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】李老师一方面让学生讨论网购（并未禁止），另一方面强调不要着急、不要泄露信息、付款前征求家长意见，说明她认为网购方便但需要谨慎思考。 【干扰项排除】A 文中并未要求禁止网购；B 绝对化语气，与"叮嘱规则而非禁止"矛盾；C 无中生有，且与 Xia Mei 买便宜耳机吃亏的例子相悖。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】第四段 "Read real reviews from buyers instead of only looking at pretty pictures" 表明 reviews 来自买过东西的人，供其他人参考。 【干扰项排除】A 图片下方才显示价格；C 那是卖家拍的照片，正是文中建议"不要只看"的内容；D 与购物无关，属信息错位。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 01 社区养老与老年友好社区（原文版） Passage 1 A Warm Meal at the Community Canteen Mrs Chen is 78 years old and lives alone in an old neighbourhood in a city in Jiangsu. Her son works in another city, so she cooks for herself most days. Cooking for one person was never easy, and shopping was even harder because the nearest market was a long walk away. She often ate only a little because cooking took too much time. Things changed last spring when a community canteen opened just five minutes from her home. The canteen opens at six in the morning and serves breakfast, lunch and dinner. The food is soft, light and cheap. A bowl of noodles costs six yuan, and a meal with rice, vegetables and meat costs about twelve. Old people over seventy pay even less. Every dish is cooked with less salt and oil than the food in common restaurants. There is always a pot of hot soup on the table in winter. "I used to eat a little and throw away the rest," Mrs Chen says. "Now I finish everything." What Mrs Chen likes most, however, is not the food but the people. She usually arrives at half past eleven and sits at the same table near the window. Several neighbours of her age come at the same time. They talk about their grandchildren, the weather and the flowers in the small park outside. Sometimes a volunteer reads the news aloud, and everyone listens while they eat. For many of them, lunch is the happiest hour of the day. The canteen also has a notice board with information about free health checks and exercise classes. Volunteers in red jackets sometimes help carry meals to those who cannot walk easily. Mrs Chen's son calls her every Sunday and no longer worries about her meals. "It is not just a place to eat," Mrs Chen says. "It makes me feel that someone cares." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the best title for the passage? A. Cooking for One Person Is Never Easy B. A Community Canteen Warms Old People's Life C. How to Cook Light and Cheap Meals D. Volunteers in Red Jackets 2. （细节理解）How much does a meal with rice, vegetables and meat cost at the canteen? A. Six yuan. B. Ten yuan. C. Eighteen yuan. D. About twelve yuan. 3. （推理判断）What can we learn from Mrs Chen's words "It makes me feel that someone cares"? A. The canteen gives her not only food but also warmth. B. She still feels lonely most of the time. C. She wants to cook for the volunteers. D. The food in the canteen is too expensive. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "light" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. bright in colour B. easy to carry C. healthy and not too oily D. cooked very quickly —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 Small Changes, A Safer Home Many old people in China live in buildings built twenty or thirty years ago. These buildings have no lifts, the stairs are steep, and the bathrooms are small and wet. For a young person these are only small problems. For someone over seventy, however, they can make every day difficult and even dangerous. A slippery floor or a dark step can mean a broken arm for an old person. To make such homes safer, many neighbourhoods have started a programme called home improvement for the elderly. Workers visit each flat first and ask the family what they need most. Then they make a simple plan. A handrail may be fixed along the wall of the toilet. The floor of the bathroom may be changed into a non-slip one. Lights may be put beside the bed so that getting up at night is safer. A chair with a high back may be placed in the bathroom, and a bell may be fixed beside the bed. In some buildings, a lift is added outside the old stairs. The work usually takes only a few days. Most of the cost is paid by the local government, and families pay a small part. Families are also asked to check the work together when it is finished. In one neighbourhood in a city in Sichuan, more than two hundred flats were improved in a single year. "I used to be afraid of taking a bath," said Grandpa Liu, who is eighty-two. "Now I can do it by myself." These changes may look small, but they mean a great deal. They allow old people to live in the homes they love instead of moving away. Neighbours also help one another during the work, and many young people come to see what is being done. As one worker said, we are not only changing houses, we are giving people back their independence. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to build a new lift in an old building B. Why old people should move to new houses C. A programme that makes old homes safer for the elderly D. The history of old buildings in China 2. （细节理解）According to the passage, what may be fixed in the bathroom? A. A handrail along the wall. B. A new television. C. A big window. D. A washing machine. 3. （推理判断）From Grandpa Liu's words, we can infer that ______. A. he still needs help when taking a bath B. the work cost his family a lot of money C. he wants to move to a new flat D. the improvement has made his life easier 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "steep" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. wide and clean B. rising or falling sharply C. dark and quiet D. made of wood —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Day-care Centres Bring Care Closer Ten years ago, few people in Wang Yiming's town had heard of a day-care centre for the elderly. Today there are six of them, and almost every large neighbourhood has one. The change did not happen overnight. It came step by step, as more families began to look for help during the working day. A day-care centre is open from morning to afternoon. Old people can come after breakfast and go home before dinner. Inside, there are reading rooms, a small gym, a dining hall and a room for a short rest at noon. Some centres have a nurse who takes blood pressure and reminds people to take their medicine. Others invite doctors to give simple health checks once a month. Some centres also offer a simple haircut and a corner where people can wash clothes. Numbers help tell the story. In the town, the number of people over sixty has grown by about one fifth in ten years, while the number of day-care places has grown several times. More than three thousand old people now visit a centre every week. On weekdays the busiest hours are between nine and eleven, when exercise classes and chess games are held. Workers say the most popular activity is the singing group on Friday afternoons. The town also plans to add two more centres in the coming two years so that nobody needs to walk for more than fifteen minutes. A worker at one centre says the value is not only in the service. "Many old people used to stay at home alone all day. Here they meet friends and keep busy. Their children can go to work with an easier mind." The centre also keeps a list of old people who live alone, so that nobody is forgotten. For families like Wang Yiming's, that peace of mind may be the biggest change of all. Questions 1. （主旨大意）The passage is mainly about ______. A. how to take blood pressure at home B. why young people leave their towns C. the best time to visit a gym D. the growth and value of day-care centres for the elderly 2. （细节理解）What can old people do at a day-care centre? A. Work as a nurse for others. B. Read, exercise and have a short rest at noon. C. Stay there during the night. D. Cook dinner for their families. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer about the town from Paragraph 3? A. Fewer old people live there than before. B. Day-care centres are becoming less popular. C. More day-care places are needed as the elderly population grows. D. Chess games are only played at weekends. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "reminds" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. helps someone remember to do something B. stops someone from doing something C. pays someone for doing something D. teaches someone how to do something —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 A Saturday Morning with Grandparents It was a Saturday morning in October. About thirty students from No. 4 Middle School met at the gate of Sunny Garden, a neighbourhood with many old residents. They were wearing blue jackets and carrying small bags. Their teacher divided them into fifteen pairs and told them one thing: patience matters more than speed. Their task that day was simple: visit the elderly who live alone and spend an hour with them. The students worked in pairs. Some helped clean the windows and sweep the floor. Others sat down and listened. Grandma Zhao, who is eighty, showed a Grade 8 girl her old photos and told stories about the school she once worked in. "Young people are always in a hurry," she said with a smile. "You are the first one to sit and listen this year." In another flat, two boys listened to an old man play the erhu and clapped at the end. The students also brought something they had prepared at school. They taught a few simple exercises that old people can do while sitting on a chair. They wrote down the phone numbers of the community worker on a large card and put it near the door. One boy even made a short video to show how to make a video call on a phone. They also checked whether the gas taps were turned off before they left. Before they left, the students gave each person a small plant. "Come again next month," said one old man. The school says the activity will be held once a month from now on. On the way back to school, a girl wrote in her diary: I went there to help, but I think I received more than I gave. Her teacher read the line and said it was the best report of the day. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the best title for the passage? A. A Morning of Caring for the Elderly B. How to Grow Plants at Home C. A New School in Sunny Garden D. Cleaning Windows for Neighbours 2. （细节理解）What did the students do for the elderly? A. They gave them new mobile phones. B. They moved them to a day-care centre. C. They cleaned, listened, and taught simple exercises. D. They cooked lunch in the community canteen. 3. （推理判断）From the girl's diary "I received more than I gave", we know that ______. A. she did not finish her work that day B. she also learned something valuable from the elderly C. she wanted to get more gifts next time D. she thought the visit was too long 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "residents" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. visitors B. workers C. buildings D. people who live in a place —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Grandma's First Video Call When Grandma Xu got her first smartphone, she was not pleased. The screen was bright, the words were small, and there were too many pictures she did not understand. Her grandson tried to teach her twice, but she soon forgot each step. "I only need to make a call," she told her grandson. "Why does everything have to be so difficult?" For two weeks the phone stayed in a drawer. Things changed when the community centre started a free class called Smart Help for the Elderly. Every Wednesday morning, young volunteers sit beside a long table and teach a small group step by step. They use a large card with big words and pictures. They show how to make the letters larger, how to answer a call with one touch, and how to use a flashlight at night. Each learner is given a card to take home so that he or she can practise again. Nobody is laughed at for asking the same question twice. Grandma Xu went to the class six times. Last month she made her first video call to her grandson, who studies in another city. She said the moment felt like a small miracle. Now she checks the weather every morning and sends voice messages to her old friends. She even learned to pay by phone at the market, though she still counts her coins carefully first. Her grandson receives a photo of her flowers every few days. Her grandson says the class taught him something too. Technology is not really about new machines. It is about whether everybody can use them. A friendly community does not leave its oldest members behind. When a machine is made easy enough for a seventy-year-old, it is usually easy enough for everyone. As Grandma Xu puts it, the phone did not change much, but the people around it did. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the main idea of the passage? A. Smartphones are too difficult for everyone to use. B. A community class helps old people enjoy modern technology. C. Grandma Xu wants to buy a new phone. D. Young volunteers should not use phones in class. 2. （细节理解）How often is the class "Smart Help for the Elderly" held? A. Once a week. B. Twice a month. C. Every day. D. Six times a year. 3. （推理判断）What can we learn from Grandma Xu's experience? A. Old people should not use smartphones. B. Video calls cost too much money. C. Counting coins is better than paying by phone. D. With patience and help, the elderly can learn new skills. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "miracle" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. a difficult problem B. a small mistake C. a wonderful and surprising thing D. an everyday habit 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 14 航天成就与科学探索精神（解析版） Passage 1 Life Inside the Space Station 一、主旨概括 本文介绍了航天员在空间站中的日常工作与生活：固定的作息、特殊的洗漱与睡眠方式、必要的体能锻炼、从舷窗眺望地球的震撼，以及工作的艰辛与彼此协作。文章意在让读者了解太空生活的真实面貌，并指出正是好奇心、团队意识与责任感支撑着那里的每一天。 二、重点词句 astronaut n. 航天员 — 例：become an astronaut space station n. 空间站 — 例：live in a space station float v. 漂浮 — 例：float away while resting gravity n. 重力 — 例：weeks without gravity muscle n. 肌肉 — 例：bones and muscles grow weak experiment n. 实验 — 例：do science experiments delay n. 延迟、耽搁 — 例：after a short delay responsibility n. 责任 — 例：a strong sense of responsibility 长难句：Astronauts there follow a timetable just as people on earth do, but almost everything is different. — just as 引导方式状语从句，but 连接转折并列句。 长难句：Many astronauts say our planet looks like a bright blue ball, thin and beautiful, and that this sight makes them want to protect it more than before. — and 连接两个宾语从句，第二个 that 不可省略；thin and beautiful 为后置定语/补足成分。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】考查主旨大意。首段以设问句点题 "What is it like to live in a space station?"，随后按起床—工作—锻炼—看窗外—思念家人展开，故答案为"空间站里的日常生活"。 【干扰项排除】A 无中生有，文中未谈如何成为航天员；B 偷换概念，文章不是讲空间站发展史；D 以偏概全，太空实验只是第二段中的一项工作。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段末 "every astronaut exercises for about two hours daily"，约两小时。 【干扰项排除】B、C、D 均为数字偷换；C 中的 six 容易被误认为是 earth turns 的次数，属信息定位错误。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】推理判断题。末段明确指出 Teamwork, curiosity and a strong sense of responsibility 使太空生活成为可能，并将其与学生在校可培养的品质相联系。 【干扰项排除】A、B、C 均属无中生有，文中从未把食物、机器好坏、飞船速度、天气或窗户列为关键条件，且末段反而强调生活条件艰难。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】词义猜测题。上文说需要与家人联系的信息，下文说航天员也想家，中间自然应表示"信息到达有一段等待时间"，waiting time 最贴切。 【干扰项排除】A taste（味道）、C picture（图片）、D sound（声音）都不能与 from family arrive 搭配，也不构成想家的原因，属搭配与逻辑错误。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The Rocket That Would Not Fly 一、主旨概括 本文讲述一群学生在校园科技节上制作模型火箭的经历：第一次试飞彻底失败，他们没有放弃，而是在老师的启发下自行分析原因、反复测量改进，最终成功放飞。文章借此说明好奇心启动项目，耐心与细致推进项目，真正的团队合作让火箭飞起来。 二、重点词句 science festival n. 科技节 — 例：a science festival every spring model rocket n. 模型火箭 — 例：build a model rocket failure n. 失败 — 例：a total failure fin n. （火箭的）尾翼 — 例：one fin was crooked weigh v. 称重 — 例：weigh every part measure v. 测量 — 例：Have you measured this again? patience n. 耐心 — 例：patience and careful checking give up phr. 放弃 — 例：Two members wanted to give up. 长难句：We had discovered something better: curiosity starts a project, patience and careful checking keep it going, and honest teamwork makes it fly. — 冒号后为三个并列分句构成的同位解释，句式整齐，是本文主旨句。 长难句：Our science teacher, Mr Feng, never handed us the answers. — 双宾语结构 hand sb. sth.，带有同位语 Mr Feng。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】考查主叙事的核心。全文脉络为"立目标—失败—查找—改进—成功—感悟"，末段用 curiosity / patience / teamwork 三词点题，故答案为"通过制作模型火箭学会了耐心与合作"。 【干扰项排除】A 偏离中心，科技节只是活动背景；C 无中生有，画火箭是人物爱好，并非文章主题；D 绝对化，文中只说他们的第一次失败，也未说所有火箭都会失败。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节题，定位第三段 "the nose was too heavy and one fin was crooked"，直接对应 D。 【干扰项排除】A、B 无中生有，文中没有提操场大小和天气；C 与原文相反，老师从给答案转为提问，属曲解文意。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理判断题。从失败后捡起火箭继续做、把工作分成小任务重新分工、一个个修正问题，可推出他细心且不肯放弃。 【干扰项排除】B 以偏概全，"quiet"只是性格描述，文中说他当众发言、分工带队，并不怯场；C 绝对化，他目前做得更多是工程实践；D 与"没有拿第一名也不在意"的表述冲突。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题。并列结构 "the nose was too heavy and one fin was crooked" 描述外形缺陷，且这一缺陷导致火箭飞行方向偏移，故 crooked 意为"不直的、歪的"。 【干扰项排除】A too light 与 heavy 反义重复，不合逻辑；B brand-new（全新的）、D very strong（很结实）都不是缺陷，无法解释试飞失败，属与语境矛盾。 语篇价值提示：失败—归因—改进，是科学研究最基本的思维路径，可迁移到任何学科的学习反思中。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Footprints on the Moon 一、主旨概括 本文从人类望月的悠久历史写起，介绍月球探索面临的巨大困难，进而说明探索的双重意义：满足好奇心与带来实际应用价值。最后指出航天事业依靠无数普通人的付出，今天的课堂学习者可能就是明天的续写者。 二、重点词句 spacecraft n. 航天器 — 例：spacecraft were sent to the moon surface n. 表面 — 例：what its surface was like temperature n. 温度 — 例：the temperature changes greatly equipment n. 设备 — 例：every piece of equipment launch n./v. 发射 — 例：years before a launch curiosity n. 好奇心 — 例：simple curiosity drives us practical adj. 实用的 — 例：Another reason is practical. discover v. 发现 — 例：discover what lies beyond the hill 长难句：A spacecraft carries machines that must work even when the temperature changes greatly between day and night. — that 引导定语从句修饰 machines，even when 引导让步性时间状语从句。 长难句：That is why teams check their work patiently for years before a launch. — why 引导表语从句，before 引导时间介词短语。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】考查主旨大意。文章由"望月—登月之难—为何要去—谁在参与"四层构成，第三段的 Why do we keep going there? 是全文核心设问。 【干扰项排除】B 以偏概全，诗歌与传说只是开篇引子；C 无中生有，观月时间文中未谈；D 信息错位，文章从未教制作航天器。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段 "every piece of equipment must be tested again and again"，反复测试即为细致测试之意。 【干扰项排除】A 与 "the temperature changes greatly" 相反；B 与 "There is no air on the moon" 相反；D 与 "a small mistake can put the whole task in danger" 相反，三项均属与原文信息直接矛盾。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理判断题。末段将成千上万普通工作者与学生提问、阅读、参加天文社并列，并说他们 may one day write the next chapter，说明日常学习与积累也是航天梦想的一部分。 【干扰项排除】A 与 "not the business of a few heroes alone" 矛盾；C 绝对化比较，文中把两者并提，未作优劣对比；D 无中生有，全文未提火箭造价。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】词义猜测题。practical 后紧跟三例：相机、衣服材料和电池，都是落地的民生用途，故应为"实用的、有现实价值的"。 【干扰项排除】A、B、C 与其后所举的正面实用例子在感情色彩和逻辑上都不匹配，属曲解文意。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 The Map That Points Home 一、主旨概括 本文由过去使用纸质地图讲到现在随手可得的导航定位服务，介绍卫星导航系统在渔船、救援、农业等场景中的广泛使用，并指出其背后是成千上万科技工作者长年细致测试与密切合作的成果，进而把同样的探索精神引向普通课堂与社团。 二、重点词句 device n. 装置、设备 — 例：a small device no bigger than a card navigation satellite system n. 卫星导航系统 — 例：a group of satellites working together rescue n./v. 救援 — 例：rescue teams depend on them accurately adv. 精确地 — 例：placed in their positions very accurately goal n. 目标 — 例：share the same goal smooth adj. 顺畅的 — 例：every smooth journey teamwork n. 团队合作 — 例：curiosity, patience and close teamwork depend on phr. 依靠、依赖 — 例：Rescue teams depend on them. 长难句：Today a small device no bigger than a card can tell you exactly where you are, when the next bus will arrive and which road is still clear. — 三个宾语从句并列作 tell 的直接宾语。 长难句：Rescue teams depend on them after earthquakes, when roads and phone lines are broken. — when 引导非限制性定语从句，说明 earthquakes 发生后的状况。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】考查主旨大意。首段引出卫星导航系统，第二段列举其日常应用场景，第三段写研制过程的艰辛，末段升华主题，主线是"系统如何帮助日常生活"。 【干扰项排除】A 以偏概全，纸质地图只是对比引子；B、C 偷换概念，农业节水与海上迷路都只是第二段中的一个例子。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段首句 "Fishing boats far out at sea use them to find their way home in thick fog"，与 A 完全一致。 【干扰项排除】B 绝对化且与常识矛盾，导航系统不能阻止地震；C 信息错位，文中说地震后线路损坏，未说卫星能修理它们；D 无中生有且绝对化。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】推理判断题。第三段写定位需精确、零件需千次测试、上千人共同核对数据与目标，据此可推出该系统依靠精确、耐心与合作建成。 【干扰项排除】A 与 "without repair" 相矛盾；B 与 Thousands of scientists and engineers 相反；D 与第二段 "works day and night in all kinds of weather" 相反。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】词义猜测题。卫星入轨位置要求极高，稍有偏差就无法正常指引，故 accurately 意为"精确地、没有差错地"。 【干扰项排除】A in a hurry（匆忙地）、C at a low cost（低成本地）、D by accident（偶然地）都与"必须反复测试"的严谨语境不符，属曲解文意。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 The Star I Want to Reach 一、主旨概括 本文讲述女孩徐诺从七岁时的观星经历出发，一步步把对星空的好奇转化为踏实的日常学习：认真学数学、阅读科普书籍、记录疑问、参加天文社。结尾点明探索星空始于脚下的课本、笔记本与不断提问的勇气。 二、重点词句 wonder n. 惊奇、惊叹 — 例：a dream needs more than wonder equation n. 方程 — 例：why equations are useful telescope n. 望远镜 — 例：find the Big Dipper with a telescope astronomy club n. 天文社团 — 例：join the school astronomy club top marks n. 高分 — 例：get top marks in everything curiosity n. 好奇心 — 例：keeping curiosity alive courage n. 勇气 — 例：the courage to keep asking questions achieve v. 实现、达成 — 例：achieve a dream by hard work 长难句：In maths class she no longer asks why equations are useful, because she has learned that every satellite path begins with a maths problem. — because 引导原因状语从句，从句内含 that 引导的宾语从句，形成从句嵌套。 长难句：Her club teacher often says that science is not a subject, but a way of thinking: ask why, look for facts, and never believe a number before you check it. — that 引导宾语从句，not...but... 表取舍，冒号后三个祈使句解释 thinking 的方式。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】考查主旨大意。文章按"童年观星—中学阶段—日常做法—日记自白"推进，核心是她把兴趣落实为学习行动。 【干扰项排除】A 与 "She does not get top marks in everything... fails a physics test" 矛盾；C 以偏概全，望远镜的使用只是一例；D 无中生有，父亲并未就职业选择给建议。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段 "she keeps a notebook where she writes down all her questions"，where 引导的定语从句说明用途。 【干扰项排除】A 与"不断提问"的整体形象相反；B 绝对化且时空错位，父亲陪她看星星是七岁时的事；D 无中生有，文中没有在线交流的情节。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】推理判断题。从她持续追问、记录问题、以及 "every mistake points to something she has not understood well" 的态度，可推出保持好奇心并从错误中学习会让梦想成长。 【干扰项排除】A 绝对化，与她并非科科拿高分的事实不符；B 与全文乐观基调相反；C 武断对比，文中把课本与望远镜都列为起点，未作优劣比较。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】词义猜测题。courage to keep asking questions 意为"持续提问的勇气"，与敢于、不畏难近义，bravery 正确。 【干扰项排除】B luck（运气）、C money（金钱）、D knowledge（知识）都无法与 keep asking questions year after year 这种坚持性行为搭配，属搭配不当。 语篇价值提示：把遥望星空的好奇心写进每天的作业本，就是科学素养最朴素的起点。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 14 航天成就与科学探索精神（原文版） Passage 1 Life Inside the Space Station What is it like to live in a space station? Astronauts there follow a timetable just as people on earth do, but almost everything is different. They get up at a fixed time, wash with a wet towel because water does not pour, and sleep in small bags fixed to the wall so that they will not float away while resting. Work comes first during the day. An astronaut may spend hours checking the station, caring for plants in a small box, or doing science experiments sent up by scientists on the ground. Every task follows a list that is prepared weeks earlier, and every result must be recorded carefully. Exercise is also part of the job. Without it, bones and muscles grow weak after weeks without gravity. So every astronaut exercises for about two hours daily, even on the busiest days. The most exciting moment is looking out of the window. From there the earth turns below them many times a day, and sunrise comes again and again. Many astronauts say our planet looks like a bright blue ball, thin and beautiful, and that this sight makes them want to protect it more than before. Some of them take photos of rivers, deserts and coastlines so that scientists on the ground can study how our home is changing. Life up there is not easy. Food must be prepared carefully, and simple actions like writing or drinking need special tools. Messages from family arrive after a short delay, so astronauts also miss home. Yet they keep working, checking every number twice and helping one another patiently. When one of them rests, another takes over; when something breaks, they repair it together. Teamwork, curiosity and a strong sense of responsibility make life in space possible, and these are the very qualities that young people can practise at school every day. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to become an astronaut in the future. B. The long history of space stations in the world. C. What astronauts' daily life in a space station is like. D. Why scientists do experiments far from the earth. 2. （细节理解）How long does an astronaut exercise every day in space? A. About two hours. B. About half an hour. C. About six hours. D. About one hour. 3. （推理判断）Which of the following does the writer think is important for life in space? A. Plenty of food and expensive machines. B. Faster spaceships and modern tools. C. Clear weather and large windows. D. Teamwork, curiosity and a strong sense of responsibility. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "delay" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. taste B. waiting time C. picture D. sound —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The Rocket That Would Not Fly Our school holds a science festival every spring. Last year my group decided to build a model rocket. Our leader was Sun Qi, a quiet boy who loved drawing rockets in his notebook. "Ours will fly the highest," he said with a bright smile. None of us knew how much trouble was waiting ahead. Making it was much harder than we imagined. We read short books, watched some videos and cut the body from light plastic. We argued about the size of the wings and could not agree for two whole days. The first test was a total failure: the rocket rose less than two metres and dropped to the ground with a sad noise. Some students watching nearby laughed. Sun Qi's face turned red, but he picked the rocket up and said, "Now we at least know how not to do it." For the next two weeks we met every afternoon after class. Two members wanted to give up, but Sun Qi divided the work into small jobs so that everyone had something clear to do. Slowly we found the real problems: the nose was too heavy and one fin was crooked. We began to weigh every part and to read the numbers three times. Our science teacher, Mr Feng, never handed us the answers. He only asked questions: "What made it turn?" "Have you measured this again?" Those questions pushed us to think for ourselves. At the final show our rocket flew across the playground and landed safely. It did not win first prize, but none of us cared very much. We had discovered something better: curiosity starts a project, patience and careful checking keep it going, and honest teamwork makes it fly. Sun Qi is still drawing rockets in his notebook. Now the pictures look much more real. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the main idea of the passage? A. Science festivals are popular in middle schools. B. A group of students learn patience and teamwork by building a model rocket. C. How to draw beautiful rockets in a notebook. D. Why all model rockets fail in their first test. 2. （细节理解）What made the rocket fail in the first test? A. The playground was too small. B. The weather was bad that day. C. The teacher gave them wrong advice. D. The nose was too heavy and one fin was crooked. 3. （推理判断）What kind of student is Sun Qi? A. Careful and never ready to give up. B. Quiet and afraid of speaking in public. C. Interested only in drawing pictures. D. Always sure of winning the first prize. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "crooked" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. too light B. brand-new C. not straight D. very strong —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Footprints on the Moon People have looked at the moon for thousands of years. Poets wrote about it, and children were told stories about a rabbit living there. But nobody really knew what its surface was like until spacecraft were sent there and brought back rocks and photos for scientists to study. Even today, each new visit answers a few old questions and raises many new ones. Reaching the moon is far from easy. A spacecraft carries machines that must work even when the temperature changes greatly between day and night. There is no air on the moon, so every step must be planned carefully, and every piece of equipment must be tested again and again. Even a small mistake can put the whole task in danger. That is why teams check their work patiently for years before a launch. Nothing is left to luck; even a single screw is weighed, cleaned and counted before it leaves the factory. Why do we keep going there? One reason is simple curiosity: human beings have always wanted to discover what lies beyond the next hill. Another reason is practical. Studying moon rocks helps us understand how the earth and other planets were formed. Technology made for lunar exploration has also brought us better cameras, safer materials for clothes and stronger batteries. Many things we use at home today were once invented for people who left the earth. Space is not the business of a few heroes alone. Behind every successful task there are thousands of engineers, teachers and workers, each doing a small part. And the story does not end with them. Students who ask questions in science class, who read about the stars in the library and who join astronomy clubs may one day write the next chapter. Dreams are like rockets: they need both fuel and a clear direction. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. Why people explore the moon and what meaning it has. B. How ancient poets wrote about the moon. C. The best time to watch the moon at night. D. How to build a small spacecraft at home. 2. （细节理解）According to Paragraph 2, which of the following is TRUE? A. The temperature on the moon stays the same day and night. B. There is fresh air for people to breathe there. C. Machines must be tested carefully before they are used. D. A small mistake will bring no danger to the task. 3. （推理判断）From the last paragraph we can learn that ______. A. only heroes can work in space programmes B. everyday learning by students is part of the space dream C. astronomy clubs are more important than science classes D. rockets cost less than most people imagine 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "practical" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. strange and funny B. difficult and dangerous C. old and traditional D. useful in real life —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 The Map That Points Home Years ago, a long trip meant carrying a paper map and asking people the way. Today a small device no bigger than a card can tell you exactly where you are, when the next bus will arrive and which road is still clear. This change comes from navigation satellite systems, a group of satellites working together high above the earth. Such systems do much more than guide cars. Fishing boats far out at sea use them to find their way home in thick fog. Rescue teams depend on them after earthquakes, when roads and phone lines are broken. Farmers can even use them to plant crops in straight lines and to save water. Delivery riders and bus passengers check them many times a day without thinking twice. Because the system works day and night in all kinds of weather, it has become a quiet helper in daily life. Building such a system took years of hard work. Satellites must be placed in their positions very accurately. They must keep working for many years without repair, so every small part is tested thousands of times before it is sent up. Thousands of scientists and engineers shared the same goal. They checked each other's numbers, argued over tiny points and finally made the whole system work as one. One engineer was said to have spent three winters testing nothing but a single kind of battery. None of the users ever see this effort. They only hear a calm voice saying, "Turn left in two hundred metres." Yet every smooth journey is the result of curiosity, patience and close teamwork. The same spirit can be found in ordinary places too: in a classroom where students solve a hard problem together, or in a club where they build a small machine and simply refuse to give up. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to read a paper map correctly. B. The best season to grow crops with less water. C. Why fishing boats get lost in thick fog. D. How navigation satellite systems help people in daily life. 2. （细节理解）Which of the following is mentioned as a help given by the system? A. Fishing boats find their way home in thick fog. B. Earthquakes stop as soon as the system is used. C. Broken phone lines are repaired by satellites. D. Paper maps disappear from every home. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from Paragraph 3? A. Satellites are easy to repair when they break. B. Only a few people were needed to build the system. C. Building the system required accuracy, patience and teamwork. D. The system stops working during bad weather. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "accurately" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. in a hurry B. with no mistakes C. at a low cost D. by accident —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 The Star I Want to Reach When Xu Nuo was seven, her father took her to a hill outside the town on a clear autumn night. Above them the sky was full of stars. "Which one is the brightest?" she asked. Her father did not know the name either, so the two of them lay on the grass and made up stories about every star they could see. He promised to buy her a small telescope the next spring, and he kept his word. That quiet night started something in the little girl's heart. Years later Xu Nuo is a Grade 9 student. She still loves the sky, but she knows that a dream needs more than wonder. In maths class she no longer asks why equations are useful, because she has learned that every satellite path begins with a maths problem. She reads popular science books in the library, and she keeps a notebook where she writes down all her questions. Last term she joined the school astronomy club and helped younger members find the Big Dipper with a small telescope. Her club teacher often says that science is not a subject, but a way of thinking: ask why, look for facts, and never believe a number before you check it. Xu Nuo tries to follow this advice in every subject. She does not get top marks in everything, and sometimes she fails a physics test. Yet she never stops. In her eyes, every mistake points to something she has not understood well. "I may not become an astronaut when I grow up," she wrote in her diary. "But I want to be someone who helps others look up." For Xu Nuo and millions of students like her, exploring space begins on the ground: in a textbook, in a notebook, and in the courage to keep asking questions year after year. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A perfect student who never fails any test. B. How a girl turns her interest in stars into everyday learning. C. How to use a telescope in a school astronomy club. D. A father's advice on choosing a future job. 2. （细节理解）What does Xu Nuo do with her questions about science? A. She forgets them as soon as class is over. B. She asks her father to answer all of them. C. She writes them down in her notebook. D. She shares them online with her club teacher. 3. （推理判断）What can we learn from Xu Nuo's story? A. Getting top marks is the only way to succeed. B. Dreams about space are too far away for teenagers. C. A telescope is more useful than a textbook. D. Keeping curiosity and learning from mistakes help a dream grow. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "courage" in the last paragraph probably means "______". A. bravery B. luck C. money D. knowledge 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 05 国家发展成就与青少年的责任担当（原文版） Passage 1 Monday at the Flagpole Every Monday morning, the students of No. 4 Middle School put on their school uniforms and walk to the playground in lines. A few minutes later, six students in white gloves walk slowly towards the flagpole. One of them holds the national flag carefully in both hands, and the others stand ready beside him. When the music starts, the flag rises. Everyone stands straight and still. More than a thousand students lift their right hands above their heads and watch the flag climb higher and higher. At that moment the playground is so quiet that you can hear the wind in the trees and the sound of the rope. Teachers stand at the back of the lines and do not speak during the music. For many students, the weekly ceremony is more than a habit. Wang Yiming, a Grade 8 boy, was chosen to be a flag bearer last term. For two weeks he practised after school, lifting a heavy training flag again and again in the hot sun. "My arms hurt," he says, "but when I heard the music on Monday morning, I forgot all of that." After the flag reaches the top, a student speaks under it. The speeches are short, three or four minutes. Some are about the history of the flag, some about Chinese people who worked hard for the country, and some about small things, such as being honest in an exam or helping a younger student carry books. Every speaker practises for a week before Monday. Teachers say the ceremony is a quiet lesson. It uses no textbook and gives no marks, but week after week it tells students that they belong to a country with a long history, and that they are part of something larger than themselves. That is why the ceremony has been held here for more than thirty years. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How students prepare for a school exam. B. Why the school playground is so large. C. How Wang Yiming became a good student. D. The weekly flag-raising ceremony and what it teaches students. 2. （细节理解）What did Wang Yiming do after he was chosen as a flag bearer? A. He wrote a speech for the whole school. B. He practised lifting a heavy training flag after school. C. He made a new flag for his school. D. He spoke to more than a thousand students. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer about Wang Yiming? A. He is proud to take part in the ceremony. B. He thinks the practice was a waste of time. C. He will stop being a flag bearer next term. D. He is the only flag bearer in his school. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "reaches" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. leaves B. covers C. arrives at D. looks for —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 Wonders Made at Home Last month, Class 3 of Grade 8 visited a hall of science and technology achievements in their city. Along the white tables stood models of all sizes: a high-speed train, a space station, a huge bridge across a deep valley, and a small machine that turns seawater into water people can drink. The visit was part of a school project on science and the future. The students were most interested in the model of the space station. A guide told them that Chinese scientists built it piece by piece high above the earth. "It did not appear in one day," she said. "Thousands of people worked on it for many years, and a large number of them were young." Near the bridge model, a boy asked, "Who designed it?" The guide smiled and pointed to a list of names on the wall. "Engineers, workers and designers," she said. "Most of them once sat in a classroom just like you. They were good at maths and science, and they did not give up when a problem looked too hard." Several students copied the names on the wall into their notebooks. The visit ended at a wall of photographs. In each picture a young face looked out at the camera: men and women in their twenties and thirties, standing beside rockets, machines and test fields. Under the photos were their own short words: "Do one small thing well every day." Their ages were written beside each name. On the bus home the students were quieter than usual. Their teacher asked each of them to write one sentence about what they had seen. Chen Hao wrote: "Great things are made by ordinary people who keep trying." His teacher read it aloud and said, "That sentence is also a plan for your own life." Nobody slept on the way back. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A visit that shows students what great achievements are made of. B. How to build a model of a space station. C. Why students should be good at maths at school. D. A guide who works in a science hall. 2. （细节理解）What did the guide say about the people who built the space station? A. Most of them came from other countries. B. Many of them were young people. C. They finished the work in only one year. D. They were all famous scientists. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the passage? A. The students found the visit boring. B. The hall only shows models of trains. C. The visit made the students think about their own future. D. Chen Hao wants to work as a guide in the hall. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "ordinary" in Paragraph 5 probably means "______". A. rich and famous B. lazy and slow C. born with special talents D. normal and not special —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Two Photos of the Same Street In the drawer of his desk, Grandpa Zhang keeps two photographs in a yellow envelope. They show the same street in the same city, but they were taken about forty years apart. He takes them out whenever his grandson asks him a question about the past. The envelope is old and soft at the corners. In the first photo, the street is narrow and muddy. A few bicycles are parked in front of low grey houses, and there is only one bus in the picture, with people waiting in a long line for it. Grandpa Zhang was eighteen then. He rode his bicycle eight kilometres to work every morning, rain or shine, and he was never late. There was not a single car in the picture. The second photo was taken last spring by his grandson, Xiaoming. In it the same street is wide and clean. Tall buildings stand on both sides, and a light-rail train passes quietly above the road. People pay for their breakfast with a card or a phone. It takes Xiaoming only fifteen minutes to reach school. Trees and flowers now line both sides of the road. Xiaoming is in Grade 8. Last term his class did a project called "Find an old photo of our city". He brought his grandfather's photos to school and told the story behind them. His classmates brought pictures of an old bridge, a small railway station and a market that no longer exists. Together they made a wall of "before and after". "I used to think history was only something in textbooks," Xiaoming said. "Now I see that it is also in my own family." His teacher wrote a sentence on the blackboard: "The country moves forward because millions of people keep working, and one day it will be your turn to push." Xiaoming has kept that sentence in his notebook ever since. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to take good photographs of a city. B. Why bicycles are better than buses. C. A grandfather who likes collecting old things. D. Two photos that show great changes in a city. 2. （细节理解）How did Grandpa Zhang go to work forty years ago? A. He swam across the river. B. He rode his bicycle. C. He drove a car. D. He took a light-rail train. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the passage? A. Xiaoming's family has lived in the same city for many years. B. The old market still sells cheap vegetables today. C. Grandpa Zhang wants to move to a bigger city. D. The students will take photos every weekend. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "narrow" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. dirty and noisy B. long and straight C. not wide D. full of people —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 A Dream Built on Bridges As a child, Sun Lei lived in a small town beside a wide river. For many years, people there had to cross the water by boat. When the rain was heavy, the boats stopped, and the children on the far side simply could not get to school. In winter the river was even harder to cross. Then a bridge was built. Sun Lei was ten when the first trucks drove across it. He remembers standing on the bank with his father, watching the steel and concrete rise high above the water. "Who makes things like this?" he asked. His father answered with one word: "Engineers." For months the whole town watched the bridge grow from both sides of the river. That word stayed with him. At middle school Sun Lei worked hardest at maths and physics, though they were not always easy for him. When one problem took him an hour, he did not close his book. He drew a small bridge on the back of his exercise book and told himself to try one more time. His mother still keeps one of those old exercise books. Now in Grade 9, Sun Lei is still a long way from becoming an engineer. But he keeps a notebook full of bridge designs. Some are copied from books, and some come out of his own head. He also helps his classmates with difficult maths problems, because he believes a bridge is built piece by piece, never by one person alone. Every Sunday he reads about bridges for an hour. "I don't know whether I will build a real bridge one day," he says. "But I know what kind of person I want to be: someone who makes life a little easier for others. If each of us does one small useful thing well, the whole country will move forward." That, he says, is his own way of serving the country. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How a bridge changed a boy's dream. B. How to design a bridge on paper. C. Why boats are dangerous in rainy weather. D. What engineers do every day. 2. （细节理解）Before the bridge was built, how did people in Sun Lei's town cross the river? A. They swam across. B. They walked along a small road. C. They took a boat. D. They waited for the rain to stop. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer about Sun Lei? A. He is already a famous engineer. B. He never gives up easily when his schoolwork gets hard. C. He is weak in all his school subjects. D. He wants to leave his hometown for ever. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "bank" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. a place that keeps money B. a shop near the river C. the top of a bridge D. the land along the side of a river —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Our Class Meeting on Duty On Friday afternoon, Class 5 of Grade 8 held a class meeting. On the blackboard were six words: "What can we do for our country?" Their teacher, Miss Li, asked everyone to answer in just one sentence. The night before, the students had talked about the question with their parents. The answers were quite different. "I will plant a tree every spring," said one boy. "I will teach my grandmother to read a map on her phone," said a girl. Some answers were about study: "I will learn English well so that I can tell China's stories to the world in my own words." Others were about sport: "I will run every day so that I can carry a heavy bag for my grandma." Then a quiet boy named Deng Feng stood up. "I don't have a big dream yet," he said. "But I can be the person who turns off the lights when the classroom is empty." Some students laughed, and then somebody began to clap, and soon the whole room was clapping. Deng Feng sat down at once, with a red face. Miss Li waited until the room was quiet again. "Deng Feng's answer is the best one today," she said. "A country is not built by famous people alone. It is built by millions of people who do their own small jobs carefully every day. Turning off a light is small, but doing it for ten years is not." The meeting ended with a plan. The class made a short list of things to do: clean the blackboard every day, collect old batteries, help younger students with their reading, and write to their pen friends in another city. None of these things is great. But together they are the beginning of something. The list now hangs on the back wall of the classroom, and anybody may add to it. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A plan to clean the classroom every day. B. A class meeting about what students can do now. C. How Miss Li teaches English in Class 5. D. Why students should write letters to pen friends. 2. （细节理解）What did Deng Feng say he could do? A. Plant a tree every spring. B. Teach his grandmother to use a phone. C. Turn off the lights when nobody is in the classroom. D. Collect old batteries for the class. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from Miss Li's words? A. She thinks small acts are also important. B. She wants every student to become famous. C. She is not happy with the students' answers. D. She will give the class a test next Monday. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "empty" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. bright and clean B. full of students C. closed for the day D. with nobody inside 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 02 全民健康与基层医疗服务（原文版） Passage 1 A Doctor Who Knows Your Name Miss Li is a family doctor at a community hospital in a small city. She starts work at eight, but her morning often begins earlier with a phone call from an old patient. In her bag there is a notebook with the names of more than four hundred families. Some of the names in it have been there for more than ten years. She knows who has high blood pressure, who needs help with medicine, and who has no children living nearby. Her work is different from that of a doctor in a big hospital. She does not sit and wait for patients to come. She visits them. Every month she goes to see the old and the sick in their homes. She takes their blood pressure, asks about their sleep and meals, and writes everything down. She also keeps a list of children who need a vaccination and calls their parents. If something is serious, she helps them get an appointment at a larger hospital. Many families in the neighbourhood have signed an agreement with the community hospital. This is called signing up with a family doctor. Families can choose the doctor they trust most, and the agreement usually lasts for one year. It costs very little, and most of it is covered by medical insurance. In return, families can call their doctor first whenever they feel unwell, instead of rushing to a crowded hospital far away. One cold morning, Grandma He called because she felt dizzy. Miss Li arrived in twenty minutes and found that the old lady had not eaten breakfast. She made her some hot food and stayed until the family came. Now she visits Grandma He twice a week, and the old lady always waits at the door. "I am not a famous doctor," Miss Li says. "I am just the doctor who knows your name." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to become a famous doctor B. The busy life in a big hospital C. The work of a family doctor in a community D. Why old people should live with their children 2. （细节理解）What does Miss Li do every month? A. She works in a large hospital. B. She visits old and sick people in their homes. C. She trains new doctors in the city. D. She writes books about medicine. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the last paragraph? A. Miss Li wants to work in a big hospital. B. Grandma He was seriously ill. C. Family doctors only work in the morning. D. Miss Li's care is close and personal. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "dizzy" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. feeling that everything is turning around B. feeling very happy C. feeling strong and healthy D. feeling angry with someone —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The 15-minute Fitness Circle You leave your home, walk for ten minutes, and you are already running on a track. This is not a dream in many Chinese cities now. City planners call it the 15-minute fitness circle. The idea first appeared in city plans a few years ago and has now reached many smaller towns. The idea is simple: everybody should be able to reach a place to exercise within a quarter of an hour on foot from where they live. What is inside such a circle? There may be a small park with a running path, a square where people dance in the evening, a gym that opens early and closes late, or simply a corner with a few pieces of exercise equipment. Old people use the equipment in the morning. Young people often come after work. At weekends, parents bring their children to play ball games. In the north of the country, some squares even become skating places in winter. Building these places is not always easy. In old neighbourhoods there is little free land, so workers turn small empty corners into tiny playgrounds. In some cities, the sports field of a school is opened to the public after class. In others, a path is built along a river so that people can walk or ride beside the water. Nothing is wasted, and a small corner can serve hundreds of people. The work is usually planned with the people who live there, and their ideas often change the final plan. Doctors say the result is worth the effort. Exercise helps prevent many common illnesses and keeps people in good shape. When people move more, they often sleep better and feel less worried as well. It also costs almost nothing. "The best medicine is often free," said one doctor from a community hospital. "You only need a pair of shoes and fifteen minutes." Questions 1. （主旨大意）The passage mainly tells us about ______. A. how to build a new city B. the best time to take exercise C. why people should sleep better D. a plan that brings exercise places close to home 2. （细节理解）According to the passage, which of the following may be found in a 15-minute fitness circle? A. A park with a running path. B. A large shopping centre. C. A new underground station. D. A famous museum. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from Paragraph 3? A. Cities never have enough money for sports fields. B. Schools are closed to the public all the time. C. Cities use clever ways to find space for exercise. D. Rivers are not safe places for walking. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "prevent" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. make something worse B. stop something from happening C. study something carefully D. pay for something —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 How a Neighbourhood Got Healthier Every autumn, the community hospital near Red Sun Neighbourhood holds free health checks for people over thirty-five. The checks take only about twenty minutes, and people can come before they go to work. The nurses write down a few simple numbers: height, weight, blood pressure and blood sugar. Five years ago, these numbers told a worrying story. Nearly half of the people who came had blood pressure that was too high, and many did not know it. The hospital decided to do more than hand out medicine. It put up a board in the neighbourhood showing the results and explained what they meant. The board is changed every month so that people can see their own progress. It started a walking group that meets three mornings a week. A nurse also visits the small shops nearby and gives short talks on salt, oil and sugar. The hospital sends each family one short piece of advice every month. Nothing on the list is difficult. Everything on it is free. Slowly, the numbers began to move. After two years, the number of people with high blood pressure had stopped rising. More importantly, many of them had learned to keep it under control. The walking group grew from eight members to more than sixty. Some people now walk to the market instead of taking a bus, and a few have even given up smoking. A few members of the group have started teaching their neighbours how to warm up safely. Doctors at the hospital say the lesson is clear. Treatment is important, but prevention is cheaper and kinder. Waiting until someone is seriously ill is like repairing a roof only after the rain has come in. Checking early, moving every day and eating a little less salt can change a whole neighbourhood, one small step at a time. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the best title for the passage? A. Prevention Brings a Healthier Neighbourhood B. How to Build a Community Hospital C. The Work of Nurses in a Big City D. Why Health Checks Are Too Expensive 2. （细节理解）What did the hospital do to help people? A. It built a new hospital building. B. It closed the small shops nearby. C. It asked people to stop working. D. It started a walking group and gave short talks. 3. （推理判断）From the passage, we can infer that ______. A. free health checks are useless B. small daily habits can improve health a lot C. only medicine can control blood pressure D. the neighbourhood has become smaller 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "treatment" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. the money people pay for medicine B. the food people eat every day C. medical care given to sick people D. the number written on a board —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 A Run for Everyone The square in front of the community centre was full at seven on a Sunday morning. There were runners in bright T-shirts, children holding small flags, and old people in comfortable shoes. Some came with their parents, and a few brought their dogs. Volunteers handed out numbers and small bottles of water before the start. It was the day of the neighbourhood health run. Nobody had to pay, and nobody had to be fast. The only rule was that everyone should finish. The run was only three kilometres long, and it went along the river and back. Along the way there were three water stations and two places where a nurse from the community hospital waited. Banners along the road reminded runners to drink water and to slow down if they felt tired. A group of volunteers rode slowly beside the runners to make sure that nobody was left behind. Some people ran, some walked quickly, and a few pushed a bicycle. Among them was Mr Zhou, who is sixty-five and had a heart check last year. He walked the whole way with his eight-year-old granddaughter. "My doctor told me to move more, not to run faster," he said. "So we are taking our time." When they crossed the finishing line, the crowd cheered loudly, and a volunteer put a small medal around the girl's neck. A reporter from the local newspaper took photos of them and asked the girl her name. After the run, the square became a small fair. A nurse showed people how to check blood pressure correctly. A cook from a nearby restaurant handed out bowls of vegetable soup and talked about how much salt a family really needs. The community centre says the run will be held twice a year from now on. Before going home, many people wrote their names on a board, promising to exercise at least three times a week. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to win a running race B. A friendly community running activity for everyone C. A new restaurant near the river D. Why children should run faster 2. （细节理解）How long was the health run? A. One kilometre. B. Two kilometres. C. Three kilometres. D. Five kilometres. 3. （推理判断）What can we learn from Mr Zhou's words? A. He follows his doctor's advice in his own way. B. He wants to win the race next year. C. He thinks running is dangerous for old people. D. He never exercises at home. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "stations" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. shops that sell sports shoes B. places where runners sleep C. rooms inside a hospital D. places along the way that provide something —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 From Tired to Energetic Six months ago, Wang Yiming was always tired. He is a Grade 9 student, and he often stayed up late playing games on his phone. He also skipped breakfast on most days because he got up too late. In class he found it hard to keep his eyes open. He caught colds easily and sometimes missed school. His mother was worried, but telling him to go to bed earlier did not seem to work. The change began with a talk at school. A doctor from the community hospital came to speak about daily habits. She said that sleep, exercise and meals are like three legs of a stool: if one is weak, the whole thing falls. She told the students that one late night cannot be repaired by a long sleep at the weekend. She asked the students to try a simple plan for one month — sleep before ten thirty, exercise for half an hour a day, and eat breakfast every morning. Yiming decided to try it. He put his phone outside his room at night. He ran around the playground for twenty minutes after school and did some stretching before bed. At first it was not easy. On the fourth day he almost gave up. But his best friend joined him, and running together made the time pass much faster. His mother noticed the change first and quietly bought him a pair of running shoes. After two weeks, he was sleeping better without any trouble. Now Yiming seldom gets sick and feels much more energetic in class. He has even started a small club at school where students share their exercise records. His teacher often uses his story in class as an example. "I used to think health was something you only think about when you are ill," he says. "Now I know it is something you build every day." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the main idea of the passage? A. Playing games is bad for students. B. Grade 9 students have too much homework. C. Good daily habits helped a student become healthier. D. A doctor opened a club at a school. 2. （细节理解）What did the doctor ask the students to do? A. To study for one more hour every day. B. To run a race every weekend. C. To stop using phones at school. D. To sleep early, exercise daily and eat breakfast. 3. （推理判断）What helped Yiming keep his plan when it was difficult? A. His friend joined him. B. His mother took away his phone. C. The doctor gave him medicine. D. The school changed its timetable. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "energetic" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. worried and nervous B. full of energy and life C. weak and sleepy D. quiet and shy 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 04 “双减”之后的课后服务与素质教育（解析版） Passage 1 Home Before Dinner 一、主旨概括 本文以初二学生林涛的个人经历为线索，讲述学校开展课后服务后，他的作业、睡眠与兴趣生活发生的变化。文章通过"过去—现在"的对比，说明减量提质不仅减轻了负担，也让学生的成长有了更多空间。 二、重点词句 after-school service n. 课后服务 — 例句：Our school's after-school service lasts two hours. burden n. 负担 — 搭配：reduce the burden on students（减轻学生负担） reduce v. 减少，减轻 — 例句：Teachers try to reduce the amount of homework. practise v. 练习 — 搭配：practise the guitar / practise speaking English sleepy adj. 困倦的 — 例句：He doesn't feel sleepy in class any more. careless adj. 粗心的 — 搭配：make careless mistakes（犯粗心的错误） used to 短语 过去常常 — 用法：used to + 动词原形，表示过去的习惯 长难句：His maths teacher says he listens more carefully and makes fewer careless mistakes than he did last term. — says 后接宾语从句，从句中又含 than 引导的比较状语从句，比较级 more carefully / fewer 是解题关键。 长难句：During the first hour, teachers walk around the classroom and help them with their homework. — and 连接的并列谓语，"help sb. with sth." 为固定搭配。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】考查对全文中心的把握。文章第二段引出 after-school service，第三、四、五段分别写作业、睡眠、家庭三个方面的变化，全文围绕"课后服务如何改变一名学生的日常生活"展开，故 B 项概括最完整。 【干扰项排除】A 以偏概全，弹吉他只是第三段中的一个细节；C 颠倒主次，九点半睡觉是变化的结果之一，不是全文主旨；D 以偏概全，只覆盖了第一个小时的内容。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段 "During the first hour, teachers walk around the classroom and help them with their homework."，与 D 项完全对应。 【干扰项排除】A 信息错位，篮球是第二个小时的活动；B 信息错位，练吉他是第三段中晚饭后的事，不在校内第一个小时；C 无中生有，文中未提图书馆。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理题，定位第一段与第三段。两年前林涛写作业到十点，而现在"After dinner he practises the guitar ... something he could never do before"，可推知过去他几乎没时间发展爱好。 【干扰项排除】B 信息错位，九点半睡觉是现在的情况，与"两年前"相反；C 信息错位，阅读俱乐部是现在才有的选择；D 无中生有，文中只说数学老师认为他听讲更认真，并未说他不喜欢老师。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位第三段 "After dinner he practises the guitar for half an hour"。结合下文"每周三和同学一起演奏"可知，practise 指"反复做以提高水平"，与 C 项一致。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解文意，"第一次学"与"for half an hour""every Wednesday"不符；B 无中生有，文中没有"展示给别人看"的语境；D 曲解词义，把 practise 误作"归还"。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 Inside the After-school Service 一、主旨概括 本文是一篇说明介绍类文章，从时间安排、内容构成、劳动教育和家长反馈四个方面介绍中学课后服务。文章最后也客观指出该服务仍有改进空间，写作目的是让读者全面了解这项措施。 二、重点词句 aim n. 目的，目标 — 搭配：the aim of ... is to do sth.（……的目的是……） divide v. 划分 — 搭配：divide ... into two parts（把……分成两部分） club n. 社团，俱乐部 — 例句：Our school opens more than twenty clubs. labor education n. 劳动教育 — 例句：Labor education is part of the programme. tidy v. 整理，收拾 — 搭配：tidy the classroom / tidy the library enjoyable adj. 令人愉快的 — 例句：The work is both useful and enjoyable. pick up 短语动词 接（某人） — 例句：Parents can pick up their children after work. 长难句：Teachers say these lessons show students that learning is not only something that happens in a textbook. — say 后接宾语从句，从句中 show sb. that ... 再带一个宾语从句，且含 that 引导的定语从句修饰 something。 长难句：Some schools do not have enough teachers for so many clubs, and a few students say they would like more time to run and play outside. — and 连接的并列句，后一分句含宾语从句与 would like to do 结构。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】考查说明对象的整体把握。全文从服务时长、内容、劳动教育、家长看法到不足，都是在回答"课后服务为学生和家长提供了什么"，故 A 项概括准确。 【干扰项排除】B 以偏概全，家长的担心只在第四段出现；C 以偏概全，写课堂作业只是第一部分内容；D 无中生有偏细节，花园开放时间文中并未交代。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段 "In the first part, students do their homework in their own classroom. Teachers walk between the rows and answer questions."，即"在老师陪伴下写作业"，对应 D 项。 【干扰项排除】A 信息错位，做饭是劳动教育的内容；B 信息错位，种菜属于劳动教育，不在第一部分；C 信息错位，社团是第二部分的活动。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理题，定位末段 "the service is not perfect" 以及"部分学校师资不足、学生希望多些户外时间"，可推断该服务仍有改进空间。 【干扰项排除】A 绝对化语气，末段明确说"a few students say they would like more time"，并非人人满意；C 无中生有，文中说学校每学期征求意见并调整，没有要停止；D 数字偷换，原文是"部分学校"师资不足，不能说"几乎没有老师"。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位首段 "Its aim is to give children a safer, richer and happier time ..."，aim 后的表语说明这项服务"想要达到的结果"，即 purpose（目的）。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解词义，problem 是"问题"；B 干扰性较强，plan 指"计划安排"，而此处强调的是目的而非方案；D 曲解词义，habit 与语境无关。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Sleeping Better These Days 一、主旨概括 本文以一所中学的两次调查为线索，说明减少作业量、把作业放进课后服务后，学生睡眠时间明显增加。文章进一步说明充足睡眠对记忆、情绪和课堂状态的影响，强调"睡得好才能学得好"。 二、重点词句 survey n. 调查 — 搭配：do / make a survey of ...（对……做调查） rose v. (rise 的过去式) 上升，增长 — 例句：The number rose from 30% to nearly 60%. reduce v. 减少 — 搭配：reduce homework / reduce stress matter n. 事情，问题 — 搭配：Sleep is not a small matter.（睡眠不是小事） instead of 短语介词 而不是 — 用法：instead of + 名词/动名词 turn off 短语动词 关掉 — 搭配：turn off the light / turn off the phone careless adj. 粗心的 — 搭配：make careless mistakes 长难句：In a second survey last month, the number of students who sleep for eight hours or more rose from about 30% to nearly 60%. — 主干为 The number rose；who 引导定语从句修饰 students；from ... to ... 表示变化区间。 长难句：Without it, they find it hard to listen, and they may even become angry over small things. — and 连接并列句，"find it + adj. + to do" 结构中 it 为形式宾语。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】考查全文中心。第一段提出问题（睡眠不足），第二段给出措施（减少作业、课后服务完成作业）与结果（数据上升），第三至五段说明睡眠对学习的意义，因此"更少的作业与更好的睡眠如何帮助学生学习"概括最全面。 【干扰项排除】B 以偏概全，调查只是文章的引子；C 以偏概全，手机只是第四段刘梅个人的做法；D 以偏概全，医生的话只在第三段作为论据出现。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段末句 "the number of students who sleep for eight hours or more rose from about 30% to nearly 60%"，题干问"第二次调查"的结果，应为 nearly 60%。 【干扰项排除】A 数字偷换，30% 是变化前的数据；B 数字偷换，文中没有 80% 这一数据；C 曲解文意，人数是增加而非减少。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理题，定位第四段。刘梅把手机放在卧室外、改为看几页书并在九点半关灯，母亲也说"第一周难，之后就容易了"，可推知她养成了更好的睡前习惯。 【干扰项排除】A 无中生有，文中明确说她过去常看短视频到半夜，说明用过手机；C 无中生有，文中没有六小时这一数据；D 信息错位，读书是她自己的做法，并非老师要求。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位第二段。句中 "from about 30% to nearly 60%" 表明数量由小变大，故 rose 意为"上升"，与 went up 同义。 【干扰项排除】A 反义干扰，fell 是"下降"；B 曲解词义，stayed 表示"保持不变"，与数据变化矛盾；D 曲解词义，moved away 指"搬走"，不用于描述数据。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Planting Seeds, Learning by Hand 一、主旨概括 本文是一次劳动教育活动的现场记录：八年级四班的学生在学校菜园里翻土、播种、记录、收获。文章通过学生态度的转变（从觉得脏累到主动照看），说明劳动教育让孩子懂得食物来之不易，学会等待、合作与珍惜。 二、重点词句 spade n. 小铲子 — 例句：They stood in the garden with small spades in their hands. soil n. 土壤，泥土 — 搭配：soft brown soil / put seeds into the soil labor education n. 劳动教育 — 例句：The garden is part of the school's labor education programme. record v. 记录 — 搭配：record what happens / record the height of the plants alive adj. 活着的 — 例句：The plants are alive, so we cannot miss a week. value v. 重视，珍视 — 例句：They began to value food more than before. waste v. 浪费 — 搭配：waste a single one / waste time 长难句："We write down the date, the weather and the height of the plants," says Wang Yiming. "It is like a science diary, but the plants are alive, so we cannot miss a week." — 直接引语中含 but 连接的并列句与 so 引导的结果状语从句。 长难句：When the tomatoes turned red in June, each student took two home. — when 引导时间状语从句，主句为一般过去时，home 在此作副词。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】考查写作目的。文章从播种场景写起，到观察记录、态度转变，最后用李老师的话点题：学生在劳动中学到了课本以外的东西，故 B 项最准确。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解体裁，本文不是种番茄的说明文，种菜只是载体；C 以偏概全，观察日记只是第二段中的做法；D 无中生有，菜园的建成时间文中未提。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段 "Every class looks after one piece of land for a whole school year."，与 C 项完全一致。 【干扰项排除】A 无中生有，文中说的是 tomato seeds，没有给老师种花；B 无中生有，文中没有每周测验；D 信息错位，学生把番茄带回家，并没有卖给食堂。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理题，定位第四段 "Students learn that food does not come from a shop alone ... Nobody wasted a single one"。从"不再浪费""为父母做菜"可推断学生比过去更珍惜食物。 【干扰项排除】B 无中生有，文中没有出售番茄换钱的内容；C 曲解文意，与 "Nobody wasted a single one" 完全相反；D 无中生有，菜园是否会关闭文中没有交代。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位首段 "put three tomato seeds into the soft brown soil, cover them carefully"。种子要被泥土盖住，故 soil 指"植物生长的泥土"。 【干扰项排除】A 常识错位，种子不是放进"水"里；B 逻辑错误，seed 与 soil 是被放入与容器的关系，不能等同；C 信息错位，plant 是长成后的植株，而此处指播种的介质。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Finding the Balance 一、主旨概括 本文讲述九年级学生徐静因备考被迫放弃美术社团后状态下滑，在班主任的建议下每周保留一小时画画，成绩与心态逐步回升。文章借母亲的转变说明：兴趣与学业并非对立，关键在于合理规划、保持平衡。 二、重点词句 balance n. / v. 平衡 — 搭配：find a balance between study and hobbies stress n. 压力 — 搭配：reduce stress / under great stress hobby n. 爱好 — 例句：Drawing is her favourite hobby. develop v. 培养，发展 — 搭配：develop hobbies / develop good habits advice n. 建议（不可数） — 搭配：follow one's advice / give sb. advice take sides 短语 支持某一方，偏袒 — 例句：He did not take sides at once. step by step 短语 一步步地 — 例句：Her marks are moving up again, step by step. 长难句："Then keep one hour for it every week," Mr Zhao said. "A tired brain does not learn well, and a happy one remembers more." — 祈使句提出建议，后句为 and 连接的并列句，比较两种状态。 长难句："The point is not to cut everything away, but to plan well and keep the things that make you who you are." — "not ... but ..." 并列两个不定式作表语，其中含 that 引导的定语从句修饰 things。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】考查全文中心。文章按"放弃爱好—状态变差—老师建议—重新平衡—母亲转变"推进，核心是学习与兴趣之间的平衡，C 项与标题 Finding the Balance 呼应。 【干扰项排除】A 以偏概全，获奖只是开头的背景信息；B 以偏概全，母亲要求她整天学习只是矛盾的开端；D 曲解文意，文章并未介绍提高分数的具体方法。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题，定位第三段赵老师的原话 "Then keep one hour for it every week."，其中 it 指代上文的 drawing，故为"每周保留一小时画画"。 【干扰项排除】A 与原文相反，老师没有让她停止画画；C 与原文相反，从早学到晚是她自己尝试过却被证明无效的做法；D 无中生有，老师并未建议她向母亲求助。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】推理题，定位末段母亲的话 "I was wrong to believe that study and hobbies cannot live in the same life"，was wrong 表明她已经改变了原先的看法。 【干扰项排除】A 曲解文意，与母亲"认为自己错了"的表述相反；B 绝对化语气，文中只说成绩在逐步回升，并未说已是全班最高；C 无中生有，文中没有提及美术学校。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】词义猜测题，定位第四段 "Xu Jing followed his advice"，followed（听从）的对象只能是"建议、意见"，故 advice 意为"关于该做什么的看法或建议"。 【干扰项排除】B 曲解词义，questions 是"问题"，不能被听从；C 无中生有，marks 与 followed 搭配不通；D 曲解词义，rules 是"规定"，而老师只是提出建议，并未制定社团规则。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 12 志愿服务与邻里互助（解析版） Passage 1 Saving Hours in a Time Bank 一、主旨概括 文章通过高林和孙先生的互助故事，介绍社区“时间银行”如何记录服务时长并让成员日后兑换或转赠帮助。它让志愿服务常态化，也突出每个人既能接受关怀，也能以自己的技能支持他人。 二、重点词句 neighbour n. 邻居 — help an elderly neighbour 帮助年长邻居 account n. 账户 — save hours in an account 把时长存入账户 exchange n./v. 交换 — exchange service hours 交换服务时长 organize v. 组织 — organize the programme 组织该项目 suitable adj. 合适的 — match people with suitable tasks 为人们匹配合适任务 confirm v. 确认 — confirm the service time 确认服务时长 support n./v. 支持；帮助 — offer support to others 为他人提供帮助 长难句：It reminds people that everyone has something useful to offer and everyone may need support one day. — that 引导宾语从句；从句内 and 连接两个并列分句。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】全文介绍时间银行记录、使用服务时长的方式及其对邻里关系的长期作用，A 概括最完整。 【干扰项排除】B 时间银行不支付金钱；C 教老人使用应用只是一个例子；D 花园不是全文重点。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】第二段明确写高林可以留着时长日后使用，也可以现在转给奶奶。 【干扰项排除】A 时长不能换钱；B 文中没有购买花朵；C 可转给奶奶，并非只能给青少年。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】孙先生接受高林的科技帮助，同时以种花技能教孩子，说明受助者也可以帮助别人。 【干扰项排除】A 与孙先生提供服务相反；C 种花不是必须交给专业人员的危险工作；D 他有自己的账户，未体现记录困难。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】完成任务后双方对服务时长进行 confirm，结合诚实记录可知该词表示“确认某信息正确”。 【干扰项排除】A 与记录目的相反；B 不能私自更改双方时长；D 时间银行不涉及换钱。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The Saturday Repair Table 一、主旨概括 文章介绍社区每月开展的维修志愿服务，居民带来小家电、家具和衣物，由有技能的志愿者安全检查并传授简单修理方法。活动不仅减少浪费，也通过交流和技能分享拉近邻里距离。 二、重点词句 repair v./n. 修理；维修 — repair everyday items 修理日常用品 loose adj. 松动的 — a chair with loose legs 椅腿松动的椅子 donate v. 捐赠 — donate simple materials 捐赠简单材料 examine v. 检查 — examine an item carefully 仔细检查物品 professional adj. 专业的 — go to a professional shop 去专业维修店 reduce v. 减少 — reduce waste 减少浪费 willingness n. 意愿 — a willingness to help 乐于帮助的意愿 长难句：Jobs involving serious electrical danger are not accepted and must go to professional shops. — involving... 为现在分词短语作后置定语；are not accepted 使用被动语态；and 连接并列谓语。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】全文一方面写志愿者修理小物品，另一方面写活动促进交流与邻里关系，C 同时包含两层主旨。 【干扰项排除】A 服务免费且不是专业商店；B 与“让物品获得第二次生命”相反；D 活动重视安全，不追求维修数量比赛。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】第二段明确规定，涉及严重用电危险的工作不接收，应送到专业商店。 【干扰项排除】A 儿童只学习安全的缝纽扣；C 文章强调安全重于速度；D 志愿者会解释原因，不会隐瞒。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】孩子在刘芳指导下亲手完成缝纽扣，说明活动不仅替人服务，也把技能教给居民。 【干扰项排除】A 无法推出儿童带来多数衣物；B 文中未比较两类技能价值；C 让孩子动手反而需要耐心，并非追求速度。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】邻里交谈之后产生未来志愿活动的新计划，spark 在此意为“引发、促使开始”。 【干扰项排除】B 与产生计划相反；C 不是正式记录的含义；D 新计划来自交流而非无讨论完成。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 When Donated Books Find Readers 一、主旨概括 文章讲述学生从了解社区阅读室的真实需要出发，对捐赠图书进行筛选、清洁、分类、记录和后续反馈。它说明负责任的捐赠不是简单送出旧物，而是倾听受助者、认真组织并关注礼物的实际使用。 二、重点词句 donate v. 捐赠 — donate books to children 向儿童捐书 unwanted adj. 不再需要的 — unwanted things 不再需要的物品 condition n. 状况 — books in good condition 状况良好的书 suitable adj. 合适的 — suitable for young readers 适合年轻读者 sort v. 分类 — sort every book 给每本书分类 removable adj. 可移除的 — a removable card 可移除卡片 responsibility n. 责任 — take responsibility for a gift 对礼物负责 长难句：The students learned that donating is not only about giving. — that 引导宾语从句；从句中动名词 donating 作主语，not only 强调捐赠不止是“给出”。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】全文从需求调查开始，贯穿筛选、整理和反馈，表明有效捐赠应首先考虑读者真实需要，D 概括准确。 【干扰项排除】A 数字书单只是一个步骤且未说困难；B 与拒收破损或不合适书籍相反；C 三个阅读室需要不同类型图书。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】第三段明确写学生把每本书的阅读级别写在可移除卡片上。 【干扰项排除】A 没有记录原书主人；B 阅读室地址未写在卡片上；D 没有活动日期信息。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】末段说明读者留言会指导下一次收集，因此卡片用于获得反馈并改进后续捐赠。 【干扰项排除】B 捐赠书不收费；C 学生仍需与社区工作人员交流；D 卡片不是维修人员登记表。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】“神秘书袋”只给三个关键词、不展示封面，作用是让小读者想进一步知道书里内容，因此 curious 表示“好奇的”。 【干扰项排除】A 孩子能读关键词；C 语境未表示担忧难度；D 并非准备转赠。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 A Help Map for One Building 一、主旨概括 文章介绍一栋公寓楼如何用“互助地图”连接居民的技能与需求，并通过征得同意、公开场所初次见面等规则保护个人信息。地图不要求即时等价回报，却让熟悉的面孔逐渐成为彼此关心的邻居。 二、重点词句 request n. 请求；需求 — list skills and requests 列出技能与需求 offer v. 主动提供 — offer help with computers 主动帮助解决电脑问题 instruction n. 说明 — read medicine instructions 阅读药品说明 sort v. 整理；分类 — sort cards by time 按时间整理卡片 contact detail n. 联系信息 — share contact details 分享联系信息 limited adj. 有限的 — keep information limited 限制信息范围 trust n. 信任 — open the door to trust 开启信任之门 长难句：The map did not measure help in money or require an equal return after every task. — or 连接两个并列谓语 did not measure 与 require，说明互助不以金钱或即时等价回报衡量。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】全文围绕互助地图如何收集、匹配居民的技能与需求并促进邻里互助展开，B 最准确。 【干扰项排除】A 地图不展示私人信息；C 电梯只是过去邻居见面的场景；D 地图不以金钱衡量服务。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】第三段明确写志愿团队建议双方第一次见面安排在公共场所。 【干扰项排除】B 在私人住宅初见不符合安全建议；C 电梯不是约定见面场所；D 文中未提出在学生学校见面。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】男孩帮忙浇花，居民后来以英语练习帮助他，说明一种帮助可以自然带来另一种形式的互助。 【干扰项排除】A 回报并非要求且没有三天期限；B 男孩帮助的是成年居民；D 个例不能证明英语是需求最多的技能。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】团队先征得双方同意，只记录“完成/仍需帮助”等必要状态，不记录个人故事，因此 limited 表示控制在少量必要范围内。 【干扰项排除】A 与颜色无关；B 信息没有向所有人全面公开；C 文中没有每周日检查一次的规定。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Many Small Jobs, One Warm Evening 一、主旨概括 文章以社区音乐晚会为场景，描写不同年龄的志愿者通过摆椅、引路、清洁和保障安全等小行动共同完成活动。故事强调志愿服务不一定需要特殊技能或大量时间，细心与善意同样具有社会价值。 二、重点词句 volunteer v./n. 志愿服务；志愿者 — volunteer at a music evening 在音乐晚会做志愿服务 direction n. 方向 — make direction signs 制作指路牌 greet v. 迎接；问候 — greet visitors warmly 热情迎接访客 block v. 挡住 — not block anyone's view 不挡住任何人的视线 cable n. 电线；缆绳 — keep cables away from paths 让电线远离通道 support n./v. 支持；帮助 — offer support 主动帮助 effort n. 努力 — join small efforts together 汇聚微小努力 长难句：When many people take part, their small efforts join together and create a community event that everyone can enjoy. — when 引导时间/条件状语从句；that 引导定语从句修饰 event。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】全文罗列许多看似微小的志愿工作，并说明它们共同使活动安全、整洁、温暖，A 概括主旨。 【干扰项排除】B 文章同样感谢幕后志愿者；C 末段明确说不一定需要特殊技能；D 儿童也参与扶指示牌等工作。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】第二段写徐雯把使用手杖的男士带到靠近易行通道的座位。 【干扰项排除】A 纸扇由年长邻居提供；B 没有要求该男士搬椅子；D 她没有邀请他加入志愿团队。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】末段直接总结，十分钟空闲、细心关注和友善行动都能产生社会价值，即少量时间也能带来有用改变。 【干扰项排除】A 与末段观点相反；B 志愿者无需等待重要头衔；C 服务内容远不止音乐表演。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】风吹动标牌时，人们发现需要并主动 offer support，结合扶牌、固定等动作可知其意为“帮助”。 【干扰项排除】A 不是登台机会；C 文中儿童也参与行动；D 活动没有从访客处收钱。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 16 绿色出行与"双碳"目标（原文版） Passage 1 Pedalling to School Every Day Lin Tao is a Grade 8 student. His home is about two kilometres from No. 4 Middle School. Every morning he gets up at six thirty, eats a quick breakfast and rides his bicycle to school along the river road. The road is busy, but there is a wide bike lane, so he feels safe. It takes him about fifteen minutes. He passes a small park, two bookshops and the old stone bridge, and by the time he locks his bicycle he is wide awake. Some of his classmates take the bus, and a few arrive in their parents' cars, but Lin Tao likes his own way best. His father used to drive him to school. Two years ago the family sat down and talked about the car. They worked out that the short trip burned fuel five days a week and added to the dirty air above the city. So Lin Tao's father bought him a bicycle and began taking the bus to his own office. "It is cheaper," he often says, "and both of us get a little exercise every day." At school, Lin Tao's class keeps a "green travel" wall. Each student puts a small card on it every morning: green for walking or cycling, blue for the bus or the underground, yellow for a car. Most cards are green or blue. Miss Zhou, their teacher, counts them every Friday and writes the result on the blackboard. The class has never had so many green cards as it has this term. Last month Lin Tao rode more than ninety kilometres to school and back. Nobody gave him a medal, and he did not win any prize. What he received was something quieter: cleaner air to breathe, a stronger body, and the pleasant feeling that he was doing a small useful thing for his city. His younger sister has walked with him since September, too. She carries her own bag and counts the steps aloud, which makes the road noisier but much happier. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to ride a bicycle safely on a busy city road. B. Why the teacher built a "green travel" wall in the classroom. C. How a student travels in a green way and why his family made the change. D. The reasons why more and more students take the bus to school. 2. （细节理解）When did Lin Tao begin going to school by bicycle? A. Two years ago. B. This term. C. Last month. D. When he was eight. 3. （推理判断）What can we learn from the passage? A. Lin Tao won a prize for riding a bicycle. B. Few students in his class travel in a green way. C. Lin Tao's father still drives to his office every day. D. Lin Tao's family cares about the air of their city. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "counts" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. takes away B. checks the number of C. puts away D. talks happily about —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The Quiet Blue Buses Last summer a city put eighty new blue buses on its roads. They run on electricity instead of diesel. People noticed the change at once, because the buses are quiet. Waiting at a bus stop, you can now hear birds in the trees and even hear yourself think. Old buses shook the ground when they stopped, but the new ones glide past like a long blue room on wheels. The new buses do not give out black smoke. This matters a lot, because exhaust from old engines is one of the causes of dirty air in winter. With cleaner buses, drivers say their work is more pleasant, and passengers say the air near the stops smells better. A driver who has worked for twenty years says he no longer goes home with a headache. Getting on is easier too: the floor is low, there is a ramp for people in wheelchairs, and there is room for pushchairs. Keeping these buses running also costs less. Electricity is cheaper than fuel for each kilometre, and electric engines have fewer moving parts, so they need fewer repairs. The city says the money saved in this way will help pay for two more bus lines to the suburbs. Charging takes careful planning. Every night the buses return to the bus depot and are plugged in. Some of them are charged with electricity from solar panels on the roof of the depot. A full charge takes about four hours and is enough for most of a day's work on the road. Workers check each bus before it leaves the depot in the morning. Chen Mei takes a blue bus to her office every morning. She keeps a small notebook of the kilometres she travels by bus each week. On the first page she wrote: "Every kilometre by bus is a cleaner kilometre. And I can read a book on the way instead of fighting the traffic." She believes clean transport is not something far away; it is a choice people make every morning when they leave home. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. The new electric buses in a city and the good changes they bring. B. How a city saves money by building bus lines to the suburbs. C. Why bus drivers like quiet buses better than old ones. D. The plan to build a large solar power station in the city. 2. （细节理解）According to the passage, the new buses ______. A. are charged at the bus stops during the day B. are charged four times a day C. are charged at the drivers' homes D. are charged at the bus depot, mostly at night 3. （推理判断）From the passage we can infer that ______. A. the city will stop running buses in winter B. taking a bus helps make the city's air cleaner C. all the cars in the city now run on electricity D. Chen Mei's notebook is used by the bus company 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "exhaust" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. the noise a big bus makes B. the light from a bus window C. the dirty gas from an engine D. the wheel under a bus —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 How Does Our Class Get to School? When Class 3 finished a survey about how students travel to school, the result surprised everybody. Forty-two students answered the questions. Eighteen of them walk, twelve ride a bicycle, seven take a bus, and five come by car. In other words, almost three out of four students arrive without a car. The teacher asked the class to keep the survey for four weeks, so the numbers are not a guess. The class did not stop at numbers. They worked out roughly how much carbon dioxide each way of travelling produces in a year. Walking and cycling produce almost none. A bus seat produces much less than a car seat, because one bus carries dozens of people at the same time. In total, the daily trips of Class 3 produce far less pollution than they would if everyone came by car. They drew coloured bars on a poster so that everyone could see the result clearly. The students also drew a simple map. It showed that most of them live within two kilometres of the school, close enough to walk or ride. Some car trips, they found, happened simply because parents were worried about road safety. So the class wrote a letter to the head teacher and suggested three things: a crossing helper at the school gate, better lights on the side streets, and a safe place to park bicycles. The school liked the ideas. Two months later there were new bicycle racks behind the teaching building, and an older student helped the younger ones cross the road each morning. More students began cycling, and there were fewer cars waiting at the gate. Parents noticed the change too: the gate is calmer now, and nobody honks the horn before the first class. "Numbers can look boring," said Miss Zhou. "But when you count your own steps, the numbers begin to mean something. Carbon peak and carbon neutrality may be big words for countries, yet every small trip we make is part of the answer." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What does the passage mainly talk about? A. How to draw a map of a school area. B. Why parents never let their children walk alone. C. A long letter written by a head teacher. D. A class survey about travel to school and the changes it brought. 2. （细节理解）How many students in Class 3 walk to school? A. Five. B. Eighteen. C. Twelve. D. Seven. 3. （推理判断）From the passage we can infer that ______. A. all the students live far away from the school B. the school will close its gate to cars forever C. safer roads can help more students walk or cycle D. students stopped riding bicycles after the changes 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "racks" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. places where bicycles can be parked B. small shops near a school gate C. classrooms for science lessons D. boxes for carrying heavy books —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 A Car-Free Morning On the morning of 22 September the road in front of No. 7 Middle School looked different. There were no cars, no motorbikes and no black smoke — only students, teachers and neighbours walking into the playground. It was Car-Free Day, and the whole street had become a "green kilometre". Green and white banners hung above the gate, and a row of bicycles decorated with paper flowers stood where cars usually park. Volunteers put tables along the road. At one table, two members of the science club showed a toy car powered by a small solar panel. It moved slowly, but the children around it cheered anyway. At another table students exchanged old books and planted sunflower seeds in paper cups to take home. Two girls from Class 5 kept the cups in order and wrote each child's name on a piece of paper. The most popular place was the "carbon corner". Visitors could turn a wheel and answer easy questions: Which produces more pollution, a car with one person inside or a bus with forty? How many trees must a family plant to balance one year of driving? Every correct answer won a small green tree badge. By ten o'clock more than three hundred badges had been handed out, and nearly every visitor wore one. Mr Dai sells fruit near the school gate, and he came too. "Usually at this hour I cannot hear my own radio because of the traffic," he said. "Today I heard birds." He added that he had walked to his shop for years, because it is only ten minutes from his home. By noon the road was open to cars again. Nothing much had changed in the air of the whole city that morning. But several hundred people had spent a quiet hour thinking about how they move from place to place, and many decided to leave their cars at home a little more often. The seed cups went home to windowsills all over the neighbourhood, and a few of them may grow taller than the children who planted them. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A science club's toy car powered by the sun. B. A Car-Free Day activity and what people did and learned. C. How Mr Dai sells fruit near the school gate. D. The heavy traffic problem in front of a middle school. 2. （细节理解）What did a visitor get for a correct answer at the "carbon corner"? A. A sunflower seed. B. A paper cup. C. A small tree badge. D. A model car. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer about Mr Dai? A. He enjoyed the quieter street on that morning. B. He drives to his shop every day. C. He does not like children near his shop. D. He plans to move his shop away soon. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "balance" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. break something into pieces B. count something very carefully C. carry something from place to place D. make up for something so that it is equal —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Grandpa's Old Bicycle In the corner of Xu Yang's home stands an old black bicycle. It once belonged to his grandfather. Forty years ago almost every family in the town owned a bike like this. People rode to work, carried rice on the back seat and took their children to school on the crossbar. The streets were quiet, and in the mornings they were full of bicycles ringing their bells. Then cars arrived. Xu Yang's father bought one in the early 2000s. A car meant freedom: weekend trips, faster journeys, warm seats in winter. Families were proud of their cars, and for a while bicycles were pushed into the corners of the yard. But the roads grew crowded and parking became difficult. The town also noticed something else — fewer clear nights and more grey afternoons. Things are changing once more. The family still keeps a car, but they use it mainly for long trips. For daily life they choose other ways: the underground, a bus, or one of the shared bicycles that stand in rows near every flat. Xu Yang's father often rides a shared bicycle to the railway station. "It costs two yuan," he laughs, "and it saves me twenty minutes in the traffic jam." The old bicycle has not been forgotten. On Sundays Xu Yang and his grandfather clean it together and ride slowly along the river. They usually stop halfway, rest against an old willow tree and watch the boats go by. Energy-saving bulbs light the rooms of their home, solar panels on the roof heat the water, and the little tree they planted in the yard has grown taller than the wall. Grandfather never uses the words "carbon peak" or "carbon neutrality". He simply says that people should take from the earth only what they really need. Xu Yang thinks that is exactly the same idea, told in the language of a man who has watched one street change for sixty years. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What does the passage mainly show us? A. How to repair an old bicycle at home. B. Why Xu Yang's father bought his first car. C. The long history of bicycles around the world. D. How one family's way of travelling changed and what they learned. 2. （细节理解）What does Xu Yang's family mainly use their car for? A. Long trips. B. Daily shopping. C. Going to the station. D. Riding along the river. 3. （推理判断）What can we learn from Grandfather's words? A. Old people cannot understand modern ideas. B. Simple living can also help protect the earth. C. Bicycles are better than any other transport. D. He wants his family to sell their car at once. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "jam" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. a kind of cheap bicycle B. a sudden heavy rain C. a long line of cars that cannot move D. a place where buses stop and wait 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 13 人工智能走进学习与生活（原文版） Passage 1 My AI Listening Partner Lin Tao is a Grade 8 student at No. 4 Middle School. For a long time, English listening was his biggest problem. When the teacher played a recording, his mind often went blank. He knew many words, but they ran together too fast for him to catch. Every listening test left him worried, and he even thought about giving up the subject. Things began to change last term. His English teacher, Miss Li, told the class about a learning programme that uses artificial intelligence. Lin Tao decided to give it a try. The first time he opened it, the programme asked him a few questions and played several short recordings. Then it made a plan just for him. It found that he often missed words about time and place, so most of his early practice was about those very words. "It is like a teacher who knows my weak points," Lin Tao said. Now he spends twenty minutes practising listening every evening. If he presses the slow button, the recording speaks more slowly and more clearly. If he makes the same mistake twice, the programme will give him three similar exercises the next day. Once he finishes a task, it marks his weak points in red so that he can review them on Sunday. Little by little, listening became less difficult. In the latest test he got a much better score than before, and he even answered two difficult questions correctly. Lin Tao does not think technology can replace his teacher. He still reads short English stories, and he often talks with his classmates in simple English after class. For him, AI is a useful helper, not a magic key. It shows him where he is weak and saves him time, but the real progress comes from his own practice every day. He has even started to teach his younger sister how to use the programme wisely. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A new kind of English test for Grade 8 students. B. A student's experience of improving listening with the help of AI. C. Ways to make more friends in the school English corner. D. How teachers give listening lessons at No. 4 Middle School. 2. （细节理解）How long does Lin Tao practise listening every evening? A. Twenty minutes. B. Ten minutes. C. Thirty minutes. D. Sixty minutes. 3. （推理判断）What can we learn from Lin Tao's experience? A. AI programmes will soon take the place of school teachers. B. It is useless to listen to English recordings after class. C. Technology can help learning, but real progress comes from one's own practice. D. Students should stop reading English stories and only practise listening. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "replace" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. wait patiently for B. look carefully at C. agree happily with D. take the place of —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The Robot Helper in Our Library There is a new helper at the library of No. 4 Middle School. It is a white robot about one metre tall, and its name is "Xiao Tu". From Monday to Friday it stands near the door, ready to answer questions from students. The robot can do several simple jobs. When a student holds a book in front of its screen, it reads the code on the cover and tells the student where the book should go. It also reminds readers to return books on time. During the lunch break, some students ask it about opening hours, and some even practise spoken English with it. The robot answers clearly and never gets tired, so younger pupils like talking to it very much. Girls and boys in Grade 7 often stand in a small circle around it and laugh at its slow, funny voice. Behind this small robot is a kind of artificial intelligence. The library has put information about thousands of books into the robot's system. After a few months, the robot also "learns" which books are popular among different grades. With this knowledge the library can buy more books that students really enjoy reading, such as science stories, picture books and books about space. It has also bought several copies of the titles that are always borrowed out. Miss Chen, the librarian, says the robot cannot do everything. It cannot repair a torn page, and it cannot share the joy of finding a story you love. "It is a tool that saves us time," she says. "That leaves us more time to sit with children and talk about books." Many students agree with her. They say the robot is useful, but they still depend on Miss Chen when they need a warm smile and the right book at the right moment. In their eyes, machines count books, while people help readers grow. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A robot helper working in a school library. B. The right way to borrow books from a library. C. A new method of learning spoken English. D. The reading habits of middle school students. 2. （细节理解）Which of the following is NOT mentioned as something the robot can do? A. Tell students where a returned book should go. B. Repair a torn page in an old book. C. Answer questions about opening hours. D. Remind readers to return books on time. 3. （推理判断）What does Miss Chen probably think of the robot? A. It should take the place of all librarians in the future. B. It costs the school too much money. C. It makes students lose interest in paper books. D. It saves librarians time so they can help readers better. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "torn" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. brand-new B. dirty C. broken D. thick —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 The Answer That Was Not Mine Last month our class had to hand in a short report about saving water. Wang Yiming had a busy week and did not start early. On Sunday evening he opened an AI writing programme on his phone, typed in the topic and waited. In five seconds a neat report appeared on the screen. He copied it, printed it and went to bed with a light heart. The next morning his report was among the best in class. Miss Li read a few lines aloud and praised the writer. Wang Yiming felt both proud and uneasy. Then Miss Li asked him a simple question about his own report: how much water a family could save by turning off the tap while brushing teeth. He opened his mouth, but no answer came out. His face turned red, and at last he told the truth. Miss Li was not angry. She said the programme itself was not a problem. People use such tools to check spelling, translate a sentence or collect ideas. The real danger begins when we let a machine do all the thinking for us. "Then there is nothing left in your head," she said. "A good report is not just a piece of paper. It is what you truly understand." That evening Wang Yiming wrote the report again. He looked up information in the school library, asked his father some questions and drew a small chart by hand. The new report was shorter and still had a few mistakes, but every line was his own. Now, whenever he turns to a digital helper, he asks himself one question first: do I really understand this, or am I only borrowing somebody else's answer? He still uses the programme to check his spelling, but he no longer lets it think for him. Slowly he has found that writing in his own words brings him a different kind of pride. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What does the story mainly teach us? A. Students should never touch any AI tool at school. B. Writing a report about saving water is not easy. C. We should not depend too much on AI instead of thinking by ourselves. D. Teachers often praise good reports in front of the class. 2. （细节理解）What did Wang Yiming do first with his report? A. He wrote it with his own ideas. B. He copied one from an AI programme. C. He borrowed a book from the library. D. He drew a chart by himself. 3. （推理判断）Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A. Miss Li was angry and punished Wang Yiming. B. AI writing programmes always give wrong answers. C. Wang Yiming's second report was longer than the first one. D. Wang Yiming's second report was written with his own ideas. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "uneasy" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. uncomfortable B. excited C. sleepy D. confident —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Think Before You Share Xu Fei wanted to try a new AI drawing programme. He downloaded it quickly, then stopped at the sign-up page. It asked for his name, his school, his photo and even his home address. He wanted the programme very much, so his fingers moved towards "agree without reading". Luckily his sister came over. She pointed at a line of small grey words: the information could be shared with other companies. "Do you really want strangers to know where you live?" she asked. Xu Fei put down the phone. Together they read the page carefully and found that most of those questions did not need real answers. In the end he gave only a nickname and chose not to upload his photo. The programme still worked well. Things like this happen every day. Many useful programmes collect personal information. Some of it is truly needed, but some of it is not. Once information goes online, it is very hard to take back. A photo may tell others where you studied; a short answer may show when you are at home alone. Young users are often advised to follow three simple rules: read before you click, give as little as necessary, and ask a parent or a teacher when you are not sure. Being careful does not mean saying no to new technology. Smart programmes can draw pictures, translate languages, solve problems and even help doctors. Used wisely, they make life easier. Used carelessly, they may bring trouble that no one wants. As Xu Fei says, every "agree" is a door. Make sure you know who is standing behind it before you open it. He now keeps a small notebook beside his computer where he writes down what information he has given out, and he checks it once a month with his sister. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How an AI programme draws beautiful pictures. B. Why Xu Fei's sister stopped drawing. C. The best way to choose a nickname online. D. Being careful with personal information while using new technology. 2. （细节理解）What did Xu Fei finally give to the programme? A. His home address. B. His photo and his school name. C. A nickname only. D. Nothing at all. 3. （推理判断）What does the writer advise young users to do? A. Never use any new programme. B. Read before clicking and give as little information as needed. C. Share photos freely with online friends. D. Download as many programmes as possible. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "collect" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. gather B. throw away C. sell out D. look for —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 An App for My Grandpa Zhou Yan's grandpa lives in a village and grows vegetables all year round. Every time Zhou Yan visited him, she found him worrying about the weather. He listened to the radio, but the report was for the whole town, not for his small field. Last summer a sudden storm flattened half of his cabbages. The old man said nothing about it, but he stood in the field for a long time. "I wish I could build something for him," Zhou Yan thought. She loved the computer club at school, and she had learned to write simple programmes. At first she believed an app should do hundreds of clever things. Miss Ye, the club teacher, told her to begin with one small need. So Zhou Yan made a very simple app. It shows the rain for the village, rings when there is a storm warning, and writes one line of advice in big clear words, such as "Cover your field this afternoon." Building it took three months and many mistakes. Once the numbers were wrong because she chose the wrong place on the map. Another time the app sent a storm warning at two in the morning, and the whole family woke up. She fixed the problems one by one, often late at night after finishing her homework. Her club teacher told her that mistakes are simply steps towards a better programme. When she finally put the app on Grandpa's old phone, he learned to use it in one evening. Now the old man checks his "little weather helper" every morning like he checks his plants. Zhou Yan has understood something important: technology is not only about science labs and robots. A useful idea, a few lines of code and a lot of patience can create something that makes real life a little better. Next she wants to teach some children in her village how to write simple programmes, too. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. The hard life of a farmer in a small village. B. How a girl creates a simple app to help her grandpa. C. The best time to grow cabbages in summer. D. The history of a school computer club. 2. （细节理解）What can Zhou Yan's app do? A. Sell vegetables at a better price. B. Change the weather in the village. C. Take photos of the cabbages. D. Show the rain and ring when there is a storm warning. 3. （推理判断）What do we know about Zhou Yan from the passage? A. She is patient and cares about her family. B. She wants to become a farmer in the future. C. She never made mistakes in her programme. D. She thinks technology is useless for old people. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "flattened" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. watered slowly B. made taller and stronger C. knocked down to the ground D. picked up carefully 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 13 人工智能走进学习与生活（解析版） Passage 1 My AI Listening Partner 一、主旨概括 本文讲述了八年级学生林涛在英语听力上遇到困难、后来借助一套基于人工智能的学习程序每天练习并取得进步的经历。文章既肯定了新技术对个性化学习的帮助，也强调真正的进步来自学习者自身的坚持。 二、重点词句 artificial intelligence n. 人工智能 — 例：The programme uses artificial intelligence. programme n. 程序；节目 — 例：a learning programme that uses AI recording n. 录音 — 例：play a recording in class weak point n. 弱点、薄弱环节 — 例：It knows all my weak points. practise v. 练习 — 例：practise listening every evening replace v. 代替、取代 — 例：Robots will not replace teachers. depend on phr. 依赖、依靠 — 例：Don't depend too much on machines. wisely adv. 明智地 — 例：Use the programme wisely. 长难句：If he makes the same mistake twice, the programme will give him three similar exercises the next day. — if 引导条件状语从句，主句用一般将来时（主将从现）。 长难句：It found that he often missed words about time and place, so most of his early practice was about those very words. — that 引导宾语从句，so 连接并列的结果分句。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】考查全文主旨。文章前三段写林涛借助 AI 听说练习软件订制学习计划、每天练习，末段写他对技术的态度。核心线索是 AI + 听力进步，故选 B。 【干扰项排除】A 偷梁换柱，文中并未介绍一种新型听力测试；C 无中生有，英语角交朋友全文未提及；D 以偏概全，文中只写了他自己的学习经历，并非介绍全校教师的授课方式。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节题，定位第三段首句 "he spends twenty minutes practising listening every evening"，直接对应 twenty minutes。 【干扰项排除】B、C、D 均为数字偷换，虽都是合理时长，但与原文 twenty minutes 不符。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】推理判断题。末段明确指出工具能指出薄弱点、节省时间，但 "the real progress comes from his own practice every day"，即技术只是助手，进步靠自己努力。 【干扰项排除】A 与末段首句矛盾，属曲解文意；B 绝对化且与文中每天练习的事实相反；D 无中生有，文中说他一直在读英文小故事。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】词义猜测题。末段 "technology can replace his teacher" 后用 helper 对比，说明 AI 只能是助手而非"代替"老师；take the place of 即"取代"。 【干扰项排除】A "耐心等待"、B "仔细看"、C "高兴地同意"均无法与 technology 和 his teacher 构成合理搭配，属搭配不当。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The Robot Helper in Our Library 一、主旨概括 本文介绍了 No. 4 Middle School 图书馆里的一台机器人助手"小图"：它能整理图书、提醒还书、回答问题，并把借阅数据用于改善藏书。文章同时说明机器人无法代替馆员的人文关怀，倡导正确使用技术、让技术为人服务。 二、重点词句 robot n. 机器人 — 例：The robot stands near the door. remind v. 提醒 — 例：remind readers to return books on time code n. 条码、代码 — 例：read the code on the cover system n. 系统 — 例：put information into the robot's system popular adj. 受欢迎的 — 例：be popular among different grades librarian n. 图书管理员 — 例：Miss Chen, the librarian depend on phr. 依赖、依靠 — 例：depend on Miss Chen for help torn adj. 撕破的、破损的 — 例：repair a torn page 长难句：When a student holds a book in front of its screen, it reads the code on the cover and tells the student where the book should go. — when 引导时间状语从句，where 引导宾语从句。 长难句：With this knowledge the library can buy more books that students really enjoy reading, such as science stories and picture books. — that 引导定语从句修饰 books。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】考查说明性文章的主旨。全文围绕图书馆里的机器人助手展开：外观、功能、背后的智能系统、馆员评价，故答案为 A。 【干扰项排除】B、C 均为以偏概全，借书规则和口语练习只是机器人功能的一部分；D 曲解文意，学生阅读习惯并非文章讨论对象。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题，可用排除法。第二段列举了机器人能做的四件事，第四段明确说 "It cannot repair a torn page"，故修补破损书页是它不能做的。 【干扰项排除】A、C、D 三项内容与第二段 "tells the student where the book should go"、"answers about opening hours"、"reminds readers to return books" 一一对应，均为机器人能做之事，属于信息错位排除。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】推理判断题。馆员说 "It is a tool that saves us time"，并补充说这样她就有更多时间陪孩子聊书，可见她认为机器人节省时间、让读者获得更好的服务。 【干扰项排除】A 与她说机器人不能代替一切相矛盾，属绝对化；B、C 文中毫无依据，属无中生有。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题。文中 "repair a torn page" 意为"修补……的一页"，能被修补说明书页是"破损的"，broken 与之最接近。 【干扰项排除】A brand-new（崭新的）与 repair 矛盾；B dirty（脏的）不一定需要修补；D thick（厚的）与语境无关，属搭配错误。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 The Answer That Was Not Mine 一、主旨概括 本文讲述王一鸣因不会在周日晚上用 AI 写作软件抄袭了一份报告，第二天被老师提问时答不上来，最终亲手重写并获得真正收获的故事。文章提醒读者：可以借助 AI 工具检查和收集资料，但不能让它替自己思考。 二、重点词句 hand in phr. 上交 — 例：hand in a short report neat adj. 整洁的 — 例：a neat report on the screen uneasy adj. 不安的、不自在的 — 例：feel proud and uneasy praise v. 表扬 — 例：praise the writer of the report look up phr. 查阅 — 例：look up information in the library depend on phr. 依赖 — 例：depend too much on AI digital adj. 数字的、电子的 — 例：turn to a digital helper translate v. 翻译 — 例：use tools to translate a sentence 长难句：Miss Li asked him a simple question about his own report: how much water a family could save by turning off the tap while brushing teeth. — 冒号后为 question 的同位说明，含宾语从句，by doing 表方式。 长难句：The real danger begins when we let a machine do all the thinking for us. — when 引导时间状语从句，let sb. do 为不带 to 的不定式作宾补。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】考查故事寓意。文章通过"抄袭—被问倒—重写—领悟"四步叙述，老师的话点明主题：危险在于让机器替我们思考。 【干扰项排除】A 绝对化语气，文中说工具本身不是问题；B、D 以偏概全，写报告难和被表扬都只是情节细节，不是作者要传达的道理。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题，定位第一段 "he opened an AI writing programme... He copied it"，说明他最初的报告是从 AI 生成的文本复制来的。 【干扰项排除】A、D 信息错位，那是他后来重写时的做法；C 时空错位，去图书馆查资料发生在被老师发现之后。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】推理判断题，需逐项比对原文。第四段 "every line was his own" 直接支撑 D。 【干扰项排除】A 与第三段首句 "Miss Li was not angry" 矛盾；B 绝对化，文中并未说 AI 答案全错；C 与 "The new report was shorter" 相反，属信息错位。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】词义猜测题。上下文为"既自豪又……"，随后因为答不上老师的问题而脸红，情绪应是"不自在的、心虚不安的"，uncomfortable 最接近。 【干扰项排除】B excited（兴奋的）与脸红说真话的情节不符；C sleepy（困的）属字面误解；D confident（自信的）与 felt... uneasy 的转折关系相悖。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Think Before You Share 一、主旨概括 本文通过徐飞注册绘图 AI 软件时被要求填写真实姓名、学校、照片和家庭住址，在姐姐提醒下只留昵称并拒绝上传照片的经历，提醒年轻用户在享受新技术便利的同时要保护个人信息安全，并给出了"点击前阅读、少给必要信息、不确定时请教成人"三条建议。 二、重点词句 download v. 下载 — 例：download a new programme sign-up page n. 注册页面 — 例：stop at the sign-up page personal information n. 个人信息 — 例：protect your personal information nickname n. 昵称、网名 — 例：give only a nickname upload v. 上传 — 例：choose not to upload his photo collect v. 收集 — 例：collect personal information stranger n. 陌生人 — 例：let strangers know your address wisely adv. 明智地 — 例：Used wisely, they make life easier. 长难句：Once information goes online, it is very hard to take back. — once 引导时间状语从句，主句不定式 to take back 为真正主语后置。 长难句：Young users are often advised to follow three simple rules: read before you click, give as little as necessary, and ask a parent or a teacher when you are not sure. — 被动语态 be advised to do，冒号后用三个祈使并列项说明规则内容。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】考查主旨大意。故事引入后，文章第三段讲信息被收集后难以收回，第四段给出安全使用建议，末段点明谨慎不等于拒绝技术，核心是"用新技术的同时保护个人信息"。 【干扰项排除】A 以偏概全，AI 绘图只是引子；B 无中生有，姐姐并未停止绘画；C 偷换概念，取昵称只是文中一个做法，不是全文中心。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段 "In the end he gave only a nickname and chose not to upload his photo"，"only" 是关键限定词。 【干扰项排除】A、B 与原文相反，家庭住址、照片和学校名都是他最终没给的信息；D 过于绝对，他填了昵称，不是什么都没填。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理判断题。第三段末尾明确列出三条建议，B 是对其中两条（read before you click、give as little as necessary）的概括转述。 【干扰项排除】A 绝对化，末段说谨慎不等于拒绝新技术；C 与作者建议直接冲突；D 无中生有，文中从未鼓励多下载。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】词义猜测题。后句 "Some of it is truly needed, but some of it is not" 中的 needed 与 personal information 呼应，说明软件在"收集"个人信息，gather 与之同义。 【干扰项排除】B throw away（扔掉）、C sell out（卖光）、D look for（寻找）均无法承接"哪些信息真正被需要"的判断，属逻辑不符。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 An App for My Grandpa 一、主旨概括 本文讲述女孩周燕为帮务农的爷爷解决天气预报不精准的问题，从最小需求入手，历时三个月做出一个简易天气提醒软件的故事。文章体现动手创造、耐心改错与用技术改善家人生活的价值，并引出她想教村里的孩子学编程的愿望。 二、重点词句 create v. 创造、创建 — 例：create something useful programme n. 程序 — 例：write simple programmes app n. 应用程序 — 例：make a very simple app warning n. 警告、预警 — 例：send a storm warning cabbage n. 卷心菜 — 例：half of his cabbages flatten v. 把……夷平、压倒 — 例：The storm flattened the cabbages. patience n. 耐心 — 例：a lot of patience solve problems phr. 解决问题 — 例：Technology can solve problems. 长难句：Miss Ye, the club teacher, told her to begin with one small need. — tell sb. to do 结构，the club teacher 作主语的同位语。 长难句：A useful idea, a few lines of code and a lot of patience can create something that makes real life a little better. — 三个并列名词短语作主语，that 引导定语从句修饰 something。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】考查主旨大意。全文以"爷爷的烦恼—产生想法—动手制作—反复改错—投入使用—感悟"的顺序展开，主线是做 app 帮助爷爷。 【干扰项排除】A 以偏概全，务农生活只是背景；C 无中生有，文中不谈种菜时节；D 信息错位，学校电脑社仅出现在第二段。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段末 "It shows the rain for the village, rings when there is a storm warning"，直接对应 D。 【干扰项排除】A、B、C 均为无中生有，卖菜、控制天气、拍照都不是该 app 的功能。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理判断题。由她为爷爷花三个月、夜里修 bug、耐心一个个解决问题，以及末段"为了让真实生活更好"的表述，可推断她有耐心并关爱家人。 【干扰项排除】B 无中生有，她想教编程而非务农；C 与第三段 "many mistakes" 直接矛盾；D 与全文立场相反，属曲解文意。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题。主语是一场突如其来的暴风雨，宾语是"一半卷心菜"，合理推断为把菜"打倒、压趴在地上"，knock down to the ground 最贴切。 【干扰项排除】A watered slowly（慢慢浇水）与 storm 矛盾；B made taller（让……更高）与爷爷损失一半菜的语境冲突；D picked up carefully 意为小心捡起，与自然灾害造成的损害不符。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 16 绿色出行与"双碳"目标（解析版） Passage 1 Pedalling to School Every Day 一、主旨概括 本文以初二学生林涛的自行车上学路为线索，写了他家两年前放弃开车接送、改乘公交和骑车的经过。文章把"绿色出行"落到一个普通家庭的具体选择上，说明低碳生活既能锻炼身体，又能减少城市上空的尾气。写作目的是告诉读者：碳减排不是遥远的大事，而是每天出行方式的选择。 二、重点词句 lane n. 车道 — 搭配：a wide bike lane 一条宽阔的自行车道 used to do sth. 过去常常做某事 — 例句：His father used to drive him to school. work out 算出；弄清楚 — 例句：They worked out that the short trip burned fuel five days a week. fuel n. 燃料 — 搭配：burn fuel 消耗燃料 instead of 代替；而不是 — 动名词作宾语：instead of driving to school underground n. 地铁 — 搭配：take the underground 乘坐地铁 medal n. 奖牌 — 搭配：win a medal 赢得奖牌 green travel 绿色出行 — 指步行、骑车、乘公交等低排放的出行方式 长难句：His father bought him a bicycle and began taking the bus to his own office. — and 连接两个并列谓语；buy sb. sth. 双宾语结构；begin doing sth. 表示"开始做某事"。 长难句：What he received was something quieter: cleaner air to breathe, a stronger body, and the pleasant feeling that he was doing a small useful thing for his city. — What 引导主语从句作主语；冒号后三项并列作 something quieter 的同位说明；that 引导同位语从句，解释 feeling 的具体内容。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】主旨大意题要抓"人物 + 主要行为 + 结果"。全文四段分别写林涛骑车上学、家里放弃开车的原因、班级"绿色出行墙"、他一个月骑行的收获，始终围绕"一个学生怎样绿色出行以及为什么改变"展开，故 C 项概括最完整。 【干扰项排除】A ……（骑行的安全细节只是第一段的一句附带信息，属于以偏概全）；B ……（"绿色出行墙"仅出现在第三段，是支撑细节，不是全文中心）；D ……（文章没讨论"为什么越来越多人乘公交"，属于无中生有）。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节理解题按题眼定位。题干关键词 began going to school by bicycle 对应第二段 "Two years ago ... So Lin Tao's father bought him a bicycle"，可直接得出时间是两年前。 【干扰项排除】B ……（this term 是班级绿卡最多的时间段，属于信息错位）；C ……（last month 是他骑行路程超过九十公里的月份，属于数字偷换与信息错位）；D ……（文中没有提到八岁这个年龄，属于无中生有）。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】推理判断题要在原文信息的基础上作一步合理推演。第二段写一家人算出短途开车"消耗燃料、加剧城市上空的脏空气"，于是改为骑车和乘公交，说明他们关心城市空气质量，故正确答案为 D。 【干扰项排除】A ……（第四段明确说没有人给他奖牌、他没有得任何奖，与原文相反）；B ……（第三段说大多数卡片是绿卡和蓝卡，即多数同学绿色出行，与 few 矛盾，属于曲解文意）；C ……（第二段说父亲改乘公交车上班，与 still drives 矛盾，信息错位）。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】词义猜测题看上下文。第三段讲墙上的绿卡、蓝卡、黄卡代表不同出行方式，老师每周五"counts them"并把结果写在黑板上，显然是"清点数量"，故意为 check the number of。 【干扰项排除】A ……（take away 意为"拿走"，与后文"写出结果"不符）；C ……（put away 意为"收起来"，无法得出结果，逻辑不通）；D ……（"高兴地谈论"与写数字的动作无关，属于无中生有）。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The Quiet Blue Buses 一、主旨概括 本文介绍了某城市去年夏天投入的八十辆纯电动公交车，从噪音、尾气、乘坐便利度、运行成本和夜间充电几个方面说明新能源公交带来的变化。文章还用一位普通乘客的出行笔记收尾，把交通工具更新落到每个人的日常选择上。写作目的是说明清洁公共交通是改善城市环境的重要途径。 二、重点词句 diesel n. 柴油 — 搭配：run on electricity instead of diesel 用电而不用柴油 exhaust n. 废气 — 搭配：exhaust from old engines 老旧发动机排出的废气 ramp n. 斜坡；坡道 — 搭配：a ramp for people in wheelchairs 轮椅坡道 repair n./v. 修理 — 搭配：need fewer repairs 需要更少的维修 charge v. 充电 n. 一次充电量 — 例句：A full charge takes about four hours. solar panel 太阳能电池板 — 搭配：solar panels on the roof 屋顶上的太阳能板 instead of doing sth. 而不是做某事 — 例句：read a book instead of fighting the traffic 长难句：Some of them are charged with electricity from solar panels on the roof of the depot. — 一般现在时的被动语态 are charged，with electricity 表方式，from solar panels 说明电力来源，介词短语层层限定。 长难句：The city says the money saved in this way will help pay for two more bus lines to the suburbs. — says 后接省略 that 的宾语从句；从句中 saved in this way 是过去分词短语作后置定语修饰 the money。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】各段分别写新车安静、无黑烟且便于上下、成本低、夜间在场站充电、乘客感受，全部围绕"城市的新电动公交及其带来的好处"，故 A 项最能统摄全文。 【干扰项排除】B ……（省钱与郊区新线只是第三段的一个方面，属于以偏概全）；C ……（司机感受只是第二段的支撑细节，不能代表全篇）；D ……（文章提到太阳能板给车充电，并未说要建大型太阳能电站，属于无中生有）。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节理解题由 "are charged" 定位第四段 "Every night the buses return to the bus depot and are plugged in"，充电地点是公交场站，时间是夜间，故 D 项正确。 【干扰项排除】A ……（文中充电地点在场站而非公交站台，属于信息错位）；B ……（four hours 是充满一次电所需的时间，不是一天充四次，属于数字偷换）；C ……（司机家里充电文中未提及，属于无中生有）。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理判断题需由已知推未知。第二段说新车不排黑烟、老旧发动机尾气是空气脏的原因之一，乘客又说站点附近空气变好；由此可推知乘公交有助于让城市空气更干净，故 B 合理。 【干扰项排除】A ……（冬季空气差是现状描述，文中没有任何停运公交的表述，属于无中生有）；C ……（只说公交车用电，未涉及全城私家车，属于以偏概全/绝对化）；D ……（陈梅的笔记是个人习惯，与公交公司无关，曲解文意）。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题看因果关系。第二段说新车不排放 black smoke，因为老发动机的 exhaust 是冬季空气变脏的原因之一；能污染空气的只能是发动机排出的脏气体，故答案为 C。 【干扰项排除】A ……（噪音在文中是被"安静"对比的对象，且与空气污染无关）；B ……（车窗灯光文中未出现，属于无中生有）；D ……（车轮不会造成空气污染，不符合上下文逻辑）。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 How Does Our Class Get to School? 一、主旨概括 本文写某校三班开展"上学出行方式"调查，用四十二名学生的数据说明多数人以步行、骑车或乘公交到校，并进一步比较不同出行方式的碳排放。班级据此向学校提出改善建议并被采纳，校门口的车流随之减少。文章用一次班级小调查，把"双碳"这样的大概念变成学生能算、能做的事。 二、重点词句 survey n. 调查 — 搭配：do / carry out a survey about... 关于……做调查 carbon dioxide 二氧化碳 — 常见搭配：produce carbon dioxide 产生二氧化碳 roughly adv. 大约；粗略地 — 例句：They worked out roughly how much carbon dioxide each way produces. dozens of 几十；许多 — 搭配：dozens of people 几十个人 crossing helper 过街引导员 — 校园门口协助学生通行的志愿者 rack n. 架子 — 搭配：bicycle racks 自行车停放架 carbon peak / carbon neutrality 碳达峰 / 碳中和 — 节能减排的常识性术语 长难句：Some car trips, they found, happened simply because parents were worried about road safety. — they found 为插入语；because 引导原因状语从句，说明开车接送的真实原因。 长难句：Two months later there were new bicycle racks behind the teaching building, and an older student helped the younger ones cross the road each morning. — and 连接的并列句；the younger ones 用不定代词 ones 替代 students，避免重复。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】文章按"做调查—算排放—找原因—提建议—见成效"的顺序展开，主体始终是这次调查以及它带来的改变，故 D 项完整概括了事件与结果。 【干扰项排除】A ……（地图只是第三段的一个工具，属于以偏概全）；B ……（家长担心安全是调查中的一个发现，且文中并未说家长从不让孩子独行，语气绝对化）；C ……（信是学生写给校长的，选项把写信人换成了校长，属于信息错位）。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节理解题直接在第一段数字处定位："Eighteen of them walk"，步行人数为十八人。 【干扰项排除】A ……（five 是坐小汽车的人数）；C ……（twelve 是骑车的人数）；D ……（seven 是乘公交的人数）；三项均属于数字偷换。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】推理判断题要综合第三、四段。第三段说部分家长因担心道路安全而开车接送；第四段写学校增设了过街引导、加装路灯、设置自行车停放架之后骑车人数增加、门口车辆减少。前后对照可推出：道路更安全能让更多学生选择步行或骑车。 【干扰项排除】A ……（第三段明确说多数人住在离校两公里以内，与 far away 相反）；B ……（文中只说门口车辆减少，没说永久禁止，属于绝对化语气）；D ……（第四段说骑车人数增加，与 stopped 矛盾，曲解文意）。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】词义猜测题看上下文：第四段说教学楼后面出现了新的 bicycle racks，而班级此前建议的是"安全停放自行车的地方"，两者对应，故 racks 是"放自行车的架子/停车处"。 【干扰项排除】B ……（小卖部与"停放自行车"的建议无关，属于无中生有）；C ……（停放架在教学楼后面，不是教室本身，曲解文意）；D ……（搬书的箱子不能用来停车，逻辑不符）。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 A Car-Free Morning 一、主旨概括 本文是一篇活动纪实，写某中学在无车日当天把校门前街道变成"绿色一公里"，通过太阳能小车模型、旧书交换、向日葵种植和"碳角落"问答等环节向居民宣传低碳出行知识。结尾指出活动虽然不能立刻改变城市空气，但让几百人开始反思自己的出行方式。写作目的是传递"每个人每天的出行选择都很重要"这一理念。 二、重点词句 banner n. 横幅 — 搭配：hang banners above the gate 在大门上方悬挂横幅 power v. 驱动；给……提供动力 — 例句：a toy car powered by a small solar panel exchange v. 交换 — 搭配：exchange old books 交换旧书 balance v. 抵消；使相抵 — 搭配：balance one year of driving 抵消一年的驾车排放 badge n. 徽章 — 搭配：win / wear a badge 赢得/佩戴徽章 hand out 分发 — 例句：Three hundred badges had been handed out by ten o'clock. windowsill n. 窗台 — 搭配：to windowsills all over the neighbourhood 长难句：Nothing much had changed in the air of the whole city that morning. — 过去完成时 had changed 强调"到那天中午为止"的结果；nothing much 表示"几乎没有什么"。 长难句：But several hundred people had spent a quiet hour thinking about how they move from place to place, and many decided to leave their cars at home a little more often. — and 连接并列句；spend time doing sth. 结构；how 引导宾语从句作 thinking about 的宾语。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】全文以时间顺序（早晨—十点—中午）写无车日活动的布置、各个环节以及参与者的收获，核心是"这次活动做了什么、人们学到了什么"，故答案为 B。 【干扰项排除】A ……（太阳能小车只是第二段的一个摊位，属于以偏概全）；C ……（戴先生卖水果只是第四段的一个人物细节，不能概括全篇）；D ……（文章并未把交通拥堵作为说明对象，属于无中生有）。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节理解题由 "carbon corner" 定位第三段："Every correct answer won a small green tree badge"，答对者得到一枚小绿树徽章。 【干扰项排除】A ……（向日葵种子在旧书交换那张桌子上种植，奖励对象不同，属于信息错位）；B ……（纸杯是种向日葵的容器，不是奖品，属于信息错位）；D ……（模型车是展品，不会被送出，属于无中生有）。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理判断题看人物语言。戴先生说平时这个钟点因车流听不清收音机，"今天我听见了鸟叫"，对比中流露出对安静街道的喜爱，故 A 正确。 【干扰项排除】B ……（他说多年来一直步行到店，从未开车，信息错位）；C ……（他主动来看孩子们的活动，无反感之意，曲解文意）；D ……（文中没有提到搬家，属于无中生有）。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】词义猜测题看搭配与逻辑。第三段的问法是"一个家庭要种多少棵树才能 balance 一年的驾车排放"；种树吸收二氧化碳、抵消耗油产生的排放，故 balance 意为"抵消、使相等"。 【干扰项排除】A ……（"打碎"与树木和排放无关）；B ……（"仔细数"只解释了种树的动作，不含"抵消"的含义，属于以偏概全）；C ……（"搬运"与语境毫无关系，属于无中生有）。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Grandpa's Old Bicycle 一、主旨概括 本文用一辆旧自行车串起祖孙三代人的出行史：从四十年前自行车王国般的街道，到汽车带来便利也带来拥堵与灰霾，再到如今一家人长途开车、日常靠地铁公交和共享单车。文章通过对比与爷爷朴素的话语，说明低碳理念与"只取所需"的节俭传统其实是一回事。 二、重点词句 belong to 属于 — 例句：It once belonged to his grandfather. crossbar n. （自行车的）横梁 — 搭配：take children to school on the crossbar freedom n. 自由 — 搭配：mean freedom 意味着自由 crowded adj. 拥挤的 — 搭配：the roads grew crowded 道路变得拥挤 shared bicycle 共享单车 — 常见低碳出行方式之一 jam n. 堵塞 — 搭配：in the traffic jam 堵车时 energy-saving adj. 节能的 — 搭配：energy-saving bulbs 节能灯泡 长难句：Things are changing once more. — once more 意为"再一次"，与前文 bicycle era → car era 形成阶段对照，暗示出行方式进入第三个阶段。 长难句：Xu Yang thinks that is exactly the same idea, told in the language of a man who has watched one street change for sixty years. — 宾语从句 that is exactly the same idea；told in the language... 为过去分词短语作后置定语；who 引导定语从句修饰 a man。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】文章按"自行车时代—汽车时代—如今混合出行"的时间线展开，并在末段点明爷爷"只取所需"的体会，主线是一个家庭出行方式的变迁与从中得到的道理，故 D 项概括准确。 【干扰项排除】A ……（修车只是第四段"擦车"的误读，属于无中生有）；B ……（父亲买车只是第二段的一个阶段，属于以偏概全）；C ……（写的是自家小镇与自家自行车，不是世界自行车史，属于以偏概全）。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节理解题由 car 定位第三段："they use it mainly for long trips"，家里的小汽车主要用于长途出行。 【干扰项排除】B ……（日常购物在文中由地铁、公交、共享单车承担，属于信息错位）；C ……（去车站爸爸骑的是共享单车，属于信息错位）；D ……（河边骑行用的是家中的旧自行车，对象不同）。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理判断题要把爷爷朴素的话提炼出来。末段爷爷说"人只应从大地上取走真正需要的东西"，这与低碳、节俭、减少资源消耗是一致的，故 B 正确。 【干扰项排除】A ……（他说的是同样的道理，只是用词不同，选项无中生有且与文意相反）；C ……（他自己保留了汽车长途使用，并未否定一切其他交通方式，语气绝对化）；D ……（文中没有要求卖车，属于无中生有）。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题结合短语 traffic jam 与前文"骑车去火车站省二十分钟"可知，jam 指车辆排成长队无法移动的状态。 【干扰项排除】A ……（把 jam 误作自行车种类，与 traffic 无法搭配）；B ……（暴雨与"省二十分钟"的语境无关，属于无中生有）；D ……（公交停靠站不会让人需要"节省"时间，逻辑不符）。 语篇价值：本话题把"碳达峰、碳中和"这类宏大概念落到了学生可观察、可参与的生活场景中，既介绍常识，又倡导绿色生活方式。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 09 非遗与传统文化进校园（解析版） Passage 1 An Opera Lesson in Our Classroom 一、主旨概括 本文记录地方戏曲剧团走进中学课堂的一次活动。演员用简单道具演示"走千里""开门""划船"等程式动作，并带学生学唱传统唱段，使原本觉得戏曲"又慢又老"的学生改变了看法，表达传统文化进入校园后带给青少年的新鲜感受与吸引力。 二、重点词句 costume n. 戏服，演出服 — 搭配：in bright costumes；例句：The actors stood at the door in bright costumes. sleeve n. 袖子 — 搭配：long white sleeves；例句：Their costumes have long white sleeves. stage n. 舞台 — 搭配：on the stage；例句：A minute of beauty on the stage takes years of practice. audience n. 观众 — 搭配：help the audience know ...；例句：The colours help the audience understand the character. practise v. 练习 — 搭配：practise one's steps；例句：They practise their steps every Thursday afternoon. movement n. 动作，移动 — 搭配：every movement has its own grammar；例句：Every movement on the stage has its own grammar. traditional adj. 传统的 — 搭配：traditional opera；例句：Six students now enjoy traditional opera. 长难句：She started with a question: how can you show a journey of a thousand li on a stage only eight metres wide? — 冒号后为同位语，具体说明 question 的内容；only eight metres wide 作后置定语修饰 stage。 长难句：Their arms ached after a few minutes, and they realised that a minute of beauty on the stage takes years of practice behind it. — and 连接并列句，后半句 that 引导宾语从句，形成"台上—台下"时间对比。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】全文按"进课堂—演示程式动作—学生尝试—学唱—写一句话感受—报名社团"展开，中心是戏曲剧团进课堂并改变了同学们的成见。 【干扰项排除】A 文章没有讲如何成为演员；B 两个来访者是同剧团成员，不存在竞争；D 文中完全没谈票价。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】第二段明确写到：她绕圈走了几步，举起马鞭然后停下，全班立刻明白了。 【干扰项排除】B 台上并没有真马，与戏曲虚拟化表演的事实相反；C 文中没有任何背景地图；D 女演员恰恰是通过动作演示的，属信息错位。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】林涛原来认为戏曲"又慢又老"，现在说它"像另一种语言"并想学，且当周就有六人报名社团，说明他开始理解并接受传统戏曲。 【干扰项排除】A 与现在想法相反；B 绝对化语气，"想学"不等于"立刻成为职业演员"；C 无中生有，文中未谈演出场所限制。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】第一段写两位来访者身穿鲜艳的 costumes，配有长长的白袖，由"演员进场表演"的语境可推知指演出服装。 【干扰项排除】A 那是 sleeves；C 那是讲故事的道具；D 那是脸上的油彩，均与穿着无关。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 Biting Spring: Learning the Twenty-four Solar Terms 一、主旨概括 本文以班级绘制二十四节气壁画为线索，介绍节气名称的来源、古人对自然的观察以及立春"咬春"等习俗。教师进一步让学生记录春天日记，使他们在观察花、鸟、雨的过程中养成耐心细致的习惯，体现传统文化对现代学生的启发。 二、重点词句 solar term n. 节气 — 搭配：the twenty-four solar terms；例句：Start of Spring is the first of the twenty-four solar terms. sow v. 播种 — 搭配：sow seeds；例句：These names told people when to sow seeds. harvest n. 收获，收割 — 搭配：bring in the harvest；例句：They knew when to bring in the harvest. custom n. 习俗 — 搭配：follow old customs；例句：Many families still follow some old customs. notice v. 注意到 — 搭配：notice small changes；例句：The terms teach us to notice small changes around us. diary n. 日记 — 搭配：keep a spring diary；例句：She asked everyone to keep a spring diary. hasty adj. 急躁的 — 搭配：less hasty in other things；例句：Waiting for one bud to open made him less hasty. 长难句：They divided a year into twenty-four parts and gave each part a name: Awakening of Insects, Grain Rain, White Dew and so on. — divide ... into ... 结构，冒号后列举具体名称说明 each part a name。 长难句：Then she asked everyone to keep a spring diary: for two months they would write down the first flower they saw, the first birdcall they heard and the first warm rain they felt. — 冒号解释 diary 内容；三个 "the first ... they ..." 中 they saw / heard / felt 均为省略关系词的定语从句。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】文章先介绍二十四节气的来历与作用（第二段），再写老师引导学生观察自然（第三段），最后写学生的收获（第四段），兼具说明与育人两方面，故为"介绍节气并展示学生的学习方式"。 【干扰项排除】A 文中没有否定节气、推荐机器的表述；C 文章并未讲历法如何被发明，属偏离主题；D 吃春饼只是其中一个例子。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】第三段明确写到老师要求每人写"春天日记"：两个月里记下第一朵花、第一声鸟鸣和第一场暖雨。 【干扰项排除】A 每组只画一幅，不是二十四幅；B 无中生有，未要求学生回家做饭；C 文中没有去农场参观。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】末段写到日记越写越长、王雷从未如此仔细地观察过一棵树，并且等花苞开放让他做事不再急躁，说明这个项目培养了细致观察自然的习惯。 【干扰项排除】B 与"决定继续下去"相矛盾；C 与"记下第一朵花"的事实相反；D 数字偷换，项目持续两个月而非两周。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】第二段 "Even today many families still follow some old customs" 后举例立春吃春饼，可见 customs 指文化中长期沿用的做法，即"习俗"。 【干扰项排除】A 天气变化不是"遵循"的对象；B 农具与吃春饼的例子无关；D 那是节气名字，属信息错位。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Lights and Wishes on Lantern Night 一、主旨概括 本文描写学校在元宵节当晚举办校园灯会的场面：自制灯笼、猜灯谜、做汤圆、写新年愿望。通过邻里长辈讲述旧时灯笼的回忆，文章表现传统节日在青少年手中焕发生机，并强调"亲手一起做"才是传统最好的传承方式。 二、重点词句 lunar adj. 农历的，月亮的 — 搭配：the first lunar month；例句：The festival falls on the fifteenth day of the first lunar month. celebrate v. 庆祝 — 搭配：celebrate a festival；例句：The school celebrated the festival in its own way. preparation n. 准备工作 — 搭配：preparations begin earlier；例句：Preparations had begun two weeks earlier. riddle n. 谜语 — 搭配：solve a riddle；例句：Nobody solved the most difficult card. tie v. 系，绑 — 搭配：tie sth to sth；例句：Everyone tied their wish to a lantern. tradition n. 传统 — 搭配：keep traditions alive；例句：Traditions are not kept in books. neighbourhood n. 社区，邻里 — 搭配：grandmothers from the neighbourhood；例句：Several grandmothers from the neighbourhood came to help. 长难句：If you knew the answer, you could take the card off and change it for a bookmark painted by the art club. — if 引导条件状语从句；painted by the art club 为过去分词短语作后置定语，相当于定语从句 which was painted by ...。 长难句：They told the children that when they were young, lanterns were made of thin bamboo and red paper, and the whole village came out to see them. — told 后接 that 宾语从句，从句内含 when 引导的时间状语从句；be made of 表示"由……制成（看得出材料）"。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】全文围绕"自制灯笼—灯谜—汤圆—写愿望—老师说的话"这一校园灯会过程展开，故标题应为学校的元宵灯会之夜。 【干扰项排除】B 以偏概全，做汤圆只是一个环节；C 文中未讲猜谜技巧；D 美术社只负责画书签，不是全文中心。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】第三段写明：若知道答案，可以取下灯谜卡片去换成美术社手绘的书签。 【干扰项排除】A 材料是利用废旧物品，无需自己花钱购买；B 唱歌是文末的收尾活动，与书签无关；D 文中没有"最大灯笼"的评奖。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】老师说"传统不是保存在书里，而是保存在一双双一起做东西的手上"，可见传统活在年轻人的共同实践之中。 【干扰项排除】A 绝对化语气，文中强调"亲手做"而非"永不改变"；B 与"故事比食物更动人"的表述相反；C 与老师原话意思相反。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】第二段写全校倒数后所有灯同时点亮，"the playground seemed to be glowing"，glow 意为发光、发热泛光。 【干扰项排除】A 那是"拥挤"的意思；C 那是被纸覆盖；D 那是挂在高处，均不对应"灯亮"这一语境。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Sweet Animals Made by Hand 一、主旨概括 本文讲述吹糖老艺人陈建设每月到学校教孩子们吹糖人的故事。他耐心指导学生把握吹气的力度，不要求学生许下承诺，只希望他们愿意走近这门手艺。文章通过他把学生不完美的作品摆在最高层的细节，表现老手艺人对传承的真诚期待。 二、重点词句 stove n. 炉子 — 搭配：a small stove；例句：He brings a small stove and a pan of sugar. blow v. 吹 — 搭配：blow sth into shape；例句：Everybody may try blowing the sugar into shape. fail v. 失败 — 搭配：fail but laugh at oneself；例句：Most students fail and laugh at themselves. patiently adv. 耐心地 — 搭配：watch sb do sth patiently；例句：He asks them to watch him heat the sugar patiently. promise n. 承诺 — 搭配：make a promise；例句：He never asks them to make a promise. skill n. 技艺，技能 — 搭配：keep this old skill alive；例句：This old skill will live a little longer. imperfect adj. 不完美的 — 搭配：look far from perfect；例句：The pig looked far from perfect.（近义提示 far from perfect） 长难句：He learned the skill from his father more than fifty years ago and has kept it alive even when few people cared about it. — and 连接并列谓语，后半句含 even when 引导的让步状语从句，突出他五十年如一的坚守。 长难句：The pig looked far from perfect, and Grandpa Chen still put it on the highest shelf of his desk, where every visitor could see it clearly. — and 表转折性并列；where 引导非限制性定语从句修饰 shelf，说明他把学生的作品放在显眼位置。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】全文从"陈爷爷每月来讲课—现场演示—教学生吹—教 Eva/不要求承诺—评语"展开，中心是一位老手艺人把传统吹糖技艺带进校园。 【干扰项排除】A 文中并不讲解家庭做甜食的方法；B 春节不是本文话题；C 健康建议与文章完全无关。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】第二段明确说明多数学生失败的原因：吹气太用力，薄薄的糖皮立刻破掉。 【干扰项排除】A 生火的是陈爷爷，学生不被允许碰热锅；C 糖必须保持温热才能成型，与事实相反；D 文中并未限定几秒钟。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】从"进校园讲课""有学生课后要求学""不要求承诺，只要求早点来看"以及"孩子学会做一个小动物，这门手艺就能多活一段时间"，都可以推断他希望手艺传给年轻人。 【干扰项排除】A 他珍视这门手艺，毫无后悔之意；B 文中从未提赚钱；D 与他主动走进校园的事实相反。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】第二段 "blowing the sugar into shape" 指把软糖吹成龙、公鸡或兔子那样的外形，shape 表示"外形、样子"。 【干扰项排除】B 那是吹好之后的结果，不是 shape 本身；C 那是 wooden sticks；D 那是 pan，均属张冠李戴。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Old Poems, Young Voices 一、主旨概括 本文介绍了学校"经典诵读社"的活动：社员在老师的引导下先看画、了解诗人生平，再朗读古诗，并用画画、书法、改写故事乃至演短剧的方式表达感受。文章表达"古诗词不需要被封存在玻璃柜里，而需要年轻的声音用新的方式去读"的观点。 二、重点词句 classical adj. 古典的，经典的 — 搭配：classical Chinese poems；例句：They read classical Chinese poems aloud. follow v. 理解，跟上 — 搭配：hard to follow；例句：Most of them found the old language hard to follow. method n. 方法 — 搭配：change the method；例句：Miss Hui changed the method. scene n. 场景，景象 — 搭配：draw the scene with pencils；例句：Some members draw the scene with pencils. brush n. 毛笔 — 搭配：copy the lines with a brush；例句：Others copy the lines with a brush. perform v. 表演 — 搭配：perform a small play；例句：Last term the club performed a small play. strange adj. 陌生的 — 搭配：the words are no longer strange；例句：When you understand the feeling, the words are no longer strange. 长难句：Before reading a poem, members look at a painting of its scene, or watch a short video about the poet's life. — before 后接动名词构成时间状语，or 连接两个并列的谓语部分的备选项。 长难句：Then they read the lines several times until clear pictures begin to form in their heads. — until 引导时间状语从句，begin to do 表示开始逐渐产生某种状态。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】文章连用三个"新办法"（看画、配视频、多元表达）说明社团是如何让古诗变得可亲的，结尾点题"需要用年轻的方式再读一遍"，故标题为"用年轻的方式读古诗"。 【干扰项排除】A 以偏概全，画画只是其中一种方式；C 文章没有介绍图书馆历史；D 写故事也只是成员的选择之一，且并非本文目的。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】第二段明确写到：读诗之前，成员先看诗歌画面的画，或看一段介绍诗人生平的短视频。 【干扰项排除】B 文中没规定抄写二十遍；C 文中没有翻译成其他语言；D 用英文解释每个单词的说法也无依据。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】老师说"旧书不需要被供在玻璃柜里，它们需要年轻的声音用年轻的方式再次被读出"，即传统要靠年轻人的新方式去延续。 【干扰项排除】A 与老师意思相反；B 绝对化语气，文中强调人人可读懂感受；D 文中明确说社团活动不计分数与奖品。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】第二段 "So Miss Hui changed the method" 后紧接着介绍"读前看画、看视频、反复朗读"等做法，可见 method 是"做法、方式"。 【干扰项排除】A 那是成员名单；B 那是理解诗歌的材料；C 那是 problem 的含义，均属望文生义。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 10 博物馆热与文化遗产保护（原文版） Passage 1 Giving an Ancient Bird New Life At eight every morning, Mr Zhao enters a quiet room in a city museum. On his desk lies a bronze bird made more than two thousand years ago. One wing is broken, and its colour is hidden under dirt. As a cultural relic repairer, Mr Zhao hopes to help it look healthy again without changing its history. His work begins with careful study. He takes photos of every side and uses a digital scanner to build a 3D picture. The picture shows tiny cracks that human eyes may miss. Then he reads old records and tests different cleaning materials. He must be <u>patient</u>, because even one quick move may hurt the valuable object. Some days, he cleans an area no larger than a fingernail. Technology makes the work safer, but it does not make decisions for him. A computer can show where a crack is, while Mr Zhao must decide how much repair is truly needed. “We do not try to make an old object look new,” he explains. “Marks left by time are also part of its story.” When a missing part has to be added, the new material is made slightly different, so future visitors can tell it from the ancient part. After four months, the bronze bird is ready for an exhibition. Beside it, the museum places photos and a short video about the repair. Visitors can move a digital model on a screen and see the hidden cracks. Many students stay much longer than expected. They are surprised that history needs both skilled hands and modern science. Mr Zhao smiles when he sees them. For him, repairing a relic is not only about saving an object. It is also about passing respect for history to the next generation. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. Why bronze objects are difficult to find. B. How a repairer brings an ancient object back to display. C. How students learn to make a digital model. D. Why museums should buy more modern machines. 2. （细节理解）Why is the new material made slightly different from the ancient part? A. To make the object look brighter. B. To lower the cost of the repair. C. To help the computer find the cracks. D. To let people tell the new part from the old one. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from Mr Zhao's words? A. A good repair should keep the signs of time. B. Old objects should always be made to look new. C. Computers can make all repair decisions. D. Repairers should finish their work as fast as possible. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "patient" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. good at drawing pictures B. ready to share ideas C. able to wait and work carefully D. interested in making records —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The Young Guides in Blue Every Saturday, five students in blue jackets meet at a local history museum. They are not ordinary visitors. They are young volunteer guides who help families understand the exhibition. Before starting, they spent six weekends learning about ancient farming tools, old town maps and local festival objects. They also practised speaking clearly and answering questions politely. Museum workers showed them how to turn dates and facts into short, lively stories. Fourteen-year-old Lin Yue was nervous on her first day. Her group included two young children, their parents and an elderly visitor. Instead of reading every word on the information boards, she began with a question: “What do you think this wooden tool was used for?” The children offered funny answers, and everyone laughed. Lin then showed a digital picture of farmers using the tool long ago. The simple story made the object easier to remember. The volunteers do more than give talks. They help visitors use touch screens, remind them not to stand too close to valuable objects and collect ideas after each tour. When a foreign visitor cannot understand a sign, the students try to explain it in simple English. If they do not know an answer, they write the question down and ask a museum worker later. This <u>honest</u> way of working wins visitors' trust. The programme also changes the students. Lin once thought museums were places where people only looked at things quietly. Now she sees them as open classrooms full of questions. By listening to visitors of different ages, she has learned to explain the same idea in several ways. The museum plans to invite more students during the summer holiday. It hopes the young guides will bring history closer to the public and encourage other teenagers to protect cultural heritage through service. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the best title for the passage? A. Rules Every Museum Visitor Must Follow B. A Difficult Test About Local History C. Young Volunteers Bring Exhibitions to Life D. Digital Screens Replace Museum Guides 2. （细节理解）What did Lin do to make the farming tool easier to remember? A. She asked a question and showed a digital picture. B. She asked visitors to read the whole information board. C. She let the children touch the ancient tool. D. She gave every visitor a copy of the town map. 3. （推理判断）How has the volunteer programme helped Lin? A. It has taught her to repair ancient objects. B. It has helped her travel to foreign museums. C. It has made her stop asking questions. D. It has improved her communication skills. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "honest" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. quick to learn foreign languages B. truthful and not pretending to know everything C. excited about using touch screens D. careful not to speak to strangers —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Saving Stories in an Old Street An old street in a southern city has grey houses, stone roads and small wells. It is not a museum building, yet the whole street records how people lived in the past. For years, rain damaged some roofs, and modern signs covered the old shop fronts. Residents wanted safer homes and better services, but they also hoped to keep the street's special character. A protection project began with listening. Repair experts, local shop owners and residents walked through the street together. Elderly people shared memories about a tea shop, a public well and a tree where children once played. Students recorded these stories and marked the places on a digital map. Old photographs helped them check how several buildings had changed over the years. The team decided that the street should remain a living neighbourhood, not become an empty show place. Workers repaired weak walls with materials similar to the old ones. They hid new electric lines under the ground and improved fire safety. Shop signs were made smaller, so the ancient doors and windows could be seen again. One unused house became a small community museum. Inside, visitors can see family photos, farming tools and short videos made from residents' stories. These changes were <u>gradual</u>, and one part of the street was repaired at a time. Today, people still cook, work and chat in the old houses. Visitors are welcome, but they are asked to respect local life. The project shows that protecting heritage is not the same as freezing it in time. Old places can meet present needs if repair work is careful and residents take part in decisions. More importantly, a street becomes valuable not only because of its buildings, but also because of the memories and everyday life connected with them. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What does the passage mainly introduce? A. A project that protects an old street while keeping it alive. B. A plan to move all residents out of an ancient area. C. A museum that collects expensive objects from other cities. D. A competition for designing modern shop signs. 2. （细节理解）How did students help the protection project? A. They repaired roofs with old materials. B. They opened new shops in unused houses. C. They recorded stories and made a digital map. D. They moved the electric lines underground. 3. （推理判断）Why did the team keep the street as a living neighbourhood? A. They wanted to stop all visitors from entering it. B. Everyday life and memories are part of its value. C. Modern services could not be added to old houses. D. The residents refused to improve fire safety. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "gradual" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. finished in secret B. planned by students C. costly and difficult D. happening slowly over a period of time —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Digging into History for a Day On a spring Friday, Class 8 visited an archaeology experience centre beside a museum. Their task was to explore a copy of an ancient living place. No real cultural relics were put in the practice area, but every copy was placed just as carefully as objects at a real study site. The activity helped students learn how discoveries move from the earth to museum exhibitions. First, the guide divided the class into small teams and gave each team brushes, small shovels, rulers and record cards. Students had to remove the sand layer by layer. When Zhang Rui saw the edge of a bowl, he wanted to pull it out at once. The guide stopped him and explained that an object's position may tell an important story. His team measured the area, took a photo and drew the bowl before lifting it. Next, the students cleaned their finds and tried to put broken pieces together. They compared patterns and shapes, but they were not allowed to force any two pieces. One group found that their “pot” needed a piece from another group. This showed how archaeologists share information. The students then entered their records into a computer, which created a digital map of all the finds. The map helped them <u>connect</u> each object with the place where it appeared. At the end of the day, each team designed a small exhibition card. It described the object, the finding process and what the team still did not know. Zhang wrote that the bowl might have been used for food, but more study was needed. He used to think archaeology was a treasure hunt. Now he understands that it is careful teamwork based on facts. The class left the centre with dirty shoes, full notebooks and greater respect for the people who discover and protect history. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A museum's plan to collect more ancient bowls. B. A class competition to find hidden treasure. C. A guide's daily work at a real archaeology site. D. A hands-on activity that teaches students how archaeology works. 2. （细节理解）What did Zhang's team do before lifting the bowl? A. They washed it and put its pieces together. B. They measured, photographed and drew it. C. They carried it directly to the museum. D. They asked another group to repair it. 3. （推理判断）Why did students write what they still did not know on the exhibition cards? A. To make their cards longer than other teams' cards. B. To show that the guide did not teach them enough. C. To separate facts from ideas that need more study. D. To avoid describing where the objects were found. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "connect" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. link one thing with another B. hide something in a safe place C. clean something with a brush D. break something into small parts —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 When Old Treasures Come Home A small museum in a mountain town recently welcomed back a group of ancient objects. Many years ago, the objects were moved away for safer keeping and study. They included painted bowls, farming tools and a stone animal. After the museum improved its storage rooms and exhibition spaces, the objects were able to return to the area where they had been found. Preparing for their journey took months. Experts checked every object and made special boxes that could control temperature and keep out water. Tiny sensors inside the boxes recorded movement during transport. Museum workers also made a digital record with clear photos and 3D models. If an object changed during the trip, they would be able to notice it quickly. The careful plan reduced possible <u>damage</u>. Local students were invited to watch the boxes arrive, and several families shared stories about similar objects once used at home. However, the objects did not go straight into the exhibition hall. They first stayed in a special room, where workers checked them again and allowed them to get used to the new environment. Meanwhile, students studied copies and created labels in both Chinese and English. They wanted visitors from different places to understand how the objects were used in daily life long ago. When the exhibition finally opened, the museum connected each treasure with its place of discovery on a large digital map. Visitors could also listen to local stories and see videos of traditional skills. The returning objects attracted interest, but the museum's message was larger than a homecoming. Cultural heritage can be shared across places, yet it should always be protected with knowledge and care. By studying these objects and telling their stories clearly, a small museum can help local history speak to the wider world. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the best title for the passage? A. Students Build a Museum in the Mountains B. Ancient Objects Return with Care and New Stories C. Why Digital Maps Are Better Than Real Exhibitions D. Farming Tools Become Popular School Gifts 2. （细节理解）What did the sensors inside the boxes record? A. The visitors' voices. B. The age of each object. C. Movement during transport. D. Changes in the local weather. 3. （推理判断）Why were labels made in both Chinese and English? A. The museum planned to send the objects away again. B. Students wanted to practise writing longer sentences. C. Experts could not understand the local stories. D. The museum hoped to reach visitors from different places. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "damage" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. harm that makes something less perfect B. a record of an object's long history C. a box used for carrying valuable things D. care given by trained museum workers 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 06 国际交流与青少年文化使者（原文版） Passage 1 A New Girl in Class Two When Anna walked into Class 2, Grade 8, everybody looked up. She had blond hair and blue eyes, and she was wearing the same school uniform as everyone else. "Hello, everyone," she said in slow, careful Chinese. "My name is Anna. I come from a school far away, and I will be here for a while." Anna is an exchange student. She will study at No. 5 Middle School for four months. In the mornings she sits in class with her Chinese classmates and takes notes in a small green notebook. In the afternoons she joins the chess club and the table tennis club. Her Chinese is not perfect, so she often asks a friend to explain a word with hands, smiles and a few English words. Her favourite subject here is Chinese history. Her first week was not easy. She could not read the menu in the school canteen, so she pointed at what other students were eating. On Wednesday she got on the wrong bus and arrived at school forty minutes late. A classmate heard about it and went to the gate to wait for her. Things are better now. She eats noodles with chopsticks, and she has taught her friends two songs from her own country. Last Friday she stood in front of the class and told them about her school at home: the small library, the long lunch break, and the dog that sometimes runs into the playground during lessons. She has also learned to say the names of ten Chinese dishes. "I came here to learn Chinese," Anna says. "But I am also learning how to be a friend in another language, and how to ask for help without feeling small." Her teacher says the class has changed too: students now put up their hands more often, because they have seen that mistakes are nothing to fear. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to learn Chinese quickly in a new country. B. Why school uniforms are useful for students. C. A bus trip around No. 5 Middle School. D. An exchange student's life in a Chinese class. 2. （细节理解）How long will Anna study at No. 5 Middle School? A. For four weeks. B. For four months. C. For one year. D. For two years. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from Paragraph 4? A. Anna is getting used to the life here. B. Anna wants to go back home very soon. C. Anna's school at home has a bigger library. D. Anna never eats in the school canteen. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "explain" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. write down quickly B. look for carefully C. make something clear D. laugh at something —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 A Letter from Afar Once a month, the students of Class 6 receive something unusual during their English lesson: a thin blue letter from a school in another country. The letters come from their sister school. Every student in Class 6 has a pen friend there, and every student answers. The letters are passed from hand to hand, and the room becomes noisy with pleasure. The project began two years ago. At the beginning the letters were short and careful: names, ages, favourite subjects and favourite food. Now they are much longer. Students write about their school life, their families and their small worries before an exam. Some write by email, but many still prefer paper. "A real letter takes longer to arrive," says Liu Yan. "That makes it more precious." Writing in English is not always easy. When Liu Yan could not find a word, she drew a small picture in the corner of the page. Her pen friend did the same. The two girls now understand each other's drawings better than their sentences, and their letters are full of little pictures of cats, buses and rain. The letters also bring questions from home. Liu Yan's mother asked why a girl in another country ate dinner at five in the afternoon. Liu Yan's pen friend asked why Chinese students often stayed at school until half past five. "We live differently," Liu Yan says, "but our questions are almost the same: Do you have much homework? Are your teachers kind?" Their parents are curious about these answers too. Their English teacher, Mr Zhou, believes the letters teach more than English. "My students are learning that young people in other countries laugh, worry and hope just as they do," he says. "That is the first step towards real friendship, and no textbook can teach it quite so well." For many of them, the world has become a smaller and kinder place. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to write a letter in English. B. Why students should use email more often. C. An English teacher in Class 6. D. A letter-writing project between two schools. 2. （细节理解）How often do the letters from the sister school arrive? A. Every week. B. Every month. C. Every term. D. Every year. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the passage? A. The two schools stopped writing to each other last year. B. Liu Yan's English is now perfect. C. The students are becoming more interested in each other's lives. D. Mr Zhou will visit the sister school next month. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "precious" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. of great value B. cheap and common C. difficult to read D. easy to lose —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Tying a Chinese Knot On Thursday afternoons, a small room next to the library is full of red string. Twelve students sit around two long tables, and at each table sits a visitor from another country. This is the Chinese knot club of No. 7 Middle School. Paper cuttings and small lanterns hang on the walls. The club started last autumn. At first the members learned to tie the knots themselves; now they teach them. "Teaching is much harder than learning," says Zhao Min, a Grade 8 girl. "When I tie a knot, my hands already know what to do. When I teach, I have to explain every step in English, and I have to say why the colour red matters to us." The visitors are students from a nearby international school. Most of them had never seen a Chinese knot before. They were surprised that a single piece of red string could become a fish, a flower or two hearts. One boy worked on his first knot for forty minutes and did not want to stop, even when his friends called him. Zhao Min and her classmates also teach other things: how to write the character for "good", how to make a paper lantern, and why the family dinner is the most important meal of the Spring Festival. "We are not experts," Zhao Min says. "We are just Chinese students telling our own life in our own words." Sometimes a knot is not beautiful, and the string gets into a hopeless mess. Nobody minds. Each visitor takes the knot home, and some of them later send photos of it hanging on a wall or on a school bag. "That is how culture travels," says the club's teacher. "Not only in a museum, but hand to hand, friend to friend." The club now has a waiting list of new members. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A club where Chinese students share their culture with foreign visitors. B. How to make a paper lantern step by step. C. Why the library needs a new room. D. A visit to an international school. 2. （细节理解）Who do the club members teach? A. Their own classmates. B. Their English teacher. C. Students from a nearby international school. D. Visitors from a museum. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from Paragraph 2? A. Zhao Min wants to give up teaching others. B. Teaching others helps Zhao Min understand her own culture better. C. The club members never practised before they taught. D. Zhao Min is the only teacher in the club. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "single" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. long and thick B. bright red C. very cheap D. only one —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Two Weeks in a Faraway School Last summer, fourteen students from No. 2 Middle School spent two weeks in a school in another country. They lived with local families, ate local food and went to lessons with local students. For most of them it was the first long journey without their parents. Each of them carried a small gift for the family they would live with. For Chen Yu, the biggest surprise was not the buildings. It was the classroom. Students there did not sit in rows. They sat around big tables, and they called their teachers by their first names. Nobody stood up when a lesson began. At first Chen Yu felt lost, but after three days he found that he liked asking questions in a room like that. Lessons there often began with a question instead of a long introduction. Food was another surprise. Breakfast was bread, milk and cold fruit, and Chen Yu missed the hot noodles from home. His host mother noticed this and bought him a small pot so that he could cook noodles for himself. "She was very kind," Chen Yu says. "On my last evening I taught her to make dumplings, and we ate them together in the kitchen." It became their last meal together. Not everything was easy. Chen Yu's English sounded good in class, but in the playground he could not follow two boys who spoke very fast. Some local students believed that all Chinese students were good at maths, and Chen Yu had to tell them, politely, that this was not true for everyone. When he came home, Chen Yu gave a short talk to his class. He ended with these words: "People everywhere are almost the same. They want to be liked and they want to be understood. But the ways are different, and that is exactly the reason why we should go and see." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. Chen Yu's experience of studying in a school abroad. B. How to cook noodles in another country. C. Why students should learn maths well. D. A talk about English learning. 2. （细节理解）What surprised Chen Yu most about the classroom there? A. The buildings were very tall. B. The lessons were very short. C. The teachers were very strict. D. The students sat around big tables. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from Paragraph 4? A. Chen Yu's spoken English was perfect. B. Some local students had a fixed idea about Chinese students. C. Chen Yu was the best at maths in his class. D. Chen Yu never talked to the local students. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "host" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. a person who teaches in a school B. a person who travels abroad C. a person who has guests in the home D. a person who cooks in a restaurant —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 A Program That Builds Bridges Every year, thousands of middle school students take part in exchange programs. Some programmes last two weeks; some last a whole school year. The idea behind them is simple: two schools in two countries become sister schools, and their students visit each other in turn. Some programmes are run by schools themselves, and some by education organisations. A short programme usually has three parts. First, students study in the partner school and live with a host family. Second, they visit places of interest, museums and local factories. Third, before they leave, they give a short talk or a small show about their own school, their city and their everyday life. The three parts are planned so that students both study and look around. Teachers say these programmes do much more than improve language. A student who has stayed with a family abroad will not believe everything he reads about that country. He will remember the taste of the food, the sound of the streets and the face of the family who waited for him at the airport. Those memories stay much longer than any list of new words. There are difficulties too. Students may feel lonely during the first few days. Some find the food strange, and some miss their friends at home. Most students say the hardest day is the second one. Good programmes plan for this: they give every student a buddy in the partner school, and they ask a teacher to call or visit once a week. "We are not asking them to do great things," says a programme organiser. "We are giving young people a chance to make friends across borders. If they learn to understand each other at fifteen, they will understand each other much better at fifty. The programmes are short, but the friendships are often long. And that, in the end, is what a good exchange programme is for." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to choose a good host family. B. What exchange programmes are and what they do for students. C. Why students feel lonely abroad. D. How to give a talk in English. 2. （细节理解）What is the second part of a short exchange programme? A. Living with a host family. B. Giving a talk about their own school. C. Calling their teachers once a week. D. Visiting places of interest, museums and factories. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from Paragraph 4? A. Exchange programmes think about students' feelings. B. Nobody feels lonely in an exchange programme. C. Students never miss their friends at home. D. Host families are hard to find. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "borders" in the last paragraph probably means "______". A. school gates B. language tests C. national boundaries D. long holidays 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 03 义务教育优质均衡发展（解析版） Passage 1 A Teacher Who Travels to Teach 一、主旨概括 本文以一位交流轮岗教师的亲身经历为线索，介绍教师交流轮岗制度如何缩小校际差距。文章既写乡村学校英语基础薄弱、学生羞于开口的现状，也写教师带回笔记本的收获，最后点明交流不是单向帮扶，而是两所学校共同成长。 二、重点词句 exchange n. / v. 交流，交换 — 搭配：take part in an exchange programme；例句：She is one of many teachers who take part in an exchange programme. narrow v. 使变窄，缩小 — 搭配：narrow the gap 缩小差距；例句：The programme is designed to narrow the gap between schools. gap n. 差距，缺口 — 例句：Narrow the gap between schools. instead adv. 代替，反而 — 例句：This year she is teaching at a village school instead. be afraid of doing sth. phr. 害怕做某事 — 例句：Many of them were afraid of making mistakes. at least phr. 至少 — 例句：She asked every student to speak at least once. take part in phr. 参加 — 例句：Teachers who take part in an exchange programme. 长难句：Teachers from strong schools spend one or two years in schools that need more help, and teachers from those schools go to the city to learn. — and 连接的并列句；前一分句含 that 引导的定语从句修饰 schools。 长难句：Nothing about the teachers' pay or position changes while they are away. — while 引导时间状语从句；主语为 Nothing about ...，谓语用一般现在时表常态。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】主旨题抓首尾呼应。第二段讲交流项目的运作方式，末段用人物自述点题 "People think exchange means one school helps another ... In fact, both schools learn"，说明交流对双方都有益，D 项完整概括。 【干扰项排除】A 项"如何在乡村教英语"只是第三段的教学细节，以偏概全；B 项"去山脚学校的漫长车程"只是开篇引子；C 项"乡村学生为什么害羞"是局部信息，不能概括全文。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题定位首段末句 "she will stay there for one year"，直接选 C。 【干扰项排除】A 项 nine years 是她在城市学校任教的时间，属信息错位；B 项 half a year 与 D 项 two months 均无依据，属数字偷换。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理题依据第三段："their English was weaker""Many of them were shy and afraid of making mistakes"，说明他们平时缺少开口练习的机会，故选 B。 【干扰项排除】A 项与"她用歌曲和游戏开场、学生逐渐举手"矛盾；C 项"很快要搬到城市学校"属无中生有；D 项与 "their English was weaker" 直接矛盾。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】由固定搭配推断：narrow the gap between schools 意为"缩小校际差距"，narrow 在此作动词"使变小、缩小"，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"使变宽"与项目目的相反；C 项"保持不变"、D 项"移走"都代入后语义不通，且与"交流轮岗促均衡"的主旨不符。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 Two Schools, One Big Family 一、主旨概括 本文以说明介绍的方式讲解集团化办学与城乡结对帮扶：一所镇小学加入由城市学校牵头的教育集团后，通过示范课、网上联合教研、资源共享、教师跟岗等方式获得支持。文章同时指出城市学校也有收获，强调合作办学是共赢。 二、重点词句 primary school n. 小学 — 例句：Hongguang Primary School sits in a town. full-time adj. 专职的，全职的 — 例句：There was no full-time music or art teacher. demonstration n. 示范，演示 — 搭配：give a demonstration lesson 上示范课。 joint adj. 联合的，共同的 — 搭配：a joint meeting 联席会议。 material n. 资料，材料 — 例句：Textbooks, reading materials and test papers are shared. gain v. 获得，收获 — 例句：The city school says it gains something too. on one's own phr. 独自地 — 例句：We used to feel we were working on our own. 长难句：A few town teachers spend a week at the city school each term, sitting in real classrooms and taking notes. — sitting ... 与 taking ... 为两个并列的现在分词短语作伴随状语，补充说明 spend a week 的方式。 长难句：Last autumn, it joined a school group led by a large city school. — led by ... 为过去分词短语作后置定语，修饰 a school group，相当于 which was led by ...。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】第一段末句 "The two schools now share lessons, teachers and even their sports day" 是主旨句，第二、三段展开讲合作方式，第四段讲双向收获。A 项"两校在集团中如何协作"覆盖全文。 【干扰项排除】B 项"如何建音乐教室"只是第三段的一个细节，以偏概全；C 项"城市学生为什么读书更多"属无中生有；D 项"一所镇小学的历史"偏离主题。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题定位第二段首句 "Every week, a city teacher travels to the town school to give a demonstration lesson"，与 B 项一致。 【干扰项排除】A 项"镇上学生搬到城市学校"属无中生有；C 项"所有课都在网上教"把"每月一次网上联合教研"夸大为全部课程，属绝对化语气；D 项"城市学校每月寄钱"文中未提，无中生有。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】末段首句 "The city school says it gains something too" 表明城市学校同样有收获，末句 "When one school improves, every child in the group has a better chance" 进一步点明合作共赢，故选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项"城市学校正在失去最好的老师"属无中生有；B 项"镇上学生很快要离开学校"与文意相反；C 项"只有镇上学校受益"与 "gains something too" 矛盾，属以偏概全。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】由上下文推断：城市老师来上 demonstration lesson，"and the town teachers watch and discuss it afterwards"——镇上老师观摩、课后研讨，说明这是一节"供观摩的示例课"，故选 C。 【干扰项排除】A 项"学生测验"、B 项"家长会"、D 项"课后游戏"都无法与"老师们观摩并在课后讨论"衔接，属脱离语境的猜测。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 A Village School's New Look 一、主旨概括 本文用"十年对比"的方式呈现一所乡村学校的巨大变化：从土操场、旧电脑、学生流失，到联网教室、塑胶操场、热饭食堂和图书馆。文章进一步说明变化来自政府投入、社会捐赠与教师回流，最后指出真正的改变发生在课堂内。 二、重点词句 mud n. 泥，泥浆 — 例句：On rainy days the playground turned into mud. surface n. 表面，地面 — 例句：The playground is covered with a soft green surface. dining hall n. 食堂，餐厅 — 例句：There is a small dining hall where students can have hot lunch. resource n. 资源（常用复数 resources）— 例句：Give a village school the same resources. repair v. 修理，修缮 — 例句：The local government repaired the buildings. rise v. 上升，增长 — 例句：The number of students has risen to over two hundred. come back phr. 回来，返回 — 例句：Teachers who had left came back. 长难句：There is a small dining hall where students can have hot lunch, and a library with more than three thousand books. — 并列句；前一分句含 where 引导的定语从句修饰 dining hall。 长难句：Most importantly, parents no longer worry that their children will receive a poorer education than children in the town. — that 引导宾语从句；从句中含比较级 poorer ... than ... 结构。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】全文以 Ten years ago 与 Today 的强烈对比展开，第二段集中描写新面貌，第三段讲变化来源，第四段讲内涵变化。B 项"一所乡村学校的巨变"准确概括。 【干扰项排除】A 项"如何赢得阅读比赛"只是末段一句例子，以偏概全；C 项"一位校长的生平"属无中生有；D 项"从乡村搬到镇上"与"学生回流"的文意相反。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节题定位第二段末句 "The number of students has risen to over two hundred"，直接选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项 about eighty 是十年前的数字，属信息错位；B、C 两项文中未出现，属数字偷换。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理题由前两段对比归纳：十年前 "Many families ... sent their children to schools in the town"，如今人数增至两百多且家长 "no longer worry" 孩子会接受更差的教育，说明条件改善留住了学生，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"对政府来说花钱太多"属无中生有；C 项"导致教师离开"与 "Teachers who had left came back" 相反；D 项"只对科学课有用"以偏概全，且与"美术、音乐、科学每周都有"的表述不符。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】由并列信息推断：本段先说学生每周上美术、音乐、科学课，又说乡村孩子有着同样的梦想，中间的 "the same resources" 显然指学校可使用的书籍、设备等办学条件，故选 C。 【干扰项排除】A 项"梦想和希望"是资源带来的结果而非资源本身；B 项"比赛和奖项"只是举例；D 项"远离乡村的建筑"属无中生有。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 One Lesson, Two Classrooms 一、主旨概括 本文以一次"同步课堂"的现场为切入点，描写城市与乡村两个班级通过大屏幕同上一节课：城市老师主讲，乡村老师在本班辅助、必要时暂停重讲。文章最后借一位乡村女生由怯场到抢先发言的变化，点明技术只是载体，真正重要的是每个孩子都获得表达的机会。 二、重点词句 apart adv. 相隔，分开 — 搭配：kilometres apart 相隔数公里。 greet v. 问候，迎接 — 例句：Both groups stood up and greeted the same teacher. whoever pron. 无论谁，任何人 — 例句：A camera followed whoever was speaking. cover v. 覆盖，涉及（课程）— 例句：Subjects which small schools sometimes find hard to cover. confident adj. 自信的 — 例句：She has become more confident in class. put up one's hand phr. 举手 — 例句：Now I put my hand up first. at the front of phr. 在……的前部 — 例句：On the large screen at the front of the room, students in a city classroom appeared. 长难句：The teacher in the city taught the lesson, while a teacher in the village stayed beside her own students. — while 在此连接并列句，表示两种情况的对比，意为"而"。 长难句：A camera followed whoever was speaking, so everyone could see and hear clearly. — whoever 引导宾语从句，相当于 anyone who；so 连接结果并列句。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】首段末句 "This was a shared lesson ... the two classes would learn together although they were kilometres apart" 点明主题，第二、三段讲课堂如何运作及意义，第四段讲学生变化。C 项概括准确。 【干扰项排除】A 项"如何在课堂上使用摄像机"只是课堂手段，以偏概全；B 项"城乡生活差异"只是第三段的一句延伸，非中心；D 项"乡村学校为什么需要更多老师"属无中生有。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节题定位第二段 "a teacher in the village stayed beside her own students" 以及 "When the village students needed more time, their own teacher stopped the screen and explained again"，合起来即 A 项。 【干扰项排除】B 项与"城市老师主讲"矛盾；C 项"修屏幕"属无中生有；D 项"带学生去城里"与"两个班通过屏幕同上课"不符。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理题依据人物前后对比：她说 "At first I was afraid of making mistakes ... Now I put my hand up first"，由怯场到第一个举手，说明她更自信了，故选 B。 【干扰项排除】A 项"想去城市学校读书"属无中生有；C 项"害怕摄像机"与她喜欢在屏幕上提问矛盾；D 项"不喜欢同步课"与 "she liked asking questions" 相反。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】由让步关系推断："the two classes would learn together although they were kilometres apart" 中 although 表示转折，一起上课却被 kilometres 隔开，故 apart 意为"因距离而分开"，选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项"同处一室"、C 项"彼此靠近"都与 although 的转折逻辑矛盾；B 项"离学校很远"误解了 apart 的参照对象（两班之间的距离，而非离校远近）。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 The Chance to Learn 一、主旨概括 本文以一个城市学生的对比与反思为线索：林涛原本厌学，去山村表弟的学校待了两周后，看到孩子们翻山上学、共用旧书却格外珍惜学习机会，深受触动，回校后变得主动认真。文章借此告诉读者要珍惜受教育的机会。 二、重点词句 used to phr. 过去常常 — 例句：Lin Tao used to think school was boring. complain v. 抱怨 — 搭配：complain about sth.；例句：He complained about homework every evening. well-worn adj. 用旧了的，翻烂的 — 例句：A shelf with well-worn books. in total phr. 总共 — 例句：About forty students in total. shine v. 发光，发亮（过去式 shone）— 例句：Their eyes shone. hand-drawn adj. 手绘的 — 例句：A hand-drawn card. waste v. 浪费 — 例句：The chance to learn is something we should never waste. 长难句：Nothing seemed able to change his mind until last summer, when he spent two weeks with his cousin in a mountain village. — until 引导时间状语，后接 when 引导的非限制性定语从句修饰 last summer。 长难句：They carried their own chairs on some days because there were not enough for everyone. — because 引导原因状语从句；主句用一般过去时 carried。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】文章采用"前后对比"结构：前两段写山村学校的艰苦与孩子们对学习的渴望，后两段写林涛返校后的转变与感悟。末段 "the chance to learn is something we should never waste" 是点题句，D 项完整概括。 【干扰项排除】A 项"山村夏天很美"属无中生有；B 项"如何制作手绘卡片"只是第三段的一个细节，以偏概全；C 项"城市学校比乡村学校好"是片面比较，文章强调的是珍惜机会而非学校优劣。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题定位第三段首句 "One afternoon Lin Tao helped teach a few English words"，与 B 项一致。 【干扰项排除】A 项"建了一间新教室"、C 项"送学生新椅子"、D 项"开了一间小图书馆"文中均未发生，属无中生有（文中是孩子们自带椅子）。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】推理题需整合第二、三段：孩子们走一小时山路、自带椅子、书翻旧了仍共享、一遍遍跟读单词、渴望"有一天在大学校学英语"，这些画面让林涛深受触动，从而改变，故选 C。 【干扰项排除】A 项"父母承诺给他新手机"属无中生有；B 项"学校变简单了"文中未提；D 项"他决定当老师"属过度推断，文中只说他更珍惜学习机会。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】由构词与语境推断：well-worn 由 well + worn（wear 的过去分词，"磨损的"）构成，且修饰的是学生们共享的书，说明书被翻得很旧、用过很多次，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"崭新昂贵"与山村学校条件艰苦的语境矛盾；C 项"干净整齐"偏离"共享、反复翻阅"的描写；D 项"又重又大"属无中生有。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 02 全民健康与基层医疗服务（解析版） Passage 1 A Doctor Who Knows Your Name 一、主旨概括 本文以一位社区家庭医生的工作日常为线索，介绍家庭医生签约服务如何把医疗资源送到居民家门口。文章通过与大医院医生的对比，突出基层医疗"主动上门、长期熟悉、预防为主"的特点，并以一次出诊小事说明这种服务的温度。 二、重点词句 family doctor n. 家庭医生 — 例句：Miss Li is a family doctor at a community hospital. patient n. 病人，患者 — 例句：Her morning often begins with a phone call from an old patient. appointment n. 预约（门诊）— 搭配：get / make an appointment；例句：She helps them get an appointment at a larger hospital. medical insurance n. 医疗保险 — 例句：Most of it is covered by medical insurance. sign up phr. 签约，报名 — 搭配：sign up with a family doctor 与家庭医生签约。 dizzy adj. 眩晕的，头晕的 — 例句：Grandma He called because she felt dizzy. in return phr. 作为回报 — 例句：In return, families can call their doctor first. 长难句：She knows who has high blood pressure, who needs help with medicine, and who has no children living nearby. — 三个 who 引导的宾语从句并列，作 knows 的宾语。 长难句：In return, families can call their doctor first whenever they feel unwell, instead of rushing to a crowded hospital far away. — whenever 引导时间状语从句；instead of 后接动名词 rushing。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】主旨题抓说明对象与中心句。首段首句 "Miss Li is a family doctor at a community hospital" 点明人物身份，第二、三段介绍其工作方式与签约服务，末段用人物自述收束。C 项"社区家庭医生的工作"覆盖全文。 【干扰项排除】A 项"如何成为名医"属无中生有，且末段明确说 "I am not a famous doctor"；B 项"大医院的忙碌生活"只是第二段中作对比的参照，以偏概全；D 项"老人应与子女同住"文中未作主张，属无中生有。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题用 every month 定位第二段 "Every month she goes to see the old and the sick in their homes"，与 B 项完全一致。 【干扰项排除】A 项与 "different from that of a doctor in a big hospital" 矛盾；C 项"培训新医生"、D 项"写医学书"文中均未出现，属无中生有。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】推理题依据末段情节与人物自述：二十分钟赶到、做热饭、等到家人来，加上 "I am just the doctor who knows your name"，说明她的医疗照护贴近生活、带有个人情感，故选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项无依据且与全文基调相反；B 项"病情严重"与"只是没吃早饭"矛盾，属程度偷换；C 项"只在上午工作"把首段"早上八点上班"绝对化，属绝对化语气。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】词义猜测题结合因果线索：奶奶打电话说感到 dizzy，医生赶到后发现她没吃早饭，可推断是"头晕"，即感觉周围在旋转，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"很高兴"、C 项"强壮健康"都不会引出担心和出诊；D 项"生气"与没吃早饭之间没有因果联系，属脱离语境的猜测。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The 15-minute Fitness Circle 一、主旨概括 本文以说明介绍的方式讲解"15 分钟健身圈"：居民步行一刻钟内即可到达运动场所。文章先解释概念，再列举场所类型，接着说明城市如何因地制宜腾出空间，最后用医生的话点明全民健身的低成本健康价值。 二、重点词句 fitness n. 健身，健康 — 搭配：the 15-minute fitness circle 15 分钟健身圈。 track n. 跑道 — 搭配：run on a track 在跑道上跑步。 equipment n. 器材，设备（不可数）— 例句：A corner with a few pieces of exercise equipment. prevent v. 预防，防止 — 搭配：prevent illnesses；例句：Exercise helps prevent many common illnesses. be worth the effort phr. 值得付出努力 — 例句：Doctors say the result is worth the effort. in good shape phr. 身体状态好 — 例句：Exercise keeps people in good shape. within prep. 在……之内 — 例句：Reach a place to exercise within a quarter of an hour. 长难句：The idea is simple: everybody should be able to reach a place to exercise within a quarter of an hour on foot from where they live. — 冒号后为同位语，解释 the idea；其中 where they live 作 from 的宾语从句。 长难句：In old neighbourhoods there is little free land, so workers turn small empty corners into tiny playgrounds. — so 连接并列句表结果；turn ... into ... 意为"把……改造成……"。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】第一段末句 "The idea is simple: everybody should be able to reach a place to exercise within a quarter of an hour on foot" 是全文主旨句，后面三段分别讲场所、建设办法和意义。D 项"把运动场所带到家门口的规划"准确概括。 【干扰项排除】A 项"如何建设一座新城市"范围过大，属无中生有；B 项"最佳锻炼时间"文中只顺带提到早晚，非中心；C 项"为何要睡得更好"只是末段的次要细节，以偏概全。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节题用 may be found 定位第二段列举的 "a small park with a running path ..."，A 项直接对应。 【干扰项排除】B、C、D 三项（购物中心、地铁站、博物馆）均不在第二段列举范围内，属无中生有。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】第三段首句 "Building these places is not always easy" 后紧接着给出三种办法：边角地改造、学校场地课后开放、沿河修路，可见城市在用灵活巧妙的办法找空间，故选 C。 【干扰项排除】A 项"从没有足够的钱"语气绝对化，文中只说土地紧张；B 项与 "the sports field of a school is opened to the public after class" 相反；D 项"河边不安全"与"沿河修步道"的文意相反。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】由并列信息推断：prevent 的宾语是 many common illnesses（常见病），锻炼的作用是让疾病不发生，即"阻止某事发生"，故选 B。 【干扰项排除】A 项"使情况更糟"与锻炼有益健康的常识相反；C 项"仔细研究"通常不以疾病为宾语；D 项"为某物付款"与语境无关。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 How a Neighbourhood Got Healthier 一、主旨概括 本文从"一组数据与变化"的角度切入，讲社区卫生服务中心如何通过免费体检发现问题，再用宣传栏、健走团、健康小讲座等低成本方式进行干预。文章最后点明核心观点：治疗固然重要，但预防更经济、更温和，健康来自每天的小习惯。 二、重点词句 health check n. 体检 — 搭配：hold free health checks 开展免费体检。 blood sugar n. 血糖 — 例句：The nurses write down height, weight, blood pressure and blood sugar. treatment n. 治疗 — 例句：Treatment is important, but prevention is cheaper and kinder. prevention n. 预防 — 例句：Prevention is cheaper and kinder. give up phr. 放弃，戒除 — 搭配：give up smoking 戒烟。 hand out phr. 分发 — 例句：The hospital decided to do more than hand out medicine. keep ... under control phr. 把……控制住 — 例句：Many of them had learned to keep it under control. 长难句：Waiting until someone is seriously ill is like repairing a roof only after the rain has come in. — 动名词短语 Waiting until ... 作主语；be like 后接动名词 repairing 作宾语，构成比喻。 长难句：Checking early, moving every day and eating a little less salt can change a whole neighbourhood, one small step at a time. — 三个动名词短语并列作主语，谓语用 can change。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】末段 "Treatment is important, but prevention is cheaper and kinder" 是点题句，全文数据变化（血压停止上升、健走团壮大）都由预防措施带来，故 A 项最贴切。 【干扰项排除】B 项"如何建社区医院"属无中生有，医院本已存在；C 项"大城市护士的工作"偏离主题；D 项"体检为什么太贵"与首段 free health checks 矛盾。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节题定位第二段：started a walking group、gives short talks on salt, oil and sugar，对应 D 项。 【干扰项排除】A 项"新建医院大楼"无中生有；B 项"关掉小商店"与"护士去小商店做讲座"相反，属信息错位；C 项"让人们停止工作"属无中生有。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理题要由"措施—结果"链条归纳：少盐少油、每天走路、早睡等微小习惯带来血压下降、健走团壮大等明显变化，说明小习惯能显著改善健康，故选 B。 【干扰项排除】A 项"免费体检没用"与首段"体检发现了问题"矛盾；C 项"只有药物能控制血压"语气绝对化，且与文中生活方式干预矛盾；D 项"社区变小了"属无中生有，文中只说人数与习惯变化。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】由对比结构推断：句中 but 连接 treatment 与 prevention（预防），二者同属医疗语境，treatment 应为"治疗"，即给予病人的医疗照护，故选 C。 【干扰项排除】A 项"买药的钱"混淆了 treatment 与 cost；B 项"每天吃的食物"属无中生有；D 项"写在板上的数字"指的是体检数据，与 treatment 无关。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 A Run for Everyone 一、主旨概括 本文以一次活动现场的视角描写社区健康跑：路程短、不收费、不比速度，全程有饮水点、护士和志愿者保障。文章通过一位老人和孙女慢慢走完全程的故事，以及赛后的健康小集市，展现全民健身"人人可参与"的理念。 二、重点词句 comfortable adj. 舒适的 — 例句：Old people in comfortable shoes. station n. （服务）站点 — 搭配：water station 饮水补给站。 leave sb. behind phr. 落下某人 — 例句：To make sure that nobody was left behind. the finishing line n. 终点线 — 搭配：cross the finishing line 冲过终点线。 medal n. 奖牌 — 例句：A volunteer put a small medal around the girl's neck. hand out phr. 分发 — 例句：A cook handed out bowls of vegetable soup. take one's time phr. 慢慢来，不着急 — 例句："So we are taking our time." 长难句：A group of volunteers rode slowly beside the runners to make sure that nobody was left behind. — 不定式 to make sure 作目的状语；that 引导宾语从句，从句用被动语态 was left behind。 长难句：Before going home, many people wrote their names on a board, promising to exercise at least three times a week. — Before + 动名词作时间状语；promising ... 为现在分词短语作伴随状语。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】首段 "Nobody had to pay, and nobody had to be fast. The only rule was that everyone should finish" 点明活动性质——人人可参与、重在完成，B 项 "A friendly community running activity for everyone" 准确概括。 【干扰项排除】A 项"如何赢得跑步比赛"与"不必跑快"矛盾；C 项"河边的新餐厅"只是赛后集市中的一家，以偏概全；D 项"孩子应跑得更快"属无中生有。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题用 how long 定位第二段首句 "The run was only three kilometres long"，直接选 C。 【干扰项排除】A、B、D 三项数字均与原文不符，属数字偷换。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理题依据人物话语与行为的对应：医生说"多动，不必跑快"，周先生便和孙女全程慢走、慢慢来，说明他按自己的方式落实医嘱，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"想明年夺冠"与"不比速度"矛盾；C 项"认为跑步对老人危险"曲解文意，他只是选择步行；D 项"从不在家锻炼"属无中生有。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】由搭配推断：water stations 位于 "along the way"，且后文并列的 "two places where a nurse waited" 也是沿途服务点，故 stations 指"沿途提供某物的地点"，选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项"卖运动鞋的店"、B 项"跑者睡觉的地方"、C 项"医院里的房间"都与"沿路设置、为跑者服务"的语境不符。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 From Tired to Energetic 一、主旨概括 本文以一名九年级学生的前后对比为线索，讲规律作息、每天运动和坚持吃早餐带来的改变。文章先写他熬夜玩手机、上课犯困、常感冒的状态，再写社区医生的讲座和他坚持计划的曲折过程，最后点明健康是每天积累的结果。 二、重点词句 stay up phr. 熬夜 — 例句：He often stayed up late playing games on his phone. catch a cold phr. 感冒 — 例句：He caught colds easily. energetic adj. 精力充沛的 — 例句：He feels much more energetic in class. habit n. 习惯 — 搭配：daily habits 日常习惯。 give up phr. 放弃 — 例句：On the fourth day he almost gave up. stretching n. 拉伸运动 — 搭配：do some stretching 做拉伸。 on time phr. 按时 — 例句：He handed in his homework on time. 长难句：She said that sleep, exercise and meals are like three legs of a stool: if one is weak, the whole thing falls. — that 引导宾语从句；从句内含 if 引导的条件状语从句，冒号后为比喻性说明。 长难句："I used to think health was something you only think about when you are ill," he says. — used to do 表示"过去常常"；something 后接省略关系代词的定语从句，其中含 when 引导的时间状语从句。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】文章首尾形成鲜明对比：从 always tired、caught colds easily 到 seldom gets sick、much more energetic，变化源于医生建议的三条好习惯，C 项完整概括因果。 【干扰项排除】A 项"打游戏对学生有害"只是背景原因之一，以偏概全；B 项"九年级作业太多"属无中生有；D 项"医生在学校开了俱乐部"与原文"他自己创办小俱乐部"不符，属信息错位。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节题定位第二段破折号后的三条要求："sleep before ten thirty, exercise for half an hour a day, and eat breakfast every morning"，与 D 项一一对应。 【干扰项排除】A 项"每天多学一小时"属无中生有；B 项"每周末跑比赛"把"每天半小时运动"偷换为"周末比赛"，属信息错位；C 项"在学校不用手机"把"晚上把手机放在房间外"偷换为"在校禁用"，属数字／范围偷换。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理题定位第三段 "But his best friend joined him, and running together made the time pass much faster"，可见朋友加入让他坚持了下来，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"母亲没收手机"与 "He put his phone outside his room"（他自己放）矛盾；C 项"医生给他开了药"属无中生有；D 项"学校改了作息表"文中未提。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】由对比语境推断：前文说他过去总是疲惫，如今 seldom gets sick and feels much more ...，与 tired 相对的应是"精力充沛"，故选 B。 【干扰项排除】A 项"担忧紧张"、C 项"虚弱困倦"、D 项"安静害羞"都与"变健康、状态改善"的语境不符，其中 C 项与前文 tired 同义，不能构成转变。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 01 社区养老与老年友好社区（解析版） Passage 1 A Warm Meal at the Community Canteen 一、主旨概括 本文以一位独居老人的一天为线索，介绍社区食堂开办后给她生活带来的改变。文章既写饭菜便宜、清淡、适合老年人，也写老人在食堂里结交朋友、获得陪伴，从而说明老年友好社区建设的核心是"让老人被看见、被关心"。 二、重点词句 canteen n. 食堂 — 搭配：the community canteen / school canteen；例句：The community canteen opens at six in the morning. neighbourhood n. 街区，社区 — 例句：She lives in an old neighbourhood in a city in Jiangsu. light adj. （食物）清淡的，不油腻的 — 例句：The food is soft, light and cheap. volunteer n. 志愿者 — 搭配：work as a volunteer；例句：Volunteers in red jackets help carry meals. care v. 关心，在意 — 搭配：care about / care for；例句：It makes me feel that someone cares. health check n. 体检 — 例句：The notice board has information about free health checks. throw away phr. 扔掉 — 例句：I used to eat a little and throw away the rest. What ... most is not ... but ... 句式 — 意为"最……的不是……而是……"，用来强调后者。 长难句：What Mrs Chen likes most, however, is not the food but the people. — 主语由 what 引导的主语从句充当，谓语为 is，后接 "not ... but ..." 并列结构表示"不是……而是……"。 长难句：Things changed last spring when a community canteen opened just five minutes from her home. — when 引导时间状语从句，说明主句动作发生的时间背景。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】主旨大意题需抓贯穿全文的主线与反复出现的信息。全文围绕社区食堂（community canteen）展开：先写它解决了老人做饭难、买菜难的问题，再写价格、口味，最后用老人的话点明"这里不只是吃饭的地方"。B 项"A Community Canteen Warms Old People's Life"既点出说明对象，又概括了情感价值，与末段 "It makes me feel that someone cares" 呼应。 【干扰项排除】A 项只概括首段做饭难的困境，是开篇引子，以偏概全；C 项"如何做出清淡便宜的饭菜"属无中生有，文章并未讲烹饪方法；D 项"穿红马甲的志愿者"仅在末段一笔带过，是细节而非中心。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节理解题用题干关键词 a meal with rice, vegetables and meat 定位至第二段原句 "a meal with rice, vegetables and meat costs about twelve"，直接对应 D 项 About twelve yuan。 【干扰项排除】A 项 six yuan 指的是 a bowl of noodles（一碗面），属于信息错位；B 项 ten yuan 在文中无依据，属于无中生有；C 项 eighteen yuan 文中未出现，属于数字偷换。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理判断题要依据人物语言推断言外之意。原文说 "It is not just a place to eat ... It makes me feel that someone cares"，"不只是吃饭的地方"说明食堂除供餐外还给了她情感上的温暖，故 A 项正确。 【干扰项排除】B 项与原文相反，她感受到的是被关心，属于曲解文意；C 项"想为志愿者做饭"文中毫无依据，无中生有；D 项"饭菜太贵"与第二段反复强调的 cheap、pay even less 矛盾。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题要结合并列与下文线索。原句 "The food is soft, light and cheap" 中 light 与 soft 并列修饰 food，且后文说 "Every dish is cooked with less salt and oil"，可推知 light 指"清淡、不油腻"，故选 C。 【干扰项排除】A 项"颜色鲜亮"、B 项"便于携带"、D 项"做得很快"均无法与后文"少盐少油"的语境衔接，属于脱离上下文的望文生义。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 Small Changes, A Safer Home 一、主旨概括 本文以说明介绍的方式，讲许多老小区实施"适老化改造"项目：加装扶手、更换防滑地板、安装夜灯、增设电梯等。文章通过一位老人的亲身感受说明，这些看似微小的改动能让老人继续独立、安全地生活在自己熟悉的家中。 二、重点词句 improvement n. 改善，改进 — 搭配：home improvement 居家改造；例句：They started a programme called home improvement for the elderly. steep adj. 陡的 — 例句：The stairs are steep. handrail n. 扶手 — 例句：A handrail may be fixed along the wall of the toilet. non-slip adj. 防滑的 — 搭配：non-slip floor 防滑地板。 independence n. 独立，自主 — 例句：We are giving people back their independence. in a single year phr. 在一年之内 — 例句：More than two hundred flats were improved in a single year. mean a great deal phr. 意义重大 — 例句：These changes may look small, but they mean a great deal. 长难句：Lights may be put beside the bed so that getting up at night is safer. — so that 引导目的状语从句；主句 Lights may be put 为含情态动词的被动语态。 长难句：For a young person these are only small problems. For someone over seventy, however, they can make every day difficult and even dangerous. — 两句构成对比，"make + 宾语 + 形容词"作宾语补足语。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】文章结构为"提出问题—介绍措施—举例效果—总结意义"，第二段首句 "To make such homes safer, many neighbourhoods have started a programme" 是主旨句，C 项完整概括了措施与目的。 【干扰项排除】A 项"如何加装电梯"只是措施中的一种，以偏概全；B 项"老人应搬去新房子"与末段"让老人留在自己家中"相反，曲解文意；D 项"中国老建筑的历史"属无中生有。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节题用 bathroom / toilet 定位到第二段 "A handrail may be fixed along the wall of the toilet"，与 A 项完全一致。 【干扰项排除】B 项电视、C 项大窗户、D 项洗衣机在文中均未出现，属于无中生有；同时 B、C、D 也不属于适老化改造的安全类项目。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】推理题依据人物对比性话语。刘爷爷说 "I used to be afraid of taking a bath ... Now I can do it by myself"，由"过去害怕"到"现在能自己完成"，说明改造让他生活更方便、更安全，故选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项与 "by myself" 直接矛盾；B 项与第三段 "families pay a small part" 矛盾，属数字／程度偷换；C 项"想搬新家"与末段 "live in the homes they love" 相反。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】由并列线索推断：steep 与 no lifts、bathrooms are small and wet 共同描述老楼的不便，且 stairs（楼梯）与之搭配，只能是"陡峭的"，即 rising or falling sharply。 【干扰项排除】A 项"又宽又干净"与"老楼危险"的语境相反；C 项"昏暗安静"、D 项"木制的"都无法解释老人上下楼困难，属无依据猜测。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Day-care Centres Bring Care Closer 一、主旨概括 本文从"十年变化"的角度介绍老年人日间照料中心：先写数量从无到有、从少到多，再写中心提供的服务内容，最后借工作人员的话点明其真正价值在于让老人有人陪伴、让子女安心工作，体现社区养老服务体系的完善。 二、重点词句 day-care centre n. 日间照料中心 — 例句：Almost every large neighbourhood has one. remind v. 提醒，使想起 — 搭配：remind sb. to do sth.；例句：A nurse reminds people to take their medicine. blood pressure n. 血压 — 搭配：take one's blood pressure 量血压。 overnight adv. 一夜之间 — 例句：The change did not happen overnight. grow by phr. 增长了（后接幅度）— 例句：The number has grown by about one fifth in ten years. peace of mind n. 安心，平静 — 例句：That peace of mind may be the biggest change of all. step by step phr. 逐步地 — 例句：It came step by step. 长难句：Some centres have a nurse who takes blood pressure and reminds people to take their medicine. — who 引导定语从句修饰 a nurse；从句中含 remind sb. to do sth. 结构。 长难句：The town also plans to add two more centres in the coming two years so that nobody needs to walk for more than fifteen minutes. — so that 引导目的状语从句，说明增设中心的目的。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】全文三段围绕日间照料中心展开：第一段讲数量增长，第二段讲服务内容，第三、四段用数据和工作人员的话说明其价值。D 项 "the growth and value of day-care centres" 两个部分都覆盖到了。 【干扰项排除】A 项"在家量血压"只是服务细节，以偏概全；B 项"年轻人为什么离乡"文中未讨论，无中生有；C 项"去健身房的最佳时间"偏离主题，属于信息错位。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题定位第二段：reading rooms、a small gym、a room for a short rest at noon、health checks，对应 B 项 read, exercise and have a short rest at noon。 【干扰项排除】A 项"当护士为他人服务"曲解了"中心配备护士"的意思，属信息错位；C 项与 "open from morning to afternoon ... go home before dinner" 矛盾；D 项"为家人做晚饭"与原文回家吃晚饭相反。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】第三段数据表明：六十岁以上人口十年增长约五分之一，而日间照料床位增长数倍，且还要再建两个中心，说明需求随老龄化上升，故选 C。 【干扰项排除】A 项与 "has grown by about one fifth" 相反；B 项与"数量增长数倍、还要再建"矛盾，属曲解文意；D 项把 "On weekdays" 偷换为 "only at weekends"，属信息错位。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】由搭配和常识推断："reminds people to take their medicine" 意为护士"提醒"老人按时服药，即帮助别人记住做某事，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"阻止某人做某事"、C 项"付钱请人做事"、D 项"教某人做某事"代入原句后语义不通，且与护士的工作内容不符。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 A Saturday Morning with Grandparents 一、主旨概括 本文以一次活动的现场为切入点，记录中学生走进社区陪伴独居老人的志愿服务：打扫卫生、耐心倾听、教老人做椅子操、留下联系电话、教视频通话。文章通过学生日记中的一句话点题——付出者在陪伴中收获更多。 二、重点词句 resident n. 居民 — 例句：A neighbourhood with many old residents. in pairs phr. 两人一组，成对地 — 例句：The students worked in pairs. sweep v. 打扫，清扫 — 搭配：sweep the floor 扫地。 in a hurry phr. 匆忙 — 例句：Young people are always in a hurry. divide ... into ... phr. 把……分成…… — 例句：Their teacher divided them into fifteen pairs. spend an hour with sb. phr. 陪伴某人一小时 — 例句：Visit the elderly and spend an hour with them. receive v. 收到，得到 — 例句：I think I received more than I gave. 长难句：They taught a few simple exercises that old people can do while sitting on a chair. — that 引导定语从句修饰 exercises；while sitting 为"连词 + 现在分词"的省略结构，相当于 while they are sitting。 长难句：They wrote down the phone numbers of the community worker on a large card and put it near the door. — and 连接的并列句，两个谓语 wrote down 与 put 共用主语 They。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】全文按时间顺序记录一次周六上午的敬老志愿服务，从集合、分组服务到赠送绿植、返程感悟，A 项 "A Morning of Caring for the Elderly" 完整概括了事件与主题。 【干扰项排除】B 项"在家种绿植"只是告别时的小礼物，以偏概全；C 项"Sunny Garden 的新学校"属无中生有；D 项"为邻居擦窗"只是服务内容之一，同样以偏概全。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题需整合二、三段信息："clean the windows and sweep the floor""sat down and listened""taught a few simple exercises"，三项合起来即 C 项。 【干扰项排除】A 项"赠送新手机"无中生有，学生只是教老人打视频电话；B 项"送老人去日间照料中心"文中未提，信息错位；D 项"在社区食堂做午饭"混淆了本篇与其他场景，属无中生有。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理题要理解 "I received more than I gave" 的反常表述：本意是去"给予"，却感到"得到更多"，说明她在陪伴老人、听老人讲故事的过程中也获得了感动与人生体悟，故选 B。 【干扰项排除】A 项"没完成任务"与她认真倾听矛盾；C 项"想要更多礼物"把抽象收获曲解为物质，曲解文意；D 项"觉得时间太长"与全文温暖基调相反。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】由构词和语境推断：resident 来自动词 reside（居住），且原文说 "a neighbourhood with many old residents"，社区里有很多年老的……，显然指"居民"，即 people who live in a place。 【干扰项排除】A 项 visitors（来访者）与社区常住的语境不符；B 项 workers 范围过窄；C 项 buildings 指物不指人，与 old 搭配不当。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Grandma's First Video Call 一、主旨概括 本文用一位老人学用智能手机的对比故事，介绍社区开设的"智慧助老"免费课堂。文章先写老人最初的抗拒与无助，再写志愿者耐心、重复、图文并茂的教学方式，最后升华到：科技的意义在于人人可用，友好的社区不会把年长者落下。 二、重点词句 smartphone n. 智能手机 — 例句：When Grandma Xu got her first smartphone, she was not pleased. step by step phr. 一步一步地 — 例句：Volunteers teach a small group step by step. miracle n. 奇迹 — 例句：She said the moment felt like a small miracle. voice message n. 语音留言 — 搭配：send a voice message。 leave sb. behind phr. 把某人落下，抛下 — 例句：A friendly community does not leave its oldest members behind. count v. 数，清点 — 例句：She still counts her coins carefully first. easy enough for 结构 — 意为"对……来说足够简单"，enough 修饰形容词时置于其后。 长难句：When Grandma Xu got her first smartphone, she was not pleased. — when 引导时间状语从句，主句用一般过去时 was not pleased 描述心理状态。 长难句：Last month she made her first video call to her grandson, who studies in another city. — who 引导非限制性定语从句，补充说明 her grandson。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】文章主线是"社区开设智慧助老课堂—老人由抗拒到学会—生活发生改变"，第二段首句 "Things changed when the community centre started a free class" 是转折兼主旨句，B 项准确概括。 【干扰项排除】A 项"智能手机对所有人都难用"语气绝对化，且与后文老人学会使用矛盾；C 项"想买新手机"属无中生有；D 项"志愿者课堂上不该用手机"曲解文意，课堂正是教老人用手机。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节题用 Smart Help for the Elderly 定位第二段 "Every Wednesday morning"，每周三上午一次，即 Once a week。 【干扰项排除】B 项"每月两次"、C 项"每天"均属数字偷换；D 项"每年六次"把"奶奶去上了六次课"偷换为课程频率，属信息错位。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】推理题要综合人物前后变化：从"手机在抽屉里放了两周"到"会打视频电话、会语音留言、会手机支付"，说明在耐心帮助下老人完全可以掌握新技能，故选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项"老人不该用智能手机"与文章立场完全相反；B 项"视频电话太贵"属无中生有；C 项"数硬币比手机支付好"曲解了原文"她仍然先仔细数硬币"这一生活习惯描写。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】由语境推断：奶奶第一次和远方孙子视频通话，"那一刻感觉像一个小……"，结合她此前的抗拒与如今的惊喜，此处应是"奇迹般美好而令人惊喜的事"，故选 C。 【干扰项排除】A 项"难题"、B 项"小错误"与喜悦的情感色彩相反；D 项"日常习惯"与"第一次"矛盾，属曲解文意。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 19 未成年人保护与网络安全（解析版） Passage 1 One Hour Is Enough 一、主旨概括 本文讲述初二学生李昊因沉迷网络游戏而影响学习与休息，在母亲的引导下与家人共同制定"每日一小时"的游戏规则，最终找回健康的作息与兴趣。文章旨在说明：合理的规则不是限制，而是对未成年人的一种保护，学会自我管理才能安全、健康地享受网络生活。 二、重点词句 teenager n. 青少年 — 例句：Like many teenagers, he enjoys playing online games. take up phr. 占据（时间、空间） — 例句：Games took up almost all of his free time. instead of phr. 代替；而不是 — 搭配：instead of doing sth. 例句：Instead of shouting at him, she talked with him. password n. 密码 — 搭配：keep one's password safe / share a password with sb. reminder n. 提醒物；提示 — 例句：He put a time reminder on the family computer. promise n./v. 承诺，诺言 — 搭配：make/keep/break a promise；例句：He remembered his promise. control v. 控制 — 例句：Games are part of life, but they should not control it. protect v. 保护 — 搭配：protect sb. from sth.；例句：The rule protects me. 长难句：Every time he wanted to play more, he looked at those words and remembered his promise. — every time 引导时间状语从句，主句由 and 连接两个并列谓语 looked at 与 remembered。 长难句：Li Hao could play games for one hour a day, and only after he finished his homework. — and 连接并列句，后一分句含 after 引导的时间状语从句，且 only after 置于句首起强调作用。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】主旨大意题需抓主线。全文按"沉迷游戏—共同制定规则—执行中的困难—改变与感悟"展开，核心人物是李昊，核心事件是他学会控制游戏时间，故 B 项"一个男孩如何学会控制游戏时间"概括最完整。 【干扰项排除】A 项"游戏是如何制作的"全文未提及，属无中生有；C 项"学生为何在校应停用手机"把范围扩大到手机与学校，而文章讲的是家庭中的游戏时间管理，属以偏概全；D 项"一位从不玩游戏的母亲"在文中找不到依据，属信息错位。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节题定位第二段 "Li Hao could play games for one hour a day, and only after he finished his homework."，每天时长为一小时，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"两小时"数字偷换；C 项"三小时"是规则制定前的情况，属时间错位；D 项"只在周末玩"文中未提，属无中生有。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】第四段写他把手机放到另一个房间，用阅读、打篮球来填补空闲时间，由此可推断他找到了其他消磨空闲时间的方式，故选 C。 【干扰项排除】A 项与原文 "His eyes felt less tired" 相反，属曲解文意；B 项与"每天一小时"的规则矛盾，属信息错位；D 项"母亲不让他打篮球"与原文他常和朋友打篮球相反，属无中生有。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】猜词题看上下文。第三段说父亲在电脑上装了 a time reminder，时间一到屏幕就停，可见它是"提示、提醒的东西"，故选 D。可借助熟词 remind（提醒）加后缀 -er 推断。 【干扰项排除】A 项"让游戏运行更快的机器"、B 项"好成绩的礼物"、C 项"记作业的笔记本"均与"时间到了就停止"这一语境无关，属脱离上下文的主观臆测。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 A Pact for Safer Screens 一、主旨概括 本文介绍了某中学各班师生共同制定"网络安全公约"的做法：约定不沉迷游戏、保护个人信息，并明确遇到不良信息时保存证据、向家长老师求助。文章旨在说明，用学生参与制定的规则引导上网行为，比单纯禁止更有效，规则的目的是保护而非为难。 二、重点词句 pact n. 公约，约定 — 搭配：make a pact / an online safety pact vote v. 投票，表决 — 搭配：vote for/against sth.；例句：Students discussed it in groups and voted for the ideas they liked best. personal information n. 个人信息 — 搭配：keep personal information safe address n. 地址 — 搭配：home address / email address unkind adj. 不友善的 — 例句：If a student receives an unkind message, he should not answer it alone. report v. 报告，举报 — 搭配：report sth. to sb. / report a problem in public phr. 公开地，当众 — 例句：a problem they do not want to speak about in public protect v. 保护 — 例句：They are there to protect us while we enjoy the internet. 长难句：They also promise to think carefully before they share anything online, because what goes online may stay there for years. — 主句含 promise to do 结构，before 引导时间状语从句，because 引导原因状语从句，其中 what goes online 是由 what 引导的主语从句。 长难句：There is also a small box near the library where students can drop a note when they have a problem they do not want to speak about in public. — where 引导定语从句修饰 box，从句中又含 when 引导的时间状语从句和省略关系词的定语从句 they do not want to speak about。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】全文围绕学校推行"网络安全公约"展开：公约内容、配套措施、三个月后的变化，落脚点是帮助学生安全上网，故 B 项正确。 【干扰项排除】A 项"学生为何在校应停用手机"只涉及手机保管这一处细节，属以偏概全；C 项"如何制作校园广播节目"是配套措施中的一句话，非主线；D 项"教师暑假做什么"全文未涉及，属无中生有。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题定位第三段 "The student should save the message, tell a parent or a teacher, and ask for help."，与 C 项完全一致。 【干扰项排除】A 项"迅速强硬地回复"与原文 "should not answer it alone" 相反；B 项"删除并不告诉别人"与"保存信息"相反，属曲解文意；D 项"转发给更多同学"文中未提，属无中生有。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】末段写学生更多地讨论网络内容、求助更快，并引用学生"规则是保护我们"的评价，可推断公约正在帮助学生养成更安全的上网习惯，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"对学生的生活毫无影响"与 "the change is real" 直接矛盾；C 项"太难记住"与首段 "simple but clear" 相反；D 项"下学期将停止"文中无任何依据，属无中生有。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】猜词题看语境。第一段说学生分组讨论后 voted for 自己最喜欢的点子，可见是通过举手或书写的方式"选择、表决"，故选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项"付钱购买"、B 项"大声讨论"（讨论发生在 voted 之前，且 discuss 不等于 vote）、C 项"认真记下"均不符合"选出最佳方案"的语境，属曲解文意。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Tuesday Afternoon in Class Three 一、主旨概括 本文以现场报道的方式记录了一堂网络安全主题班会：老师用案例导入，学生讨论应对办法，再通过角色扮演巩固，最后把家长、老师与报警电话带回家。文章旨在说明网络安全教育要落在具体情境中，让学生记住"不回复、不透露、不独见网友，遇事及时求助"。 二、重点词句 head teacher n. 班主任 — 例句：Miss Chen, their head teacher, started with a short story. stranger n. 陌生人 — 搭配：a message from a stranger / never meet an online stranger reply v. 回复 — 搭配：reply to sb./sth.；例句："Don't reply," said Lin Yue. proof n. 证据，证明 — 搭配：save the message as proof role-play n./v. 角色扮演 — 搭配：do/act out a role-play right n. 权利 — 搭配：protect one's rights；例句：It is protecting your own rights. report v. 举报，报告 — 例句：If something bad happens, I should report it and ask for help. turn to phr. 向……求助 — 例句：Who do you turn to? 长难句：A student in another class got a message from a stranger who said, "I know your school. Let's meet." — who 引导定语从句修饰 stranger，从句中直接引语由两个祈使句构成。 长难句：Everyone got a small card to take home, with three numbers on it: a parent's number, the teacher's number and the number of the local police. — 不定式 to take home 作后置定语修饰 card，with 复合结构补充说明卡片内容，冒号后为三个并列的同位语。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】文章从班会准备、老师讲述、学生讨论、角色扮演到会后日记，始终围绕"如何安全上网"这一次班会，故 B 项概括准确。 【干扰项排除】A 项"一篇关于电脑游戏的日记"只是末段的感受记录，属以偏概全；C 项"如何编写并表演角色扮演"把课堂活动误作主题，属主次颠倒；D 项"两个好友之间的一次长谈"仅对应角色扮演情节，属信息错位。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题定位第三段 "Miss Chen wrote all the answers on the blackboard and added two more: save the message as proof, and never meet an online stranger alone."，与 C 项一致。 【干扰项排除】A 项"每天少玩游戏"文中未提；B 项"为安全买新手机"无中生有；D 项"马上转学"与文意无关，属绝对化且无依据。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】从学生"立刻举手"、热烈讨论、会后在日记中写下收获，以及"笑声充满教室，但道理留在心里"可以推断，学生们认真对待这次班会并有所收获，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"认为是浪费时间"与积极参与的表现相反，属曲解文意；C 项"陈老师以后不再开这类班会"文中无依据；D 项"决定停止使用互联网"语气绝对化，且文中无此表述。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】猜词题看搭配。老师说要把信息"save the message as proof"保存下来，保存信息显然是为了证明确实发生过什么，故 proof 意为"证据"，选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项"送给朋友的礼物"、B 项"信息里的玩笑"、C 项"一个新的电话号码"都不能与"保存信息以便日后说明情况"构成合理目的，属脱离语境的臆测。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Two Different Answers 一、主旨概括 本文用对比手法写了两名初中生遭遇网络恶评时的不同做法：陈宇气愤回击并透露个人信息，结果受到更多骚扰；方磊保持冷静、保存证据、向母亲求助并举报，问题很快解决。文章借此说明网络并非法外之地，遭遇侵害时应冷静留证、及时求助，求助是勇敢而非软弱。 二、重点词句 similar adj. 相似的 — 搭配：be similar to；例句：Fang Lei received a similar message. stay calm phr. 保持冷静 — 例句：stay calm, do not reply in anger delete v. 删除 — 例句：He did not delete anything. report v. 举报，报告 — 搭配：report the account / report a problem block v. 屏蔽，拦截 — 例句：He sent a report to the website and blocked the account. in anger phr. 气愤地 — 例句：do not fight back in anger brave adj. 勇敢的 — 例句：Asking for help is a smart and brave act. carry v. 承担，背负 — 例句：He did not have to carry the worry alone. 长难句：He did not delete anything, because the messages could be useful later. — because 引导原因状语从句，说明保留信息的原因，主句为否定陈述。 长难句：He told his best friend about it, so he did not have to carry the worry alone. — so 连接并列句，表示结果；后一分句含 "not have to do" 结构，意为"不必做某事"。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】文章采用"总—分—总"结构：首段点明两人应对方式不同，中间两段分别叙述，末段由老师总结道理，主线是两种不同应对方式的对比，故选 B。 【干扰项排除】A 项"绘画为何受欢迎"只是事件的载体，属以偏概全；C 项"如何在网上交更多朋友"与文意相反；D 项"陈宇为何在家停止上网"只涉及其中一人，属以偏概全。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题定位第三段 "He took a picture of the screen, showed it to his mother, and then reported the account with her help."，即保留证据并交给母亲看，故选 C。 【干扰项排除】A 项"回复长篇愤怒留言"是陈宇的做法，属张冠李戴；B 项"立即删除"与 "did not delete anything" 相反；D 项"第二天早上告诉老师"文中未提，属信息错位。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】陈宇怒而回击并透露学校和班级信息，结果第二天收到更多不良留言，由此可推断愤怒回击可能让情况更糟，故选 A。 【干扰项排除】B 项"透露个人信息能保证安全"与事实相反，属曲解文意；C 项"绘画不是学生的好爱好"文中无依据；D 项"老师应替学生回复留言"无中生有。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】猜词题看因果。第四段说他举报了账号并 blocked 了该账号，"几天后留言就停止了"，说明 blocked 是"阻止对方继续发信息、屏蔽"之意，故选 D。 【干扰项排除】A 项"使某物更大更清晰"、B 项"把留言再写一遍"、C 项"向网站付钱"均无法推出"留言停止"这一结果，属脱离语境的臆测。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 What Our Survey Showed 一、主旨概括 本文以一次校园小调查为线索，呈现学生上网时长、透露个人信息、遭遇不良信息和求助意愿四组数据，并介绍了学校随后开展的一周主题活动及两周后的积极变化。文章旨在说明：了解数据是第一步，真正的改变来自让学生知道自己拥有受保护的权利，并知道向谁求助。 二、重点词句 survey n./v. 调查 — 搭配：do/make a survey；例句：They asked 200 classmates four questions. percent n. 百分之一 — 搭配：60 percent of the students frightening adj. 令人害怕的 — 例句：unkind or frightening messages expect v. 预料，期待 — 例句：These numbers were higher than the students had expected. poster n. 海报 — 搭配：a poster show serious adj. 严重的 — 例句：when it is serious right n. 权利 — 搭配：know one's rights；例句：Knowing your rights is the first step. in doubt phr. 有疑问，拿不定主意 — 例句：when in doubt, ask for help 长难句：When students met something worrying online, only about 40 percent said they would tell a parent or a teacher at once. — when 引导时间状语从句；主句中 said 后接省略 that 的宾语从句，从句用过去将来时 would tell 表示过去视角下的将来。 长难句：The number of students who said they would ask an adult for help rose from 40 percent to about 65 percent. — who 引导定语从句修饰 students，从句内又嵌套省略 that 的宾语从句；主句谓语 rose 与 from...to... 搭配表示变化幅度。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】全文按"调查—发现问题—开展活动—再次调查发生变化"推进，重点在于这次调查推动了学生上网习惯的改变，故 A 项最完整。 【干扰项排除】B 项"如何在中学做调查"把手段当主题，属主次颠倒；C 项"学生为何花太多时间玩游戏"只对应第一组数据，属以偏概全；D 项"一次海报展"是活动中的一项，属以偏概全。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题定位第二段 "Nearly one in three said they had given their real name, their school or their photo to someone they had never met."，"近三分之一"约等于 30%，故选 B。 【干扰项排除】A 项约 10% 是"收到不良或恐吓留言"的比例，属数字偷换；C 项约 40% 是"会立刻告诉家长或老师"的比例，属数字偷换；D 项约 60% 是"每天上网超过两小时"的比例，同样属数字偷换。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】第三段说明超过一半的学生选择"闷在心里"或"只问朋友"，原因是害怕被看成惹麻烦的孩子，正与 C 项"担心被视作麻烦制造者而把烦恼藏在心里"吻合。 【干扰项排除】A 项"许多学生善于独自解决网络问题"与原文担忧的语气相反，属曲解文意；B 项"家长从不关心孩子的网络生活"语气绝对化且文中无依据；D 项"老师很少回答学生问题"属无中生有。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】猜词题看数据变化：末段说这一比例从 40% rose to 65%，由小变大，故 rose 意为"上升、增长"，选 D。rose 是 rise 的过去式。 【干扰项排除】A 项"迅速下降"方向相反，属曲解文意；B 项"保持不变"与 40% 到 65% 的变化矛盾；C 项"慢慢消失"不符合"比例变化"的语境，属无中生有。 语篇价值提示：本组五篇从自我管理、校规公约、班会体验、同伴对比、数据变化五个角度切入，共同指向"保护个人信息、理性上网、遇事及时求助"这一核心，可作为"网络安全与自我保护"主题写作的素材积累。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 20 法治宣传进校园与防范诈骗（原文版） Passage 1 The Visitor in a Blue Uniform Every Monday morning, a man in a blue uniform walks into No. 4 Middle School. He is not a teacher, and he is not a student's parent. He is Mr. Zhao, the school's law vice-principal. He works at the local police station, and once a week he comes to the school to give short talks about law and rules. Last Monday, his talk was about honesty. He did not read from a book. He told three short stories about people who did the right thing: a shopkeeper who returned too much change, a driver who waited for the police after a small accident, and a student who handed in a phone he found in the playground. After each story, he asked the students one question: "Was that easy to do?" Then he spoke about cheating. "Some people think cheating online is clever," he said. "But a lie is still a lie, and a cheat is still a cheat. Rules and laws are not walls to keep you out. They are lines that keep everyone safe." He told the students to be careful with messages from strangers and never to send money or personal information to someone they do not know. Mr. Zhao also left a small card on each desk. On one side were three sentences: Follow the rules. Tell the truth. Ask for help in time. On the other side were two numbers: the school office and the local police station. "Please put this card in your schoolbag," he said. "You may need it one day." The talk lasted only twenty minutes, but the students listened quietly. Wang Yiming, a Grade 8 student, said later, "I used to think law was something far away. Now I think it is about everyday choices." His classmate Lin Yue added, "If something strange happens, I will tell my parents or call the police." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A busy police station in a small city. B. A law vice-principal's talk that brought law close to students. C. How to become a police officer in China. D. A lost phone found in the playground. 2. （细节理解）What was on one side of the card Mr. Zhao left on each desk? A. Three sentences about rules, truth and asking for help. B. A map of the city and its streets. C. The names of all the students in the class. D. A list of school subjects and timetables. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the last paragraph? A. The students found the talk boring and useless. B. Mr. Zhao will stop visiting the school very soon. C. The talk helped students see law as part of daily life. D. Students are now afraid of the police and teachers. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "cheating" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. Working hard at school every day. B. Helping a stranger who needs help. C. Following every rule very carefully. D. Acting dishonestly to get what you want. —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The Law Corner in the Library There is a new corner in the library of No. 4 Middle School. It is small, with two shelves, one table and four chairs, but it is always busy during the lunch break. On the shelves are picture books about law, cards with short stories, and a box of question slips. The school calls it the Law Corner. The idea came from the school's law education month last autumn. Teachers found that many students thought law was only about police and courts. They wanted to show students that law is also about daily life: buying a pencil, lending a book, riding a bike in the street, or posting a photo online. Every month, the corner has a new theme. March is about honesty, and April is about protecting personal information. The most popular part is the question box. Students write a problem on a slip of paper and drop it into the box. Once a week, Mr. Zhao, the law vice-principal, comes to read the questions and answer some of them. His answers are never long. He usually says three things: find out the rule, think about the right thing to do, and ask an adult or the police for help when needed. "I asked what I should do if a stranger online asked for my home address," said Wang Xiaotong, a Grade 8 student. "The answer was simple: do not answer, do not give any information, and tell my parents at once." She says she now thinks twice before she shares anything online. Teachers say the corner has changed the way students talk. Instead of saying "That's none of my business", more students now say "Let's find the right way to do it". As Miss Li puts it, "When children learn to follow rules and solve problems by law, they are learning to protect themselves and others." Questions 1. （主旨大意）The passage is mainly about ______. A. a new library building in a middle school B. how a school corner brings law into students' daily life C. how to borrow books from a school library D. a police officer's busy working week 2. （细节理解）What does Mr. Zhao usually tell students to do? A. Read as many law books as they can. B. Stay away from the local police station. C. Find the rule, do the right thing and ask for help when needed. D. Write a long answer to every question in the box. 3. （推理判断）We can infer from the last paragraph that ______. A. students care much less about rules than before B. the Law Corner will be closed by the school next month C. teachers are unhappy with the corner and its questions D. the corner has made students more willing to solve problems in a lawful way 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "slips" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. Small pieces of paper. B. Long letters to parents. C. Pictures on the classroom wall. D. Mistakes in one's homework. —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 A Day in the Mock Court On a Friday afternoon, the hall of No. 4 Middle School looked different. A long table stood at the front, and three chairs were placed behind it. On the wall hung a red banner with four words: Follow the law, keep honest. More than 300 students came to watch the school's first mock court. Some of them sat on the floor at the back because there were not enough chairs. The story in the mock court was simple. A student borrowed another student's bicycle and broke it. He did not tell the owner and said nothing for a week. In the hall, students played every role: the two sides, their helpers, and the judge. They spoke one at a time, told what happened, and answered questions. Nobody shouted. Everybody waited for their turn. At first, some students laughed. But as the "trial" went on, the hall grew quiet. The most moving moment came when the student who broke the bike stood up and said, "I was afraid and I did not tell the truth. I am sorry." The judge then asked both sides what they wanted. The bike's owner said he only wanted an honest answer and some help with the repair. After the mock court, Mr. Zhao stood up and spoke for five minutes. He said that courts are not only places for big cases. They are places where people find fair answers. "When you break a rule, do not run from it," he said. "Face it, tell the truth, and try to put it right. That is what an honest person does." Many students wrote about the day in their diaries. Lin Yue wrote: "I learned that following rules is not only about being afraid of punishment. It is about being honest and respecting others." Teachers say more mock courts will be held next term, and each class will take part in one. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A bicycle accident on a school playground. B. A school mock court that taught students about honesty and law. C. How to become a judge in a real court. D. A diary written by a hard-working teacher. 2. （细节理解）What did the owner of the bicycle say he wanted? A. A new bicycle from the school. B. Money from the judge in the court. C. An honest answer and help with the repair. D. Nothing at all from his classmate. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from Paragraph 3? A. The students took the activity more seriously as it went on. B. The students thought the activity was a joke from start to end. C. Nobody in the hall understood the story. D. The judge was angry with both sides of the case. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "fair" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. Quick and easy to get. B. Cold and strict with people. C. Old and famous in history. D. Right and equal for everyone. —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Two Phone Calls Xu Wen and Gao Tian are in the same class at No. 4 Middle School. Both of them are thirteen years old, and both like playing basketball after school. In the same week, each of them received a call from a stranger. Their answers were very different, and so were the results. Xu Wen's call came on Wednesday evening. A voice on the phone said he had won a prize and asked for his name, his address and his mother's phone number. Xu Wen was excited and answered every question. When the voice said "Do not tell your parents", he still kept it a secret. The next day, his mother received several strange calls. Xu Wen felt sorry and afraid. Gao Tian's call came on Saturday. The stranger also spoke about a prize and asked for personal information. Gao Tian remembered a line from a law talk at school: "A real prize never asks for your personal information first." He stayed calm. He did not answer the questions, and he did not hang up in a hurry. After the call, he wrote down the number and told his father at once. Gao Tian's father praised him. Together they reported the number to the police and blocked it. Gao Tian also told his classmates about the call in a short talk on Monday. "I did nothing clever," he said. "I only remembered one rule: when a stranger asks for personal information or money, stop, think, and tell an adult." Their teacher, Miss Li, used the two stories at a class meeting. She did not name anyone. She only wrote three sentences on the blackboard: Be careful with strangers. Be honest with your parents. Report a problem to the police in time. "Rules sound boring until the day they protect you," she said. The three sentences stayed on the blackboard for a whole week. Questions 1. （主旨大意）The passage mainly tells us ______. A. how to win a prize over the phone B. how two students answered a stranger's call differently and what we can learn C. why students should never use a phone D. how the police catch bad people in a city 2. （细节理解）What did Gao Tian do after the call? A. He gave his address to the stranger at once. B. He kept the call a secret from his family. C. He wrote down the number and told his father. D. He called the stranger back many times. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the passage? A. Keeping secrets from parents can put a family at risk. B. Xu Wen lost his prize because he answered too slowly. C. The police never answer phone calls from students. D. Gao Tian's father was angry with him after the call. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "praised" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. Laughed at someone. B. Asked someone to leave. C. Answered someone quickly. D. Said someone did well. —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 From 45 Percent to 80 Percent At the start of this term, Grade 8 teachers at No. 4 Middle School asked their students one question: "If you had a problem with the law, what would you do?" Only about 45 percent of the students said they would ask a teacher, a parent or the police for help. Others chose answers like "keep it to myself" or "ask a friend online". The teachers were not surprised, but they were worried. They decided to spend one month on law education. Every class had a fifteen-minute talk each week. The talks were not about difficult words. They were about small, real questions: Is it right to copy someone's homework? What should you do if a shop assistant gives you too much change? Who can you call when a stranger follows you? The students also made a class rule book together. They wrote the rules in their own words, so the rules were easy to remember: tell the truth, follow the school rules, do not cheat, do not share personal information with strangers, and report anything worrying to an adult. Each class put its rule book on the wall next to the blackboard. By the end of the month, something had changed. Two students returned a wallet they found in the playground. A boy told his teacher that someone had sent him unkind messages online instead of answering them in anger. Teachers received more questions from students than ever before, about thirty in one week, twice as many as in September. When the same question was asked again, about 80 percent of the students said they would turn to a teacher, a parent or the police. "The number is not the point," said Miss Li. "The point is that children now believe there is always a right way to solve a problem, and they know where to find it." Many students said the month was short but useful. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How a month of law education changed students' way of solving problems. B. How to write a class rule book in English. C. Why students copy homework from others. D. A wallet found on the school playground. 2. （细节理解）At the start of the term, about how many students said they would ask an adult or the police for help? A. About 30 percent. B. About 45 percent. C. About 60 percent. D. About 80 percent. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from Paragraph 4? A. Students cared less about school rules after the talks. B. Teachers stopped answering questions from their students. C. Students began to act on what they had learned. D. The rule books were taken down from the wall. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined phrase "turn to" in the last paragraph probably means "______". A. Walk past someone in the street. B. Write a letter to someone. C. Argue with someone angrily. D. Go to someone for help. —————————————————————————————————————————————— 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 19 未成年人保护与网络安全（原文版） Passage 1 One Hour Is Enough Li Hao is a Grade 8 student at No. 4 Middle School in a city in Hebei. Like many teenagers, he enjoys playing online games with his friends after school. Games are fun, and they help him relax after a long day of study. Last term, however, games took up almost all of his free time. He often played for three hours after dinner and went to bed very late. As a result, he felt sleepy in class and his grades began to fall. His mother was worried about him. Instead of shouting at him, she sat down and talked with him one evening. "Games are not bad," she said. "But you need a rule to protect yourself." Together they made a family rule. Li Hao could play games for one hour a day, and only after he finished his homework. He should not play games after nine o'clock at night. His mother also asked him to keep his game account safe and never tell his password to anyone online. His father helped too. He put a time reminder on the family computer, and the screen would stop when the hour was over. Li Hao also wrote the rule on a piece of paper and put it above his desk. Every time he wanted to play more, he looked at those words and remembered his promise. At first it was hard. Li Hao felt bored and sometimes wanted to play more. He put his phone in another room and spent time reading or playing basketball with his friends. Slowly, he found that one hour was enough. He slept better and did better in class. His eyes felt less tired, too. Now Li Hao understands something important. Games are part of life, but they should not control it. "The rule protects me," he says. "It helps me stay safe online and in real life." He even told his classmates about the rule at a class meeting, and some of them made the same rule with their parents. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How online games are made. B. How a boy learned to control his game time. C. Why students should stop using phones at school. D. A mother who never played games. 2. （细节理解）How long could Li Hao play games each day after the rule was made? A. One hour. B. Two hours. C. Three hours. D. Only at weekends. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer about Li Hao from Paragraph 4? A. His eyes became worse after the rule. B. He still plays games for three hours a day. C. He has found other ways to spend his free time. D. His mother stopped him from playing basketball. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "reminder" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. A machine that makes games run faster. B. A gift for getting good grades. C. A notebook for writing down homework. D. Something that helps people remember something. —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 A Pact for Safer Screens This term, No. 4 Middle School in a small city started something new. Every class made an "online safety pact", a short list of promises about how to use phones and the internet. Teachers did not write the list alone. Students discussed it in groups and voted for the ideas they liked best. The pact is simple but clear. Students promise not to play games during class or late at night. They promise to keep personal information safe: no real names, home addresses, school names or photos of family members in public posts. They also promise to think carefully before they share anything online, because what goes online may stay there for years. There is one more promise in the pact. If a student sees something unkind or receives a bad message, he or she should not answer it alone. The student should save the message, tell a parent or a teacher, and ask for help. "Reporting is not telling tales," says Miss Li, a teacher at the school. "It is asking an adult to help you stay safe." To make the pact work, the school did several things. Phones stay in a classroom box during lessons. Every Monday, a short talk about online safety is given on the school radio. There is also a small box near the library where students can drop a note when they have a problem they do not want to speak about in public. Parents are part of the plan too. Each family receives a copy of the pact, so parents know what their children have promised and can help at home. Three months later, teachers say the change is real. Students talk more about what they read online, and they ask for help more quickly. Miss Li says the best change is that students now remind one another. "Rules are not there to make life hard," says Wang Yiming, a Grade 8 student. "They are there to protect us while we enjoy the internet." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. Why students should stop using phones at school. B. How a school helps students use the internet safely. C. How to make a school radio programme. D. What teachers do during the summer holiday. 2. （细节理解）According to the pact, what should a student do after receiving an unkind message? A. Answer it quickly and strongly. B. Delete it and say nothing to others. C. Save it and tell a parent or a teacher. D. Send it to more classmates for advice. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer about the pact from the last paragraph? A. It is helping students form safer online habits. B. It has made no difference to students' life. C. It is too hard for students to remember. D. It will be stopped by the school next term. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "voted" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. Paid money for something. B. Talked about something loudly. C. Wrote something down carefully. D. Chose something by raising hands or writing. —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Tuesday Afternoon in Class Three It was a Tuesday afternoon in Class Three, Grade Eight. There were no textbooks on the desks. Instead, each student held a small card with three questions on it: What do you do online? What makes you feel unsafe? Who do you turn to? The class meeting about online safety was about to begin. Miss Chen, their head teacher, started with a short story. A student in another class got a message from a stranger who said, "I know your school. Let's meet." The student felt afraid and did not know what to do. Miss Chen said that such a message could make any student afraid, and that was why nobody should face it alone. Miss Chen asked the class to discuss what the right answer was. Hands went up at once. "Don't reply," said Lin Yue. "Don't give any personal information," said Zhao Kai. "Tell your parents at once," said another student. Miss Chen wrote all the answers on the blackboard and added two more: save the message as proof, and never meet an online stranger alone. "Being careful online is not being rude," she said. "It is protecting your own rights." Then the class did a role-play. Two students acted out a short talk between a friend who was worried and a friend who offered help. The others watched and gave points. Laughter filled the room, but the lesson stayed in their minds. Everyone got a small card to take home, with three numbers on it: a parent's number, the teacher's number and the number of the local police. After the meeting, Wang Xiaotong wrote in her diary: "I used to think online safety was only about games. Now I know it is about people, too. If something bad happens, I should report it and ask for help. I have the right to be safe." Several students said they would show the card to their parents that evening. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A student's diary about a computer game. B. A class meeting on how to stay safe online. C. How to write and act out a role-play. D. A long talk between two good friends. 2. （细节理解）What did Miss Chen add to the students' answers? A. Play fewer games every day. B. Buy a new phone for safety. C. Save the message and never meet a stranger alone. D. Change to another school at once. 3. （推理判断）From the passage, we can infer that ______. A. the students took the meeting seriously and learned from it B. the students thought the meeting was a waste of time C. Miss Chen will give no more meetings like this one D. the students decided to stop using the internet 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "proof" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. A gift given to a friend. B. A joke inside a message. C. A new telephone number. D. Something that shows what really happened. —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Two Different Answers Chen Yu and Fang Lei are both Grade 8 students. They sit in the same classroom and use the internet almost every day. But when something went wrong online, the two boys answered in very different ways. One evening, Chen Yu found some unkind words under his photo. Someone he did not know wrote that his drawing was "terrible" and told him to stop posting. Chen Yu felt angry. He typed back a long, angry message and sent his school name and class to the stranger. The next day, more unkind messages arrived. Chen Yu became quiet and stopped drawing for weeks. He did not tell his parents about it, because he believed he could deal with the problem himself. A month later, Fang Lei received a similar message. At first he wanted to answer at once. Then he remembered a talk given at his school: stay calm, do not reply in anger, and keep the message. His teacher had also said that a few quiet minutes can save a lot of trouble. He took a picture of the screen, showed it to his mother, and then reported the account with her help. He did not delete anything, because the messages could be useful later. Fang Lei also did one more thing. He told his best friend about it, so he did not have to carry the worry alone. With his mother's help, he sent a report to the website and blocked the account. Within days, the messages stopped. He kept drawing and even put a new picture online. Their teacher, Miss Li, often tells the class: "The internet is not a place without rules. When you are hurt online, do not fight back in anger. Save what happened, tell an adult, and report it. Asking for help is a smart and brave act, not a weak one." Her words are now on a poster at the back of the classroom. Questions 1. （主旨大意）The passage mainly tells us ______. A. why drawing is a popular hobby among teenagers B. how two students answered online hurt in different ways C. how to make more friends on the internet D. why Chen Yu stopped using the internet at home 2. （细节理解）What did Fang Lei do after he received the message? A. He replied with a long angry message. B. He deleted the message at once. C. He kept the message and showed it to his mother. D. He told his teacher about it the next morning. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from Chen Yu's experience? A. Replying in anger may make things worse. B. Sharing personal information keeps you safe. C. Drawing is not a good hobby for students. D. Teachers should answer messages for students. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "blocked" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. Made something bigger and clearer. B. Wrote a message a second time. C. Paid some money to a website. D. Stopped someone from sending you things. —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 What Our Survey Showed Last month, the students of Grade 8 at No. 4 Middle School did a small survey. They asked 200 classmates four questions: How much time do you spend online? Do you share personal information? Have you ever seen unkind messages? Who do you ask for help? The results surprised many of them. About 60 percent of the students spent more than two hours online every day. Nearly one in three said they had given their real name, their school or their photo to someone they had never met. One student in ten said they had received unkind or frightening messages online. These numbers were higher than the students had expected. The last question brought the biggest surprise. When students met something worrying online, only about 40 percent said they would tell a parent or a teacher at once. Over half of them said they would "keep it to myself" or "ask a friend", because they were afraid of being seen as a child who makes trouble. After reading the results, the grade held a week of activities. Older students shared their own stories in morning talks. A poster show explained how to keep personal information safe. Teachers also taught students how to save a message and how to report a problem to a website or to the police when it is serious. A short play about online safety was acted out at the morning meeting, too. Two weeks later, the same survey was given again. The number of students who said they would ask an adult for help rose from 40 percent to about 65 percent. Fewer students shared their school or home address online. "Knowing your rights is the first step," said Miss Li. "Using them is the second." The students agreed that the most useful rule is also the simplest: when in doubt, ask for help. Many of them said the week was short but useful. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A survey that helped students change their online habits. B. How to do a survey in a middle school. C. Why students spend too much time on games. D. A poster show at No. 4 Middle School. 2. （细节理解）According to the survey, about how many students had given personal information to a stranger? A. About 10 percent. B. About 30 percent. C. About 40 percent. D. About 60 percent. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from Paragraph 3? A. Many students are good at solving online problems alone. B. Parents never care about their children's online life. C. Some students keep worries to themselves because they fear being seen as troublesome. D. Teachers seldom answer questions from their students. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "rose" in Paragraph 5 probably means "______". A. Fell quickly. B. Stayed the same. C. Disappeared slowly. D. Went up. —————————————————————————————————————————————— 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 18 美丽乡村与乡村旅游（解析版） Passage 1 A Weekend at a Village Homestay 一、主旨概括 本文以城市初二学生陈宇的视角写他在山村民宿度过的一个周末：干净的村巷与分类垃圾桶、清晨下地劳作、夜晚看星星，都与他熟悉的城市生活形成对比。文章通过"本来以为乡村又脏又枯燥，结果改变了看法"这条心理线，展现人居环境整治后的乡村面貌。 二、重点词句 homestay n. 民宿；家庭旅馆 — 搭配：stay in a homestay run by an old couple tidiness n. 整洁 — 派生自形容词 tidy surface n. 地面；表面 — 搭配：a smooth road surface 平整的路面 bin n. 垃圾箱 — 搭配：bins in two colours for different rubbish 两色分类垃圾桶 at dawn 在黎明时分 — 例句：He got up before dawn on the second day. feed v. 喂养 — 搭配：feed the chickens 喂鸡 cicada n. 蝉 — 常见夏夜意象 keep one's old ways 保留老传统 — 例句：We keep our old ways. 长难句：What surprised Chen Yu most was not the mountain air but the tidiness of the place. — What 引导主语从句作主语；not ... but ... 连接两个并列的表语，表示"不是……而是……"。 长难句：Grandpa told them that young people once left the village one by one. — that 引导宾语从句；one by one 意为"一个接一个地"，作状语修饰 left。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】主旨大意题要抓人物与行文线索。全文四段按"到达—发现干净—下地劳作—夜晚交谈"展开，主线是"一个城市孩子在乡村民宿度过的周末以及他的发现"，故 C 项完整。 【干扰项排除】A ……（做饭只是第一段的一句介绍，属于以偏概全）；B ……（登山季节文中未提，属于无中生有）；D ……（年轻人回流是爷爷谈话中的细节，不是全文中心）。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节理解题定位第二段"What surprised Chen Yu most was not the mountain air but the tidiness of the place"，后文用分类垃圾桶、平整路面、草地无塑料袋加以印证，故 A 正确。 【干扰项排除】B ……（路上不断有人打招呼，说明村里有人生活，属于曲解文意）；C ……（文中写的是灰墙、干净院子和五间客房的平房，属于信息错位）；D ……（全文没有共享房间的情节，属于无中生有）。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】推理判断题要把细节整合起来：爷爷说"我们保留着老习惯"，同时村里处处干净、村民互相提醒保护环境，说明今天的村民既讲传统又讲卫生，故 D 合理。 【干扰项排除】A ……（末段明确写他在日记里想春天再来，选项与原文相反）；B ……（屋里只是没有电视，不等于没有电，属于绝对化语气）；C ……（奶奶是民宿主人，自己在家里做饭，并非酒店厨师，属于无中生有）。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】词义猜测题看上下文动作。第三段说他 got up before dawn 跟着主人去菜地、摘豆角、喂鸡，天色刚亮就起床下地，符合"天刚亮的清晨"。 【干扰项排除】A ……（正午不可能与"起床后清晨劳动"搭配，逻辑不符）；C ……（晚饭后的傍晚无法起床去干活，属于信息错位）；D ……（深夜一片漆黑，与后文的农活场景矛盾）。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The River That Came Back 一、主旨概括 本文用前后对比写柳湾村一条小溪的回归：十年前岸边堆满垃圾、夏天发臭，如今分类收集、污水处理池和村民互相提醒让水变清，鱼和水鸟回来了，游客和小茶馆也随之而来。写作目的是说明人居环境整治会让生态与村庄生活同时变好。 二、重点词句 stream n. 小溪 — 搭配：along both banks of the stream 沿小溪两岸 dump v. 丢弃；倾倒 — 例句：Bottles and old clothes were dumped there. keep sth. shut 让某物关着 — 例句：The villagers kept their windows shut. step by step / small steps 一步步地 — 例句：The change began with small steps. treatment pool 处理池 — 处理生活污水的设施 run into 流入 — 例句：Dirty water no longer runs straight into the stream. reed n. 芦苇 — 搭配：dragonflies rest on the reeds unexpected adj. 意外的 — 派生自 expect + 否定前缀 un- 长难句：Rather than big machines, the change began with small steps. — rather than 作对比状语；begin with 表示"以……开始"。 长难句：Old villagers, who once saw the river as a free dustbin, now remind newcomers that nobody should throw anything into it. — who 引导非限制性定语从句，补充说明 old villagers；主句中 that 引导宾语从句。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】全文结构为"过去的脏乱—整治的具体做法—今天的清澈—带来的游客与变化"，围绕村庄如何清理小溪以及这条水对村民的意义展开，故 A 正确。 【干扰项排除】B ……（钓鱼方法文章完全没有介绍，属于无中生有）；C ……（村民并未搬离河岸，属于信息错位）；D ……（石板路是整治后的一个小工程，属于以偏概全）。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节理解题定位第二段：每户两只桶，一周三次有人收，每条巷子有人检查是否正确使用，即"定期收集 + 要求分类"。 【干扰项排除】A ……（焚烧与文中"分类收集"的做法相反，属于信息错位）；B ……（倒入旧沟渠正是被整治掉的旧习惯，曲解文意）；C ……（深埋地下文中从未提到，属于无中生有）。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理判断题综合第三、四段：水清之后鱼回来了，周末镇上的人来散步买冷饮打听钓鱼，两家开了茶馆；由此可推知干净的村庄既引来了鱼也引来了游客。 【干扰项排除】A ……（文中强调"分类习惯""有人检查""互相提醒"，说明需要长期维护，"只需用钱"属于绝对化语气）；C ……（只提到两家茶馆，every family 属于以偏概全/绝对化）；D ……（老人正是在傍晚沿河散步、村民互相提醒，选项与原文相反）。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题看第一段：瓶子、塑料袋和旧衣服被 dumped 在两岸，夏天水发臭，孩子们被禁止去玩；这说明这些东西是被"随手丢弃在某个地方"的。 【干扰项排除】A ……（小心地装进精美的盒子不会造成发臭和脏乱，逻辑相反）；B ……（用河水冲洗洗不出绿色发臭的水，属于曲解文意）；D ……（瓶子旧衣服被售卖和"禁止孩子靠近"无法构成因果，属于无中生有）。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Rice, Mud and Happy Tourists 一、主旨概括 本文记录荷塘村的一次插秧体验活动：四十名城里游客赤脚下田，在泥泞中体会到种稻的辛苦；合作社把开出田地、做饭、打扫客房的家庭纳入分配，其余收入用于修水渠、包看戏船票、接送孩子去县图书馆。文章结尾点明这种乡村体验让游客对农民生出真正的敬意。 二、重点词句 barefoot adj./adv. 光脚的（地） — 例句：They stood barefoot at the edge of the field. seedling n. 秧苗 — 搭配：hold the young seedlings 拿住秧苗 roll up 卷起 — 搭配：roll up their trousers 卷起裤腿 ache v. 疼痛 — 例句：Several backs were aching after twenty minutes. give up 放弃 — 例句：Nobody gave up. cooperative n. 合作社 — 搭配：the village cooperative runs these mornings fee n. 费用 — 搭配：receive part of the fee 得到一部分费用 fund n. 基金；专款 — 搭配：a common fund 公共资金 长难句：A farmer named Uncle Tang showed them how to hold the young plants and how deep to push them into the mud. — named Uncle Tang 是过去分词短语作后置定语；"how to hold" 与 "how deep to push" 为"疑问词 + 不定式"结构作宾语。 长难句：Planting rice, the visitors said afterwards, was much harder than anything they had learned from books. — Planting rice 是动名词短语作主语；they had learned 为过去完成时的定语从句修饰 anything。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】文章先写插秧现场与游客的狼狈，再写合作社如何分配收入、如何用钱，最后写游客心态变化。核心是"农耕体验既吸引游客，又给村民带来收入"，故 D 正确。 【干扰项排除】A ……（插秧要领只在第一段出现，属于以偏概全）；B ……（游客全程兴致高昂，没有反感，属于曲解文意）；C ……（亚洲稻作历史文中完全未提，属于无中生有）。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节理解题定位第三段"Each family that opens its field, cooks a meal or cleans a guest room receives part of the fee"，参与接待的家庭能分到一部分费用。 【干扰项排除】A ……（文中列举的用途是修水渠、节日福利和接送孩子，没有开工厂，属于无中生有）；C ……（交给城市政府毫无依据，属于无中生有）；D ……（合作社由大家共同管理，"独归老板一人"与文意相反，曲解文意）。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】推理判断题重在最后一段：游客带着湿衣服和泥离开了，但"多了一份对身边农民的敬意"，还明白"米不是超市货架上长出来的"，可见亲身参与比旁观更有教育意义。 【干扰项排除】A ……（第二段写二十分钟就有人腰疼、秧苗歪斜，说明并不轻松，属于绝对化语气）；B ……（他们站在田里、买了体验活动，与"整天待在室内"相反）；D ……（结尾说几户人家打算明年再开一块田，选项与原文相反）。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】词义猜测题看第一段动作：visitors stood barefoot at the edge 并卷起裤腿踩进泥里；词根 bare（裸露的）+ foot 直接指向"不穿鞋袜"。 【干扰项排除】B ……（穿着厚胶靴就不需要卷裤腿踩泥，属于信息错位）；C ……（手里拿着东西描述的是手而非脚，属于曲解文意）；D ……（排成直线站着与踏进泥田没有关系，属于无中生有）。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 The Old Schoolhouse Opens Again 一、主旨概括 本文写清河村废弃多年的旧校舍如何被改造成村民与游客共享的空间：阅览室、手作坊和周末集市让老建筑重新有了用场，也给六位村民带来兼职岗位，还教会客人认识这个村子。写作目的是说明老建筑在新用途中可以再次发光，乡村不必推倒重来。 二、重点词句 swallow n. 燕子 — 与"吞咽"同形，此处指鸟 leak v. 漏（水） — 例句：The roof leaked after heavy rain. pull down 拆除 — 例句：Some people advised pulling the building down. whitewash v. 粉刷 — 例句：They whitewashed the walls. handicraft n. 手工艺品 — 搭配：a local handicraft workshop 本地手工艺坊 weave v. 编织 — 搭配：weave a small bamboo basket 编小竹篮 residents and travellers 居民与旅客 — villagers 与 visitors 的替换表达 长难句：The villagers decided to do something different. — something different 中形容词修饰不定代词要后置。 长难句：A twenty-four-year-old guide named Xiao Fang shows them around; she grew up in the village and came home last year after working in a southern factory. — 分号连接两个并列分句；named Xiao Fang 为过去分词短语作后置定语；after + 动名词短语作时间状语。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】全文按"废弃—决定改造—改造后的功能—给村民带来的工作与老人感想"展开，中心是"空置旧校舍重新变得有用"，故 B 正确。 【干扰项排除】A ……（孩子去镇上读书只是第一段背景，属于以偏概全）；C ……（文章恰恰选择了与之相反的做法，属于曲解文意）；D ……（修屋顶只是一句工程描写，属于以偏概全）。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节理解题定位第三段：游客在旧校舍里 read for a while、learn to weave a small bamboo basket、taste rice cakes、listen to stories，对应"读书与学做手工艺"。 【干扰项排除】A ……（孩子们早已到镇上就读，教室里不再有考试，属于信息错位）；B ……（影票与乡村书屋无关，属于无中生有）；D ……（修屋顶是两位六十多岁村民的活，不是游客活动，属于信息错位）。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理判断题读结果推道理：旧校舍没有拆掉而是改造成阅览室与工坊，带来就业并让游客了解村子，末段赵老师又说"学校从未真正关门"，可见老房子能用新方式重新发挥作用。 【干扰项排除】B ……（文中只说到"下个月"的时间毫无依据，属于无中生有）；C ……（二十四岁的小芳回乡做讲解员，年轻人愿意留下，属于曲解文意）；D ……（第三段说游客到村第一站就是这里，周末最热闹，选项与原文相反）。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】词义猜测题看第一段语境：屋顶 leaked 之后人们建议拆除，且前文说校舍长期上锁、只有燕子作窝；旧屋顶坏到要漏雨，才引出后来的修缮。 【干扰项排除】A ……（明亮干净就不会有人建议拆除，逻辑相反）；B ……（重新刷白墙是后来的动作，不是漏的意思，属于信息错位）；C ……（高出树梢描述位置，与后文"修缮"不构成因果，属于无中生有）。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 My Village Pen Friend 一、主旨概括 本文写城市学校八年级二班与山村学校同班同学结对通信的故事：从互相描述各自的周末，到发现对方生活里同样有烦恼与骄傲，再到暑假互访同吃同住。文章由老师说的话点题——这个项目不是比较哪里更好，而是学会诚实地讲述别人的生活，并耐心面对自己尚未理解的事物。 二、重点词句 pen friend 笔友 — 搭配：write to one's pen friend 给笔友写信 envelope n. 信封 — 搭配：put a letter into a big envelope pressed leaves 压平的树叶 — 常夹在信中寄给远方朋友 describe v. 描述 — 搭配：describe their weekends 描述他们的周末 admit v. 承认 — 例句：One girl admitted she had thought rice grew on supermarket shelves. opposite n. 对立面 — 例句：a hard life and a happy life are not opposites threshing ground 打谷场 — 乡村常见的开阔场地 side by side 并排地 — 例句：village pictures side by side with city pictures 长难句：Once a month each student put a letter into a big envelope, and four weeks later a reply arrived with news, drawings and sometimes a few pressed leaves from the hills. — and 连接并列句；介词 with 引出信中的内容。 长难句：Slowly they realised that a hard life and a happy life are not opposites, and that worry and pride exist on both sides. — realised 后接两个由 that 引导的并列宾语从句，第二个 that 不宜省略。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】全文按"开始通信—互相讲述生活—暑假互访—计划照片展与老师总结"推进，主线是两班笔友关系以及由此建立的理解，故 D 正确。 【干扰项排除】A ……（怎样写信不是文章说明对象，属于无中生有）；B ……（学校差异只是通信内容的组成部分，属于以偏概全）；C ……（暑期行是学校项目的一部分，且由老师组织而非家长，属于信息错位）。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节理解题定位第一段"Once a month each student put a letter into a big envelope, and four weeks later a reply arrived"，即每月一次。 【干扰项排除】B ……（每周通信与"四周后回信"矛盾，属于数字偷换）；C ……（每天写信与邮寄周期不符，信息错位）；D ……（一年两次过于稀疏，无法形成长期互访，属于无中生有）。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理判断题综合第二段"两边都很惊讶""明白艰苦与快乐并非对立"以及末段"信件越写越长"可知，通信增进了彼此的理解。 【干扰项排除】A ……（城里孩子早起困难、乡村孩子不适应城市作息，说明各有不易，always easier 属于绝对化语气）；C ……（末段明确说之后信件更长了，选项与原文相反）；D ……（乡村孩子仍在村里生活并接待城市同学，属于无中生有）。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题看第二段：起初双方只是 described 各自的周末，后面举例写城市孩子的购物中心和山里孩子喂鸭子、早起上学——都是"写出某样事物是什么样子"。 【干扰项排除】A ……（信里写得很详细，"很快忘记"无从推出，属于无中生有）；B ……（信中有时也夹画，但 described 的对象主要是文字内容，属于以偏概全）；D ……（通信语气友好，毫无愤怒抱怨，属于曲解文意）。 语篇价值：本话题通过环境整治、农耕体验、旧屋新生与城乡结对等故事，正面呈现美丽乡村建设的成果，引导学生尊重劳动、理解不同生活方式。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 17 电商助农与乡村特色产业（解析版） Passage 1 Back Home to Grow Oranges 一、主旨概括 本文是人物故事，写大学毕业后留在城市工作的王磊返乡创业，把村里的橘子通过网络直接卖给城里顾客。文章先写过去的低价困境，再写他初期的失败、学习过程以及带动村民增收的结果。写作目的是展现返乡青年如何用新本领为家乡找出路。 二、重点词句 hillside n. 山坡 — 搭配：grow oranges on the hillside 在山坡上种橘子 be worth 值（多少钱） — 例句：They offered less than the fruit was worth. quit / leave one's job 辞职 — 例句：He left his office job and returned home. middleman n. 中间商 — 复数 middlemen； buy straight from farmers without middlemen complain v. 抱怨 — 搭配：complain about the size of the fruit 抱怨果子大小 give up 放弃 — 例句：More than once he thought of giving up. practise v. 练习 — 搭配：practise for hours after dinner order n. 订单 — 搭配：read order numbers 看订单号 长难句：He told them he wanted to try something different: sell village oranges straight to people in cities, without so many middlemen. — told 后接双宾语与宾语从句；冒号后是对 something different 的具体说明；without 介词短语作方式状语。 长难句：In the evenings he sat in the orange field with his phone, answered questions from buyers and showed them the trees, the soil and the bees working in the flowers. — 三个并列谓语 sat / answered / showed；working in the flowers 是现在分词短语作后置定语修饰 the bees。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】主旨大意题看"谁—做了什么—结果如何"。全文四段分别写童年记忆、返乡决定与实践受挫、学习拍摄与直播、带动村民和总结感言，主线是"返乡青年用网络帮村里卖橘子"，故 C 项最准确。 【干扰项排除】A ……（种橘子是父母的旧事，不是本文的说明对象，属于无中生有）；B ……（年轻人离村只是开头一句背景，属于以偏概全）；D ……（六十岁以上村民学会称果、看单，是变化的结果之一，不能概括全篇）。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节理解题由 beginning 定位第二段 "his first boxes arrived broken, and several customers complained about the size of the fruit" 以及第三段他没有好照片、要学打包，可知初期他不懂包装与线上销售。 【干扰项排除】A ……（第一段明确说橘子很甜，与 not sweet 矛盾，曲解文意）；C ……（村里产橘子是既定事实，不是他的困难，属于无中生有）；D ……（文中并未写父母反对他回乡，属于无中生有）。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】推理判断题需用结果倒推原因。第三段写他坐在橘园里用手机展示果树、土壤和蜜蜂，随后"订单增长了，好评带来新顾客"，可见让买家看到真实果园能建立信任。 【干扰项排除】A ……（文中从不比较价格，属于无中生有）；B ……（第四段说两位同学回来与他共事，选项与原文相反）；C ……（订单全年增长，未提一个月卖完，属于信息错位）。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】词义猜测题看搭配逻辑。第二段说他要把橘子"straight to people in cities, without so many middlemen"，与过去"外地买家一年来一次压价"对照，可知 middlemen 指"从农民手中买走再转卖给他人的人"。 【干扰项排除】B ……（种果树的农民是对立方，不是中间环节）；C ……（搬运工是体力劳动者，不承担转卖职能，属于以偏概全）；D ……（城里顾客是买家，与 middle 的位置不符）。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The Live Room Beside the Tea Field 一、主旨概括 本文说明"直播带货"如何改变山区茶农的销售方式：过去只能等收购商一年两次上门、被动接受价格，如今通过网络直播直接与买家沟通，并据此改进包装。文章还写到这项工作在村里带来的新岗位。写作目的是介绍新销售方式给乡村带来的真实变化。 二、重点词句 set up 架起；搭建 — 例句：She sets up her phone on a small wooden table. edge n. 边缘 — 搭配：at the edge of a tea field 在茶园边 mist n. 薄雾 — 搭配：the mist is still low 雾气仍低低地浮着 viewer n. 观看者 — 直播场景常用词，指正在看视频的人 picking n. 采摘；采下的批次 — 搭配：the first picking of the year 今年的头采 collector n. 收购者 — 与 buyer 不同，指上门收茶再转卖的人 parcel n. 包裹 — 搭配：take the parcels to the town 把包裹送到镇上 honesty n. 诚实 — 派生自形容词 honest 长难句：A friend of Miss He even changed her packaging after a viewer said the boxes were too large. — after 引导时间状语从句；"the boxes were too large" 是 said 后的宾语从句，省略了引导词 that。 长难句：A quiet village has become a busy place where nearly every family is part of one team. — where 引导定语从句，修饰地点名词 place。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】各段分别写直播开场的场景、直播并不轻松、从"等收购商"到"直接面对买家"的变化、村里出现的新分工、诚信原则。合起来就是"直播如何帮助茶农直销"，故 A 正确。 【干扰项排除】B ……（采茶方法的说明不是文章目的，属于无中生有）；C ……（早起只是第一段的开场细节，属于以偏概全）；D ……（泡茶方法是直播中回答的一个问题，不能代表全篇）。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节理解题由 In the past 定位第三段首句：茶卖给一年来两次的收购商，村民只能接受对方给的价格，故 D 项复述正确。 【干扰项排除】A ……（过去没有游客到村买茶的表述，属于无中生有）；B ……（自送包裹是现在才有的分工，属于信息错位）；C ……（决定价格的是收购商而非种植者，选项把主客体颠倒了，曲解文意）。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理判断题综合第三段后半部分：朋友因观众反映盒子太大而改包装，随后"顾客一次次回头"，可见倾听买家意见能帮助改进产品。 【干扰项排除】A ……（第二段强调直播要讲清楚采摘、泡法、随时回答问题，与"无需准备"相反）；C ……（末段明确说茶叶不好她就直说，选项与原文相反）；D ……（第四段说年轻人留下来做剪辑、开车送货，属于曲解文意）。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题看第四段语境：年轻邻居 edits 短视频，年长妇女称茶，司机送包裹，这是直播产生的一条工作链；video editing 指"剪辑加工视频使其更好"。 【干扰项排除】A ……（反复观看不需要专门一个岗位，且不合"新工作"语境）；B ……（寄件是司机和打包者的活，与 edits 不同，属于信息错位）；D ……（文中没有提到高价出售，属于无中生有）。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 The Village That Counts Its Apples 一、主旨概括 本文以数据与变化说明一个苹果村成立合作社后的转变：统一规格、统一包装、统一品牌，收入连年提高，投诉几乎消失，附近城市的酒店成为固定客户。文章强调除了价格之外，答复、包装和时效也会影响销量。写作目的是说明组织起来、重视质量对乡村产业的重要性。 二、重点词句 packing house 打包车间 — 农产品分拣装箱的场所 by accident 偶然地 — 例句：The change did not happen by accident. cooperative n. 合作社 — 搭配：form a cooperative 成立合作社 separately adv. 分别地；单独地 — 反义：together / jointly income n. 收入 — 搭配：income rose by about twenty per cent 收入增长了约百分之二十 whiteboard n. 白板 — 搭配：write numbers on a whiteboard quality n. 质量 — 搭配：keep records of quality 记录质量情况 complaint n. 投诉；不满 — 动词形式 complain 长难句：Instead of selling separately, they now pick apples of the same size, use the same boxes and send them under one name. — instead of 介词短语作对比状语；句中 pick / use / send 三个并列谓语说明统一后的做法。 长难句：If a buyer has a question, the card tells them exactly where the apples came from. — if 引导条件状语从句；主句中 where 引导宾语从句，作 tells 的直接宾语。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】全文围绕合作社展开：成立原因与做法（第二段）、看板上关注度量的变化（第三段）、每箱附质量卡（第四段）、村民总结（第五段）。主线是"合作社改变了苹果的销售方式"，故 D 正确。 【干扰项排除】A ……（快速装箱只是第一段的场景描写，属于以偏概全）；B ……（价格并未被当作核心原因解释，且文中强调服务和质量同样重要，属于曲解文意）；C ……（白板是记录工具，不是说明对象，属于无中生有）。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节理解题定位第四段 "Every box carries a small card with the name of the family that picked the fruit"，卡片上写的是采摘者的家庭姓名。 【干扰项排除】A ……（价格写在订单上而非卡上，属于信息错位）；B ……（买家地址在快递单上，属于信息错位）；D ……（下次会议日期文中未提，属于无中生有）。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理判断题要综合结果与原因：统一规格后回头客增多、收入连年提高、投诉几乎归零、酒店每周订购，由此可推出"组织起来、抱团发展"带来了更好的结果。 【干扰项排除】B ……（第六十户左右村民在打包车间工作，并未说全体成员都超过六十岁，属于绝对化语气）；C ……（卡片带来的是 traceability 与信任，文中说投诉减少，属于曲解文意）；D ……（发货量从"几乎为零"增至三到五千箱，选项与数据相反，数字偷换）。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】词义猜测题看动宾搭配。第四段 "Complaints have dropped to almost nothing"，能"降到几乎没有"的只能是顾客不满意的信息；动词 complain 意为"抱怨"，名词 complaints 即"投诉、不满"。 【干扰项排除】A ……（顾客高兴地回赠礼物不会用 drop 来描述，逻辑不通）；C ……（烹调问题与本段"追踪来源、建立信任"的话题无关，属于无中生有）；D ……（写在卡片上的长名字也不能被"降到几乎没有"，语境不符）。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 A Market Day at the Harvest Festival 一、主旨概括 本文是一次节庆活动的现场记录：某乡首届丰收节上，三十二张桌子摆满红枣、手工面和从未出谷的梨，游客品尝、拍照、扫码下单，一位农户一天接到超过四百份订单。文章通过游客母女的话点出活动最深的意义——让城里人知道食物从哪里来。 二、重点词句 township n. 乡（镇） — 搭配：a small township 一个小镇/乡 date n. 枣 — 与"日期"同形，此处指红枣 valley n. 山谷 — 搭配：outside the valley 在山谷之外 beat drums 敲鼓 — 例句：Several old men beat drums in the middle of the road. hand out 分发 — 例句：Two students handed out paper bags. place an order 下订单 — 常见短语：place an order for something ordinary adj. 平常的 — 例句：The street looked ordinary again. 长难句：By the afternoon one grower had received more than four hundred orders — more than his family used to sell in a whole month. — 过去完成时 had received 表示到下午为止已累计收到；破折号后作比较；used to sell 表示"过去常常卖出"。 长难句：Each table also had a small code card, so visitors who liked something could place an order and have it sent to their home. — so 引导结果状语从句；who 引导定语从句修饰 visitors；have sth. done 表示"让某物被……"。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】全文按时间顺序写丰收节的摊位、文艺表演、二维码下单带来的订单、游客感受与活动意义，核心是"一次丰收节怎样把农户和买家连在一起"，故 B 正确。 【干扰项排除】A ……（敲鼓只是第二段的一个画面，属于以偏概全）；C ……（美食是摊位上的商品，文章不涉及做法，属于无中生有）；D ……（学生帮忙仅是志愿服务的细节，不能概括全篇）。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节理解题由 code card 定位第三段："visitors who liked something could place an order and have it sent to their home"，扫码可下单并由产地寄到家。 【干扰项排除】B ……（读村里新闻文中未提，属于无中生有）；C ……（购车票与农贸市场无关，属于无中生有）；D ……（报名舞蹈在本地全文没有依据，属于无中生有）。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】推理判断题重在读懂人物的话。郭女士说女儿平时在超市买米，"今天知道了米究竟来自哪里"，母亲也说见到了种梨的人并愿意再买，可见这样的活动增进了城里人对农耕生活的了解。 【干扰项排除】A ……（超市关门的说法过于绝对且无依据，绝对化语气）；B ……（郭女士的话恰恰说明孩子不了解农业，属于曲解文意）；D ……（母亲表示愿意再下单，选项与原文相反）。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】词义猜测题看第二段：两名初二学生替老人提篮子，并 "handed out" 印着标语的纸袋；结合动词 hand（递），短语含义为"分发，把东西递给每个人"。 【干扰项排除】A ……（贴到墙上与"给游客使用袋子"的语境不符）；B ……（是"扔掉"的引申，与提倡不浪费的主题相反）；C ……（志愿者免费发放袋子，文中没有价格信息，属于无中生有）。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Cold Trucks and Sweet Peaches 一、主旨概括 本文通过对比写冷链物流与品牌建设给桃农户带来的改变：过去桃子十天内熟透、两天必须到市场，否则变软积压；现在有冷藏站、冰袋和冷藏车，运输时间延长，农户不必急于贱卖。文章还写到品牌标签、分级加工和年轻人返乡留下。写作目的是说明基础设施与品牌意识如何支撑乡村产业发展。 二、重点词句 ripen v. 成熟 — 例句：Their peaches ripened within about ten days. go soft 变软 — 系表结构：go + 形容词，表示"变得……" cold-storage station 冷藏站 — 乡村冷链基础设施 refrigerated truck 冷藏车 — 搭配：send the fruit in refrigerated trucks ice pack 冰袋 — 生鲜寄递中的常见用品 firm adj. 结实的；坚硬的 — 例句：They still arrive firm after three days. label n. 标签 — 搭配：a label shows the village and the orchard sort v. 分级；分类 — 搭配：sort the peaches by size 按大小给桃子分级 长难句：Families no longer have to sell everything at once, so they are no longer forced to accept a very low price. — so 引导结果状语从句；be forced to do sth. 被动语态，表示"被迫做某事"。 长难句：Workers sort the peaches by size, and anything below the standard is cooked into jars of jam instead of being thrown away. — and 连接的并列句；instead of being thrown away 是介词短语中含动名词的被动式。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】文章第一段铺陈过去的困境，第二、三段写冷藏包装与品牌带来的改变，第四段写年轻人留下，末段点题。贯穿始终的是"冷链与包装如何改变了村里的水果生意"，故 D 正确。 【干扰项排除】A ……（种植技术并非文章重点，属于无中生有）；B ……（祖母的辛苦只是开头的对比素材，属于以偏概全）；C ……（修路的成本只出现一句，不能概括全篇）。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节理解题由 In the past 定位第一段："every box had to reach a market within two days, or the fruit would go soft"，过去必须在两天内到达市场。 【干扰项排除】A ……（ten days 是桃子集中成熟的时段，不是运输时限，数字偷换）；C ……（three days 是现在冷链条件下仍能保持硬挺的时间，属于信息错位）；D ……（半天到货文中从未出现，属于无中生有）。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理判断题需由第二段推演：冷藏、冰袋和冷藏车使桃子多日运输仍然结实，农户"不必一次性卖完，也不再被迫接受极低价格"，由此可推出更好的运输条件带来了更多时间和更好的价格。 【干扰项排除】B ……（正是冷链解决了变软问题，选项与原文相反）；C ……（邻居的女儿回乡做线上订单，哥哥学会开冷藏车，选项与原文相反）；D ……（不符合标准的桃子被加工成果酱以避免浪费，并未说果酱比鲜桃更值钱，属于曲解文意）。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题看第一段语境：桃子"ripened within about ten days"，之后必须在两天内到达市场，否则变软；可见 ripen 指的是果实"成熟、可以吃了"这一时间点。 【干扰项排除】A ……（长高不能推出"两天内必须送到市场"的紧迫性，逻辑不通）；B ……（突然掉落文中没有提及，属于无中生有）；D ……（"变坏"是送到不及时的结果，与 ripen 本身的含义不同，属于曲解文意）。 语篇价值：本话题呈现了产业组织方式、数字技能与基础设施协同作用下的乡村发展图景，正面、客观地帮助学生理解"先改变做事方式，再改变收入"的道理。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 04 “双减”之后的课后服务与素质教育（原文版） Passage 1 Home Before Dinner Lin Tao is a Grade 8 student at No. 6 Middle School. Two years ago, his evenings looked very different. He used to sit at his desk until ten o'clock, copying words and doing maths exercises again and again. His mother often waited beside him with a cup of warm milk, and sometimes she fell asleep on the sofa before he finished. Things began to change when his school started a new after-school service. From Monday to Friday, students may stay at school for two more hours after the last class. During the first hour, teachers walk around the classroom and help them with their homework. During the second hour, they choose an activity: basketball, drawing, science experiments or quiet reading. Students who do not need help may read quietly or work on a small project of their own. Now Lin Tao finishes most of his homework before he leaves school. "I still have a little reading to do at home," he says, "but it takes only about twenty minutes." After dinner he practises the guitar for half an hour, something he could never do before. On Wednesdays he and three classmates play together in the music room. The biggest change is sleep. Lin Tao now goes to bed at about nine thirty and gets up at seven, so he sleeps for about nine hours a night. "I don't feel sleepy in class any more," he says. His maths teacher says he listens more carefully and makes fewer careless mistakes than he did last term. He even joined the school football team last month. Lin Tao's mother is happy too. "He has time to talk with us now," she says. "Last weekend he even taught me a song." For this family, the change is not only about less homework. It is about a boy who has room to grow. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How a school club teaches students to play the guitar. B. How after-school service has changed a student's daily life. C. Why students should go to bed before nine thirty. D. What teachers do during the first hour after class. 2. （细节理解）What does Lin Tao do during the first hour of the after-school service? A. He plays basketball with his classmates. B. He practises the guitar in the music room. C. He reads books quietly in the library. D. He finishes his homework with the teachers' help. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer about Lin Tao's life two years ago? A. He had little time for his hobbies. B. He went to bed at nine thirty every day. C. He joined the reading club after school. D. He did not like his maths teacher. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "practises" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. learns something for the very first time B. shows something to a lot of other people C. does something many times to become better at it D. gives something back to the person who owns it —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 Inside the After-school Service Across the country, many middle schools now offer an after-school service. It usually begins right after the last class in the afternoon and lasts for about two hours. It is not a second classroom. Its aim is to give children a safer, richer and happier time between the end of lessons and the moment their parents finish work. Most schools divide the service into two parts. In the first part, students do their homework in their own classroom. Teachers walk between the rows and answer questions. Many students finish in about fifty minutes. In the second part, they join an activity. Some large schools open more than twenty clubs, such as basketball, chess, dancing, science and robot building. A few clubs are even run by the students themselves. Labor education is also part of the programme. Once a week students learn to cook simple dishes, tidy the library, or grow vegetables in the school garden. Teachers say these lessons show students that learning is not only something that happens in a textbook, and that work with one's hands can be both useful and enjoyable. Parents like the service for a very simple reason. It ends at about half past five, so they can pick up their children on their way home. "I used to worry about where my son was between four and six," says the mother of a Grade 7 student. "Now I know he is safe, busy and not sitting alone in front of a screen." Of course, the service is not perfect. Some schools do not have enough teachers for so many clubs, and a few students say they would like more time to run and play outside. Schools are listening. Every term they ask students and parents what they think, and then they change the plan a little. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. What the after-school service offers to students and parents. B. Why parents worry about their children after school. C. How students finish their homework in the classroom. D. When the school garden is open to students. 2. （细节理解）What do students do in the first part of the after-school service? A. They cook simple dishes in the school kitchen. B. They grow vegetables in the school garden. C. They join a club of their own choice. D. They do their homework with teachers around. 3. （推理判断）What can we learn from the last paragraph? A. Every student is happy with the service. B. The service still has room to improve. C. Schools will stop the service next term. D. Few teachers work in the school clubs. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "aim" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. problem B. plan C. purpose D. habit —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Sleeping Better These Days How much sleep do middle school students really get? Last term, teachers at No. 3 Middle School asked this question in a survey of about 800 students in Grade 8. The answers were not cheerful. More than half of the students said they slept for less than seven hours a night, and one in five said they felt tired in the first lesson almost every morning. A few of them even said they slept for less than six hours. This term the school made some changes. Teachers give less homework and try to make it more useful. They also ask students to finish most of it during the after-school service instead of late at night. In a second survey last month, the number of students who sleep for eight hours or more rose from about 30% to nearly 60%. Sleep is not a small matter. Doctors say young people need about nine hours of sleep every night. With enough sleep, students remember new words faster and make fewer careless mistakes. Without it, they find it hard to listen, and they may even become angry over small things. Good sleep also helps the body grow, and that matters a great deal at their age. Some students also found ways of their own. Liu Mei, a Grade 8 student, now leaves her phone outside her bedroom at night. "I used to watch short videos until midnight," she says. "Now I read a few pages of a book and turn off the light at half past nine." Her mother says the change was hard in the first week but easy after that. Teachers say the change is not only about numbers on a page. "When students sleep well, the whole classroom feels different," says Mr Chen, who teaches maths. "They ask more questions, they help each other more, and they smile more. That is worth more than one extra page of homework." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How less homework and better sleep help students learn. B. How to do a survey in a middle school. C. Why students should not use phones at night. D. What doctors say about nine hours of sleep. 2. （细节理解）In the second survey, how many Grade 8 students sleep for eight hours or more? A. About 30%. B. More than 80%. C. Fewer than before. D. Nearly 60%. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer about Liu Mei? A. She never used a phone before this term. B. She has formed a better habit before sleeping. C. She sleeps for only six hours every night. D. Her teachers asked her to read more books. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "rose" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. fell B. stayed C. went up D. moved away —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Planting Seeds, Learning by Hand It was a Friday afternoon in April. Twenty students from Class 4, Grade 8 were standing in the school garden with small spades in their hands. Their task was simple: put three tomato seeds into the soft brown soil, cover them carefully and water them. Their teacher, Miss Li, first showed them how deep the hole should be. The garden is part of the school's labor education programme. Every class looks after one piece of land for a whole school year. Students dig, plant, water and record what happens. "We write down the date, the weather and the height of the plants," says Wang Yiming. "It is like a science diary, but the plants are alive, so we cannot miss a week." Miss Li says the garden is also a place where the quietest students often surprise her. At first some students thought the work was dirty and boring. That changed after the first rain. Two weeks later, small green leaves pushed out of the soil, and the class ran to the garden whenever they had a break. The students even argued about who should water the plants at the weekend, and in the end three of them came to school on Saturday morning. The garden also teaches something bigger. Students learn that food does not come from a shop alone. They learn to wait, to work together and to take care of living things. When the tomatoes turned red in June, each student took two home. Nobody wasted a single one, and several students cooked a dish for their parents. "Books give us knowledge," says Miss Li. "But some lessons grow better in the soil. If a child learns to love one small plant, he may also learn to love the world it grows in." Next year the class hopes to grow beans and potatoes as well. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. How to grow tomatoes in a small garden. B. What students learn from working in the school garden. C. Why students should keep a science diary. D. When the school garden was first built. 2. （细节理解）What does every class do in the school garden? A. It plants flowers for the teachers. B. It has a science test once a week. C. It looks after one piece of land for a school year. D. It sells vegetables to the school canteen. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from Paragraph 4? A. The students began to value food more than before. B. The school sold the tomatoes to make money. C. The students wasted most of the tomatoes. D. The garden will be closed next year. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "soil" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. water B. seed C. plant D. earth in which plants grow —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Finding the Balance Xu Jing is in Grade 9. She loves drawing and has won two small prizes at school. Last term, however, her mother asked her to leave the art club. "The big exam is coming next June," she said. "You should spend every minute on your books. Drawing can wait until later." Xu Jing was sad, but she agreed. For two months she studied from morning to night. Something strange happened, though. Her marks did not rise. She felt tired all the time, and she often read the same page three times without taking anything in. She even began to dislike the sound of her own alarm clock. She stopped singing in the shower, and she did not open her sketchbook once. Then she spoke to her class teacher, Mr Zhao. He did not take sides at once. Instead he asked her a question: "What do you do when you feel most alive?" Xu Jing answered immediately: "Drawing." Mr Zhao smiled. "Then keep one hour for it every week. A tired brain does not learn well, and a happy one remembers more." Xu Jing followed his advice. Every Saturday afternoon she draws for an hour, and she sleeps half an hour longer than before. Slowly she feels calmer. Her marks have not jumped, but they are moving up again, step by step. She also helps her mother plan a timetable for the evenings, with a short break after every forty minutes of study. On Sunday evenings she shows her drawings to her mother, and the two of them talk about the week together. Her mother thinks differently now. "I was wrong to believe that study and hobbies cannot live in the same life," she says. "The point is not to cut everything away, but to plan well and keep the things that make you who you are." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. A girl who wins prizes for her drawing. B. A mother who asks her daughter to study all day. C. How a girl finds a balance between study and her hobby. D. How to get high marks in the big exam. 2. （细节理解）What advice did Mr Zhao give Xu Jing? A. To stop drawing until the exam is over. B. To keep one hour a week for drawing. C. To study from morning to night. D. To ask her mother for help. 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the last paragraph? A. Xu Jing's mother still wants her to stop drawing. B. Xu Jing's marks are already the highest in her class. C. Xu Jing will study in an art school next year. D. Xu Jing's mother has changed her idea about hobbies. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "advice" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. ideas about what someone should do B. questions about someone's daily life C. marks a student gets in an exam D. rules that a club asks people to follow 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 10 博物馆热与文化遗产保护（解析版） Passage 1 Giving an Ancient Bird New Life 一、主旨概括 文章以文物修复师赵先生修复青铜鸟的过程为主线，介绍数字技术与人工判断如何共同保护文物。文章强调修复并非把旧物变新，而是保存历史痕迹并向年轻一代传递尊重历史的态度。 二、重点词句 bronze adj. 青铜制的 — a bronze bird 一只青铜鸟 relic n. 文物；遗物 — protect a cultural relic 保护文物 scanner n. 扫描仪 — use a digital scanner 使用数字扫描仪 crack n. 裂纹 — find tiny cracks 发现细小裂纹 repair n./v. 修复；修理 — need careful repair 需要细致修复 valuable adj. 珍贵的；有价值的 — a valuable ancient object 一件珍贵的古物 generation n. 一代人 — pass history to the next generation 把历史传给下一代 长难句：When a missing part has to be added, the new material is made slightly different, so future visitors can tell it from the ancient part. — when 引导时间状语从句，主句使用被动语态，so 连接结果分句。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】全文按“检查—清理—判断—展出”的过程叙述修复师让青铜鸟重新展出的经历，B 准确概括主线。 【干扰项排除】A 仅涉及寻找青铜器，文中未提；C 只截取学生体验数字模型的末段信息；D 把辅助工具夸大为文章主旨。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】定位第三段末句，新材料“slightly different”的目的是让未来参观者区分新增部分与古代部分。 【干扰项排除】A 亮度并非修复目的；B 文中没有费用信息；C 混淆新材料与电脑查找裂纹的功能。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】赵先生说“不把旧物变新，时间痕迹也是故事的一部分”，可推断优秀修复应保留时间留下的印记。 【干扰项排除】B 与原话相反；C 将电脑的辅助作用绝对化；D 与第二段强调耐心细致相矛盾。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】上文说快速动作可能伤害文物，下文说有时一天只清理指甲大小的区域，可知 patient 指能耐心等待并细致工作。 【干扰项排除】A 数字图像不能推出擅长绘画；B 分享想法与语境无关；D 做记录只是工作步骤，不是该词含义。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 The Young Guides in Blue 一、主旨概括 文章讲述中学生在地方历史博物馆担任志愿讲解员，以提问、故事和数字图片帮助参观者理解展品。志愿服务既拉近了公众与历史的距离，也提升了学生的沟通能力和文化遗产保护意识。 二、重点词句 volunteer n. 志愿者 — work as a volunteer guide 担任志愿讲解员 exhibition n. 展览 — understand the exhibition 理解展览内容 ordinary adj. 普通的 — not an ordinary visitor 不是普通参观者 politely adv. 有礼貌地 — answer questions politely 礼貌地回答问题 trust n./v. 信任 — win visitors' trust 赢得参观者的信任 communication n. 沟通 — improve communication skills 提高沟通能力 heritage n. 遗产 — protect cultural heritage 保护文化遗产 长难句：By listening to visitors of different ages, she has learned to explain the same idea in several ways. — By doing 表示“通过某种方式”，主句使用现在完成时说明服务带来的变化。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】全文围绕年轻志愿讲解员如何让展览更易懂、更生动展开，C 最能概括人物与作用。 【干扰项排除】A 馆内规则只是局部内容；B 文中没有历史考试；D 志愿者使用数字屏幕，并未被其取代。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】第二段写林悦先提问，再展示农民使用工具的数字图片，这两步让展品更容易被记住。 【干扰项排除】B 她没有照读全部展板；C 触摸古代工具无依据；D 没有发放地图。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】末段写林悦学会根据不同年龄用多种方式解释同一内容，可推断她的沟通能力得到提升。 【干扰项排除】A 修复文物不属于她的工作；B 文中只有外国参观者，没有出国旅行；C 她以提问开展讲解，并未停止提问。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】上句说学生不知道答案时会先记录、再请教工作人员，说明 honest 是诚实、不假装无所不知。 【干扰项排除】A 会外语不是词义重点；C 使用触屏是另一项服务；D 文中没有回避陌生人之意。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Saving Stories in an Old Street 一、主旨概括 文章介绍一项古街保护工程：居民、学生和专家共同记录记忆、修缮建筑并改善现代生活服务。文章说明文化遗产保护不仅保存建筑，也要延续与场所相连的日常生活和社区记忆。 二、重点词句 resident n. 居民 — listen to local residents 听取当地居民意见 character n. 特色；特征 — keep the street's character 保留街道特色 record v. 记录 — record old stories 记录旧故事 material n. 材料 — use similar materials 使用相似材料 unused adj. 闲置的 — an unused house 一座闲置房屋 gradual adj. 逐渐的 — a gradual change 逐步的变化 freeze v. 使固定不变；冻结 — freeze a place in time 让一个地方停留在某个时代 长难句：Old places can meet present needs if repair work is careful and residents take part in decisions. — if 引导条件状语从句，从句中 and 连接两个并列条件。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】全文介绍古街如何在修缮建筑的同时保留居民生活与记忆，A 完整覆盖“保护”与“保持活力”两层意思。 【干扰项排除】B 与“居民继续生活”相反；C 社区小博物馆只是工程的一部分；D 商店招牌调整不是设计比赛。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】定位第二段，学生记录老人讲述的故事，并把地点标在数字地图上。 【干扰项排除】A 修屋顶的是工人；B 没有学生开店的信息；D 地下电线工程由工人完成。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】末段指出古街的价值不仅来自建筑，也来自与之相连的记忆和日常生活，因此应保留其居住功能。 【干扰项排除】A 文中欢迎有礼貌的访客；C 工程实际加入了现代服务；D 居民希望更安全，未拒绝消防改进。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】后文“一次修一部分”表明变化分阶段、缓慢发生，gradual 意为“逐渐的”。 【干扰项排除】A 没有秘密施工；B 参与规划的并非只有学生；C 语境不强调费用或难度。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Digging into History for a Day 一、主旨概括 文章记叙八年级学生在考古体验中心完成模拟发掘、记录、拼合与展示的活动。学生由此认识到考古不是寻宝，而是尊重证据、细致记录和共享信息的团队工作。 二、重点词句 archaeology n. 考古学 — learn how archaeology works 了解考古如何开展 layer n. 层 — remove sand layer by layer 逐层移开沙土 position n. 位置 — record an object's position 记录物品位置 measure v. 测量 — measure the area 测量区域 pattern n. 图案；花纹 — compare patterns and shapes 比较花纹和形状 force v. 强行；迫使 — do not force two pieces 不要强行拼接两块碎片 evidence n. 证据 — study evidence carefully 仔细研究证据 长难句：The students then entered their records into a computer, which created a digital map of all the finds. — which 引导非限制性定语从句，补充说明电脑根据记录生成数字地图。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 C 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】全文按活动流程介绍学生亲手体验模拟考古并理解其工作方法，D 概括最全面。 【干扰项排除】A 文中没有博物馆扩充藏品计划；B 将考古曲解为寻宝比赛；C 地点是体验中心而非真实遗址。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】第二段末句明确写到小组在取出碗之前先测量区域、拍照并绘图。 【干扰项排除】A 清理与拼合发生在下一阶段；C 没有直接送往博物馆；D 另一小组并未负责修复该碗。 第 3 题 答案：C 【解题思路】张瑞把用途写成“可能”并说明仍需研究，说明记录未知信息有助于区分已知事实和待验证推测。 【干扰项排除】A 不是为了增加字数；B 未知问题不表示指导不足；D 展示卡包括发现过程，并未回避地点。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】数字地图把每件物品和其出现地点对应起来，因此 connect 表示“把一事物与另一事物联系起来”。 【干扰项排除】B 与地图展示功能相反；C 清理动作发生在前文；D 没有打碎物品的含义。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 When Old Treasures Come Home 一、主旨概括 文章讲述一批古代物品在安全条件改善后回到发现地博物馆的过程，突出运输、环境适应和数字记录中的保护措施。展览借助双语标签、地图和地方故事，让本地文化遗产与更广泛的参观者建立联系。 二、重点词句 storage n. 储存；保管 — improve storage rooms 改善储藏室 sensor n. 传感器 — put sensors inside the boxes 在箱内放置传感器 transport n. 运输 — record movement during transport 记录运输中的移动 environment n. 环境 — get used to a new environment 适应新环境 label n. 标签；说明牌 — create exhibition labels 制作展品说明牌 local adj. 当地的 — share local stories 分享当地故事 damage n. 损坏；伤害 — reduce possible damage 减少可能的损坏 长难句：If an object changed during the trip, they would be able to notice it quickly. — if 引导条件状语从句，would be able to 表示在相应情况下能够发现变化。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】文章既写古物在严密保护下归来，也写博物馆通过新方式讲述其故事，B 同时覆盖两方面。 【干扰项排除】A 学生没有建设博物馆；C 数字地图是辅助方式，不能取代实物展览；D 农具不是校园礼物。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】第二段明确说明箱内的小型传感器记录运输过程中的移动。 【干扰项排除】A 传感器不记录参观者声音；B 物品年代不是运输监测内容；D 文中强调箱内运输状况，不是当地天气。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】第三段说学生希望不同地方的参观者理解古物用途，由此可推断双语标签是为了服务更广泛的观众。 【干扰项排除】A 没有再次运走的计划；B 练习长句无中生有；C 专家无法理解故事并非制作标签的原因。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】运输前采取控温、防水和监测措施，目的都是减少古物受到的伤害，因此 damage 意为“损坏”。 【干扰项排除】B 指历史记录而非伤害；C 把结果偷换成运输工具；D 指保护行为，与“可能被减少”的负面结果不符。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 09 非遗与传统文化进校园（原文版） Passage 1 An Opera Lesson in Our Classroom It was Monday morning, but Class 5 of No. 4 Middle School did not open their textbooks. Two visitors stood at the door in bright costumes with long white sleeves, and even the quietest boy in the room sat up straight. A local opera troupe had come to the school for Culture Week, and the first lesson was given by an actress of about sixty years old. She started with a question: how can you show a journey of a thousand li on a stage only eight metres wide? Then she walked in a circle, lifted a whip and stopped, and the class understood at once. After that the actors showed how hands and sleeves can open a door, row a boat or pour a cup of tea. Several students were invited to try. One boy tried to open an invisible door and nearly walked into his own desk. Their arms ached after a few minutes, and they realised that a minute of beauty on the stage takes years of practice behind it. The best part came at the end. A young actress taught everyone a short song about a brave girl who joined the army in her old father's place, and the whole class sang along. It was the first time that many of them had sung in that slow, high voice. She also explained that the colours painted on a face help the audience know what kind of person the character is, and that every movement on the stage has its own grammar. When the actors left, Miss Li asked her students to write one sentence in their notebooks. Lin Tao wrote: "I thought opera was slow and old. Now I think it is like another language, and I want to learn it." Six students from his class joined the school opera club that week, and they are still practising their steps every Thursday afternoon. Questions 1. （主旨大意）The passage mainly describes ______. A. how to become an opera actress in a few years B. a competition between two local opera groups C. an opera troupe visiting a class and changing the students' ideas D. why opera tickets are more expensive than film tickets 2. （细节理解）How did the actress show a long journey on the stage? A. She walked in a circle and lifted a whip. B. She rode a real horse across the stage. C. She used a large map as background. D. She told the story without any movement. 3. （推理判断）Lin Tao's sentence in the last paragraph shows that he ______. A. still believes opera is useless for young people B. has decided to become a professional actor at once C. thinks opera should only be seen in big theatres D. has begun to understand and accept traditional opera 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "costumes" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. long white sleeves used for dancing B. special clothes worn by actors in a play C. books about very old Chinese stories D. bright paints used on an actor's face —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 Biting Spring: Learning the Twenty-four Solar Terms Early in February, when the ice on the school pond was still thick, the students of Class 3 were busy making colourful pictures. Each group had chosen one term to paint: spring vegetables, warm rain and farmers working in the fields. Their task was to finish the wall painting before "Start of Spring", the first of the twenty-four solar terms. Long ago Chinese farmers watched nature closely. They divided a year into twenty-four parts and gave each part a name: Awakening of Insects, Grain Rain, White Dew and so on. These names told people when to sow seeds, when to water the fields and when to bring in the harvest, and parents handed them down to their children year after year. Even today many families still follow some old customs. On Start of Spring, people in the north often eat thin pancakes with fresh vegetables rolled inside, a habit called "biting spring". Xia Mei drew exactly this scene with her crayons. "The terms are not only for farmers," their teacher Miss Li told the class. "They teach us to watch the sky, the wind and the plants, and to notice small changes around us." She said the farmers who created them were the first careful scientists of the season. Then she asked everyone to keep a spring diary: for two months they would write down the first flower they saw, the first birdcall they heard and the first warm rain they felt. By April the students were surprised to find that their diaries had become long and full of small discoveries. Wang Lei wrote that he had never watched a tree so carefully before, and that waiting for one bud to open made him less hasty in other things too. Many students decided to continue the habit, because noticing nature slowly makes even busy school days feel calmer and richer. Questions 1. （主旨大意）The writer mainly wants to ______. A. advise farmers to use modern machines instead of old terms B. introduce the twenty-four solar terms and show how students learn from them C. explain in detail how the ancient Chinese calendar was invented D. tell readers the best time of year to eat spring pancakes 2. （细节理解）What did Miss Li ask the whole class to do? A. To draw twenty-four paintings in a single week. B. To cook spring pancakes for their families. C. To visit a farm during the busy harvest. D. To keep a diary about small changes in nature. 3. （推理判断）We can infer from the last paragraph that ______. A. the project helped students become careful observers of nature B. most students found the diary writing boring and useless C. there were no flowers near the school that whole spring D. the project lasted for only two short weeks 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "customs" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. sudden changes in the weather B. useful tools used by ancient farmers C. traditional ways of doing things in a culture D. names given to every month of the year —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 Lights and Wishes on Lantern Night The Lantern Festival falls on the fifteenth day of the first lunar month, the last big day of the Spring Festival. This year No. 4 Middle School celebrated it in its own way: a lantern evening in the playground after classes. Preparations had begun two weeks earlier. Every class made lanterns out of red paper, empty bottles and old boxes. Some looked like rabbits, some like fish, and one clever group made a lantern in the shape of the school library. Every class wanted its own lantern to be the brightest one of all. Teachers hung hundreds of them above the running track. Then the whole school counted down together, and when all the lights were turned on at the same moment, the playground seemed to be glowing. Under each lantern there was a small card with a riddle written by another class. Students walked slowly under the lights, reading and thinking. If you knew the answer, you could take the card off and change it for a bookmark painted by the art club. The most difficult card belonged to Class 6: nobody solved it until a quiet boy from Grade 7 whispered the answer to his teacher. At one end of the playground several grandmothers from the neighbourhood were making sweet rice balls with the students. They told the children that when they were young, lanterns were made of thin bamboo and red paper, and the whole village came out to see them. The food tasted sweet, but the stories tasted even better. Before going home, everyone wrote a wish for the new year and tied it to their own lantern. Even some teachers joined in the singing at the very end. "Traditions are not kept in books," their head teacher said that night. "They are kept by hands that make things together, year after year." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the best title for the passage? A. A School Lantern Evening for the Lantern Festival B. Making Delicious Sweet Rice Balls at Home C. How to Guess Difficult Riddles Correctly D. A Busy Evening at the School Art Club 2. （细节理解）How could a student get a bookmark at the lantern evening? A. By buying all the materials with his own money. B. By singing a traditional song for the teachers. C. By giving the right answer to a riddle card. D. By making the biggest lantern in his class. 3. （推理判断）From the head teacher's words we can learn that ______. A. old traditions should never change in any way B. the Lantern Festival is mainly about eating food C. books are far more useful than young hands D. young people keep traditions alive by practising them together 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "glowing" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. filled with too many people B. shining with warm light C. covered with red paper D. hanging very high above the ground —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Sweet Animals Made by Hand Chen Jianshe is not a teacher, but once a month a desk in No. 4 Middle School becomes his classroom. The children stand in a circle around his desk and watch every move he makes. He is over seventy, and in his hands a small piece of hot sugar can become a dragon, a rooster or a rabbit in less than two minutes. He always arrives early, puts down a wooden box and opens it like a small theatre. The students call him Grandpa Chen. He brings a small stove, a pan of sugar and several wooden sticks. Nobody is allowed to touch the hot pan, but everybody may try blowing the sugar into shape. Most students fail and laugh at themselves, because blowing too hard makes the thin sugar skin break at once. "Softly," Grandpa Chen says again and again. "Talk to it." He learned the skill from his father more than fifty years ago and has kept it alive even when few people cared about it. Some years ago he worried that no young person would learn it at all. Now he comes to schools and children's centres, and several students have asked him for lessons after class. He never asks them to make a promise. He only asks them to arrive early and to watch him heat the sugar patiently. "I am not saving a great treasure," he often says. "If children can make one small animal and smile at it, this old skill will live a little longer." Last month a Grade 8 girl managed to blow a fat little pig all by herself. He told her that honest work is never wasted, even when it looks imperfect. The pig looked far from perfect, and Grandpa Chen still put it on the highest shelf of his desk, where every visitor could see it clearly. Questions 1. （主旨大意）The passage mainly tells us about ______. A. the healthiest way of cooking sweet food at home B. how the Spring Festival is celebrated in villages C. why children should eat much less sugar than adults D. an old craftsman bringing a traditional sugar skill into school 2. （细节理解）Why do most students fail when they try the skill? A. Because they cannot light the small stove. B. Because they blow too hard and the thin sugar skin breaks. C. Because the sugar in the pan is already too cold. D. Because they are given only a few seconds to work. 3. （推理判断）We can infer from the passage that Grandpa Chen ______. A. regrets learning the skill from his father B. wants to become rich by selling his sugar works C. hopes the old skill will be passed on to young people D. believes his skill should stay inside his own family 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "shape" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. the outer form of a thing B. a small animal made of sugar C. a stick used for holding the sugar D. the pan used for heating the sugar —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Old Poems, Young Voices Every Wednesday afternoon a small room in the school library fills with the sound of old poems. The room itself is tiny, but nobody in it is in a hurry. The members of the Classic Reading Club at No. 4 Middle School are Grade 7 and Grade 8 students, and they meet once a week to read classical Chinese poems aloud, slowly, and without their phones. The club was started three years ago by a Chinese teacher, Miss Hui. In the beginning only six students came, and most of them found the old language hard to follow. So Miss Hui changed the method. Before reading a poem, members look at a painting of its scene, or watch a short video about the poet's life. Then they read the lines several times until clear pictures begin to form in their heads. Nothing in the club is done for marks or prizes. After that everyone chooses a way of their own. Some members draw the scene with pencils; others copy the lines with a brush; a few write short stories about what might have happened after the poem ended. Last term the club even performed a small play about two poets saying goodbye beside a river, wearing simple costumes made at home. Parents were invited, and several of them said they were nearly moved to tears. "When you understand the feeling, the words are no longer strange," said Xu Wen, a Grade 8 member. She now reads one poem every morning before breakfast, and she says the lines feel like letters from people who once watched the same moon. Others borrow books of poetry from the school library and read them on their way home. "The old books do not need us to keep them in a glass box," Miss Hui says. "They need young voices to read them again, in young ways." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the best title for the passage? A. How to Draw Scenes from Old Paintings B. Reading Old Poems in a Young Way C. The Long History of Our School Library D. Writing Short Stories for Beginners 2. （细节理解）What did the club members do before reading a poem? A. They looked at its scene or learned about the poet's life. B. They copied every line twenty times by hand. C. They translated the poem into another language. D. They explained every word in English first. 3. （推理判断）From Miss Hui's words in the last paragraph we can infer that ______. A. old books should be locked away and never touched B. only great poets can understand classical poems C. traditions keep living when young people read them in their own ways D. exam results are always the most important thing in reading 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "method" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. a list of the club members' names B. a painting of the poet's life C. a problem that is difficult to solve D. a way of doing something 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 07 数字经济与新消费方式（原文版） Passage 1 Grandma's First Mobile Payment Liu Guifang is 68 years old and lives in a small city in Jiangxi. For most of her life she paid for everything with paper money. Every morning she walked to the market near her home, counted her coins slowly and put the change back into an old cloth bag. She liked that careful way of doing things, but she was also afraid of losing money on the crowded bus. Things changed last spring. Her grandson Wang Lei, a Grade 8 student, came to stay with her during the holiday. One afternoon he showed her how to pay with a phone. At first Grandma Liu was afraid. "What if my money disappears?" she asked. Wang Lei explained that the money stayed safely in the bank and that every payment left a clear record. He set an easy password for her, turned on a safety check, and wrote every step on a piece of paper. In the evening they practised together three times. The next morning they went to the market together. At the fruit stall Grandma Liu held up her phone with both hands and heard a soft "beep". The seller smiled and handed her a bag of oranges. "That was faster than counting coins," she said happily. During the following weeks she learned to pay her water bill online and to order medicine from a shop three streets away. On hot or rainy days she no longer stood in long queues. Now Grandma Liu also helps some of her neighbours. She tells them that new tools are not difficult if you are patient, and that they should never tell their passwords to strangers or open strange links. Every Sunday she writes down what she has bought in a small notebook, so that she always knows where her money goes. "The phone is small," she often says, "but it makes daily life much lighter." Questions 1. （主旨大意）The passage mainly tells us that ______. A. old people should never use a smart phone in daily life B. paper money is always safer than paying with a phone C. an old woman learns mobile payment and finds life easier D. grandchildren must live with their grandparents after school 2. （细节理解）What did Wang Lei do to help his grandmother pay safely? A. He bought her a new cloth bag for her coins. B. He gave her all his pocket money every month. C. He paid all the family bills for a whole year. D. He set a password and turned on a safety check. 3. （推理判断）From Grandma Liu's words at the end we can learn that she ______. A. accepts the new tool and uses it in a careful way B. still believes phones are useless for old people C. wants to sell her phone to one of her neighbours D. worries that online payment is too dangerous to try 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "record" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. a piece of paper for writing down steps B. a written note that keeps information safely C. a secret number used to open a phone D. a safety check made by the bank each time —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 Oranges from the Village to Your Door Last winter the oranges in Wangping Village were big and sweet, but few buyers came to buy them. The road to the village is long and bumpy, so traders usually arrived late and offered a low price. Zhao Ming, a fruit grower of 45, watched box after box of oranges sit in the yard and could not sleep well. His niece Zhao Xin, a college student, came home for the holiday. When she heard his worry, she took out her phone and said she had an idea. She set the phone on a small stand among the trees and started a live stream. At first fewer than ten people were watching. Zhao Xin walked through the orchard, showed the fruit still on the branch and cut one open so the viewers could see the juice inside. She answered questions about price, weight and delivery time one by one. When a viewer asked whether the oranges were really fresh, Zhao Ming picked one from a tree and ate it right in front of the camera. People laughed, and soon orders began to appear. The next morning more than three hundred boxes were packed and carried away. Orders came from cities thousands of kilometres from the village, and the family hired several neighbours to help with packing. The village later opened a short training class so that other growers could learn the same way. Zhao Xin's mother, who once believed a phone was only a toy for playing games, now checks the new orders every evening. "The live stream did not create good oranges," Zhao Ming often says. "My trees did." He still wakes up at five to work in the orchard, and he sends no fruit that he would not eat himself. To him the new tool has simply built a wider road, and that road runs straight from the village yard to a stranger's table. Questions 1. （主旨大意）The passage is mainly about ______. A. how a village family sold its oranges through a live stream B. why people in big cities stopped eating fresh fruit C. how to build wider roads in mountain villages D. what college students learn during the holiday 2. （细节理解）What did Zhao Xin do during the live stream? A. She sold the family orchard to a trader from the city. B. She asked her uncle to plant more trees next year. C. She showed the fruit on the branch and answered questions. D. She cooked a big meal for the viewers watching online. 3. （推理判断）By saying "My trees did", Zhao Ming means that ______. A. the live stream made the oranges grow much faster B. he is going to cut down all his trees very soon C. he is unhappy with his niece's strange idea D. good products matter more than good selling skills 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "hired" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. visited someone in order to ask for help B. paid someone to do a piece of work C. invited someone to have dinner together D. taught someone a new working skill —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 The Rider Who Knows Every Street At half past six, when most people in the city are still asleep, Chen Hao is already on his blue electric bike. The 32-year-old rider unlocks his phone, checks the first order of the day and rides to a small noodle shop. Five minutes later a warm bowl of noodles is on its way to a student who must leave for school early. For Chen, this is only the first of about forty deliveries a day. He knows his area better than many taxi drivers do. Which lift is slow, which building has a back gate, where the road is being repaired, all of this stays in his head. One rainy afternoon he took medicine to an old man living on the sixth floor of an old building with no lift. He waited at the door until the man answered, and then helped put the bags on the table. The things he carries tell their own story. Ten years ago most of his orders were fast food. Now he delivers fresh vegetables, birthday cakes, school books and even a phone charger for someone working late in an office. "People buy time," he says with a smile. "They want to stay with their families, or to finish their work, and in some way I help them do that." The work is not easy. In summer the sun is hot; in winter the wind cuts his face. Chen drinks little water during the day so that he does not waste time, and he often eats lunch while waiting at a traffic light. In the evening he takes an online course about maps and traffic rules, because he hopes to become a team leader one day. Chen never calls himself a hero. What makes him happy is a short "thank you" at the door, or a cup of hot water handed to him by an old customer. "The streets are long," he says, "but someone has to keep them moving." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What does the passage mainly show? A. How to become the fastest rider in a big city B. A delivery rider's work and the changes it brings to daily life C. Why rainy days make every delivery slower than usual D. The long history of electric bikes in Chinese cities 2. （细节理解）What did Chen Hao do for the old man on that rainy afternoon? A. He called a doctor to come to the flat at once. B. He carried the old man downstairs on his back. C. He cooked a warm meal for him in the kitchen. D. He waited at the door and helped put the bags on the table. 3. （推理判断）Why does Chen Hao say "People buy time"? A. Because customers pay him to wait at their door. B. Because riders only need to work a few hours a day. C. Because delivery services help people save time for other things. D. Because everything bought online always costs much more money. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "charger" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. a thing used to put power into a phone B. a box used for carrying hot food safely C. a map used by riders on rainy days D. a light coat worn when the wind is strong —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 Jobs with New Names Twenty years ago nobody looked for a "live-stream seller" or a "short-video editor" in the newspaper. Today these names appear everywhere. Delivery planners, drone operators and online community shop managers are all new jobs which have grown with digital technology. Most of them did not replace old jobs; they grew quietly beside them. Such jobs appeared mainly because more people now shop, learn and work partly online. Xu Wen, 26, is a community online shop manager in a busy neighbourhood. Every morning she puts fresh food and daily goods into an online group, collects the orders from her neighbours and then checks every box when it arrives. She also helps old people who cannot use the app, sometimes by writing their needs down on paper. "Half of my work is on the phone," she says, "and the other half is talking to people." She even remembers which family likes small apples. In the countryside, young people have found work in the same wave. Some fly small drones over rice fields to help farmers care for their crops. Others set up cameras in village yards so that city families can watch chickens and ducks grow before paying for them. At a recent job fair in a county town, a notice said that jobs of this kind had grown quickly in recent years. For young people who once had to leave home to find work, the same change has brought new chances closer to their own door. Schools are changing too. Students learn how to edit short videos, how to keep their own information safe and how to speak politely to customers online. They practise writing clear messages and answering complaints with patience. Teachers often tell them that machines and apps will keep changing, so people must keep learning as well. Technology may give a job a new name, but patience, honesty and hard work are still what make a worker valuable. A phone can send a message in a second; only a person can slowly earn trust. Questions 1. （主旨大意）The writer writes this passage in order to ______. A. teach readers how to fly a drone over rice fields B. compare every new job with every old job in detail C. ask young people to leave their villages immediately D. introduce new digital jobs and the qualities workers need 2. （细节理解）As an online community shop manager, Xu Wen ______. A. collects her neighbours' orders and checks every box B. designs new smart phones for a large company C. carries food across the city on a blue bike D. repairs drones used by local farmers 3. （推理判断）What can we infer from the last paragraph? A. Machines will take the place of all workers very soon. B. Workers still need good qualities such as patience and honesty. C. Schools will stop teaching the traditional subjects soon. D. Students should spend all their free time online. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "replace" in Paragraph 1 probably means "______". A. copy something exactly as it is B. take good care of something old C. take the place of something else D. add something new to a long list —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Think Before You Click "How many of you bought something online last month?" Miss Li asked her students. Nearly every hand in Class 3 went up. Then she asked a second question: "How many of you bought something that you never used?" This time about half the class laughed and raised their hands again. The class meeting that Friday afternoon was really about one thing: shopping wisely in a digital world. Lin Tao was the first to speak. He had seen a set of marker pens in a short video, thought they looked wonderful and clicked "buy" at once. The pens arrived two days later, and he used them twice. Xia Mei's story was similar. She once bought a pair of earphones because the price looked good, but the sound stopped after a week. "The pictures looked perfect," she said, "so I forgot to think." For both of them the meeting was more helpful than any poster on the wall, because every story came from a friend sitting close by. The second half of the meeting was about staying safe. Wang Lei told the class about a message he received from a stranger. It offered a famous brand bag at a very low price and asked him to open a link. He did not do it. Instead he showed the message to his father, and they reported it together. Miss Li then wrote three words on the blackboard: never rush. She also asked everyone not to post photos of their tickets, school uniforms or home address online. Together the class made four small rules. Make a list before shopping. Wait one day before buying anything expensive. Read real reviews from buyers instead of only looking at pretty pictures. And always talk with a parent before paying for anything new. The four rules were later put up on the back wall of the classroom, so nobody in Class 3 would forget them easily. "Phones make buying easy," Miss Li said at the end. "Thinking slowly is what keeps you safe and keeps your money yours." Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the best title for the passage? A. Cheap Earphones and Lost Pocket Money B. A Busy Friday Morning in Class Three C. Smart and Safe Ways to Shop Online D. How to Make a Short Video Step by Step 2. （细节理解）What happened to Lin Tao's marker pens? A. He used them only twice after buying them online. B. He sold them to Xia Mei at a very low price. C. He gave them to Miss Li as a birthday gift. D. He lost them on his way back home from school. 3. （推理判断）What does Miss Li most probably think about online shopping? A. It should be stopped inside every middle school. B. It is always dangerous for young teenagers. C. It helps every family save a lot of money. D. It is convenient but needs careful thinking. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "reviews" in Paragraph 4 probably means "______". A. prices shown clearly on the screen B. opinions written by people who bought the thing C. photos taken by the seller in the shop D. rules made by the school for students 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 15 垃圾分类与"无废城市"（解析版） Passage 1 Four Bins by the Window 一、主旨概括 本文以八年级三班窗边的四色垃圾桶为线索，讲述一个班级从随意投放到学会正确分类的过程：班会学习、设立"值周桶长"、互相提醒、自带水杯减少塑料瓶，最终把分类变成像举手发言一样自然的习惯。文章说明良好习惯需要时间，也需要在集体中反复练习。 二、重点词句 bin n. 垃圾桶 — 例：four bins standing by the window sort v. 分类、整理 — 例：sort rubbish into different bins rubbish n. 垃圾 — 例：teach rubbish sorting harmful adj. 有害的 — 例：harmful rubbish such as batteries monitor n. 监督员、值日生 — 例：two bin monitors every week recycling n. 回收利用 — 例：two large bags for recycling reduce v. 减少 — 例：produce less rubbish than before habit n. 习惯 — 例：a good habit needs time to grow 长难句：She brought a large poster and asked us to guess where a banana peel, a broken ruler and an old battery should go. — where 引导的宾语从句作 guess 的宾语，内含三个并列主语。 长难句：More importantly, sorting has become as natural to us as putting up our hands before answering a question. — as...as 原级比较结构，后一个 as 后接动名词短语。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 A 细节理解 3 D 推理判断 4 B 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】考查主旨大意。全文按"起初混乱—班会学习—设桶长—反复纠正—习惯养成"推进，末段点明 sorting has become as natural ... as putting up our hands，主旨是班级学会分类并养成习惯。 【干扰项排除】A 以偏概全，海报只是教学工具；B 无中生有，运动会跑步只是"不买塑料瓶"规则中的场景；D 曲解文意，清洁工的分拣只是背景，不是文章中心。 第 2 题 答案：A 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段末 "Their job is to check the bins after lunch and to gently remind anyone who makes a mistake"，与 A 完全对应。 【干扰项排除】B、C、D 均属信息错位，文中分别提到了打扫、购买新桶和收作业这些动作，但都不是"桶长"的职责。 第 3 题 答案：D 【解题思路】推理判断题。末段用 as natural to us as putting up our hands 这一比喻说明分类已经像课堂举手一样自然，由此推出已形成习惯。 【干扰项排除】A 绝对化语气，原文说"比以前少"，不是"完全不产生"；B 与末段首句并列的正向评价（更干净、更自然）相反；C 与"手变得又快又准"的表述矛盾。 第 4 题 答案：B 【解题思路】词义猜测题。上文说同学们把饮料盒扔进绿桶、把纸扔进红桶，清洁工只能重新把垃圾归类整理，故 sort 意为"按类别分开"。 【干扰项排除】A throw away（扔掉）与"重新处理"矛盾；C sell for money（卖钱）、D break into pieces（打碎）均无法与"清洁工逐件处理"的情境搭配，属逻辑错误。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 Old Books, New Readers 一、主旨概括 本文介绍了学校每年六月举办的"书桥"活动：学生把读过的书带来交换，并写下留言传递阅读感受。文章进一步指出校服传给低年级同学、坏课桌修理后继续使用、社团用废纸箱做灯笼、落叶护土等再利用实践，最后借组织者高雯的话点题——环保不在于课本上的一个词，而在于"留下还是扔掉"的日常选择。 二、重点词句 change hands phr. 换主人、易主 — 例：hundreds of books changed hands store room n. 储藏室 — 例：boxes of old storybooks in the store room dust n. 灰尘 — 例：sleep in the dust reply card n. 回信卡片 — 例：left a reply card three weeks later uniform n. 校服 — 例：used uniforms are washed and passed on lantern n. 灯笼 — 例：makes lanterns from old paper boxes organiser n. 组织者 — 例：one of the organisers reuse v. 再次使用 — 例：reuse old things 长难句：The activity started because some students found boxes of old storybooks in the store room. — because 引导原因状语从句；the store room 指学校储藏室。 长难句：In our school, used uniforms are washed and passed to younger students, and broken desks are repaired instead of being carried to the bin. — and 连接两个并列句，后句为一般现在时被动语态，instead of 后接动名词被动式 being carried。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 A 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：A 【解题思路】考查主旨大意。文章由"书桥"引出旧衣物、旧课桌、废纸箱、落叶等多处再利用事例，末段以"保留而非丢弃"的选择点题，故主旨是学生通过再利用保护环境。 【干扰项排除】B 以偏概全，写留言只是传递方式；C 无中生有，文章不谈具体哪些故事好看；D 信息错位，校服价格从未提及。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节题，定位第三段 "used uniforms are washed and passed to younger students"，直接对应 D。 【干扰项排除】A、B、C 均与原文相悖：B 与 carried to the bin 的情况相反（衣服是被"传下去"而不是扔），A、C 属无中生有。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理判断题。她紧接着说"It is the choice you make when you decide to keep something instead of throwing it away"，可知她强调的是行动层面的日常选择，而非书本上的概念。 【干扰项排除】A 与她的意思相反，属曲解文意；C 绝对化，她说"不只是课本上的一个词"，并未说课本不谈环保；D 无中生有，也未提及学校应如何调整教学。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题。前文说旧书被堆在储藏室、荒废一旁，问句"为什么让好故事在……里睡觉"，结合生活常识可知指在"灰尘"中闲置。 【干扰项排除】A clean water、B warm sunlight、D bright colour 都无法与"储藏室里无人翻阅"的语境形成合理搭配，属语境不符。 语篇价值提示："留下还是扔掉"是每个学生在教室、宿舍和家庭里每天都会遇到的小决定，累积起来就是资源观。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 What Does "Waste-free" Mean? 一、主旨概括 本文先纠正"无废城市就是没有垃圾"的误解，指出其含义是尽量少产生垃圾、并把剩余的大部分变成有用的东西。随后依次介绍减量、再利用、回收三个步骤，说明这些工作离不开普通人的日常参与，最后强调无数微小而持续的行动终将改变整座城市。 二、重点词句 waste-free adj. 无废的、少废的 — 例：a waste-free city reduce v. 减少 — 例：The first step is reducing. reuse v. 重复使用 — 例：The second step is reusing. recycle v. 回收利用 — 例：The third step is recycling. metal n. 金属 — 例：Paper, metal and plastic fertiliser n. 肥料 — 例：become fertiliser for fields separate v. 分开、分置 — 例：what people never separate resident n. 居民 — 例：teach residents how to use the bins 长难句：Machines cannot sort what people never separate. — what 引导宾语从句作 sort 的宾语，never 表否定式限定的条件。 长难句：It takes years, patience and millions of small decisions. — It takes + 名词（时间、品质、数量）的固定句式，表示"需要……"。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 D 主旨大意 2 B 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 C 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：D 【解题思路】考查主旨大意。首段设问式解释概念，第二段写三步骤，第三段写普通人如何落地，末段总结人与城市的改变，主线是"无废城市是什么、如何去建"。 【干扰项排除】A 偷换概念，文章讲今后的做法而非垃圾史；B、C 以偏概全，工厂回收与减少蔬菜浪费都只是第二段中的单句举例。 第 2 题 答案：B 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段 "The second step is reusing"，顺序为 reducing → reusing → recycling。 【干扰项排除】A 信息错位，那是第一步；C 顺序错位，那是第三步；D 无中生有，焚烧并非文中提出的步骤。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理判断题。紧承前句"It takes years, patience and millions of small decisions"，砖块与墙的比喻正是说明：无数个体小事堆叠起来才能建成"无废城市"。 【干扰项排除】B、C 停留在字面理解，把比喻当事实；D 无中生有，城市是否需要更多建筑与原文无关。 第 4 题 答案：C 【解题思路】词义猜测题。前文说城市在每个社区投放不同颜色的垃圾桶，并"教会……如何使用"，生活在那里的人即为教学对象，故 residents 意为"居民"。 【干扰项排除】A visitors（路过的人）不可能成为社区垃圾桶的固定使用者；B factory workers、D school students 范围过窄，属以偏概全。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 A Weekend with the Green Volunteers 一、主旨概括 本文按时间顺序记录了一次社区环保志愿活动：志愿者清捡路面垃圾、在四色桶旁指导居民投放，中午中学生用图画卡带小朋友做分类游戏，一天下来收集四十余袋垃圾且大多已分类。文章强调居民并非粗心而是缺少提醒，呼吁把环保从"一年一次"变成经常性行动。 二、重点词句 volunteer n. 志愿者 — 例：more than thirty volunteers community n. 社区 — 例：the gate of Sunshine Community cart n. 手推车 — 例：pushed a small cart vest n. 背心 — 例：wore the same bright green vests sort v. 分类 — 例：helping people sort their bags correctly remind v. 提醒 — 例：remind them once or twice count v. 清点 — 例：The volunteers counted their work. careless adj. 粗心的 — 例：People are not careless. 长难句：Then they stood beside the four-coloured bins for two hours, helping people sort their bags correctly. — 现在分词短语 helping ... 作伴随状语，修饰 stood。 长难句：As one student wrote afterwards, protecting the environment is not something you do once a year; it is something you do until it becomes part of who you are. — As 引导非限制性定语从句，not ...; ... 形成取舍并列，until 引导时间状语从句。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 B 主旨大意 2 C 细节理解 3 A 推理判断 4 D 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：B 【解题思路】考查主旨大意。全文以"集合分工—捡拾—桶边指导—学生加入—收工清点"的时间线展开，中心事件是一次社区环保志愿服务。 【干扰项排除】A 与首段 "They were not there for a party" 直接矛盾；C 以偏概全，图画卡只是学生环节的工具；D 偷换主体，参与者是志愿者而非社区清洁工。 第 2 题 答案：C 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段 "Mrs Han ... explained the same rules again and again to anyone who passed by"，即向路人讲解分类规则。 【干扰项排除】A 与"给正确分类的孩子送小绿植"的对象错位（她不是卖植物的人）；B、D 无中生有，做饭与画卡片属其他志愿者或小学生所为。 第 3 题 答案：A 【解题思路】推理判断题。韩阿姨说"People are not careless... They just need someone to remind them once or twice"，随后那位年轻妈妈回来时提着三袋已分类好的垃圾，正是"耐心提醒胜过指责"的印证。 【干扰项排除】B 绝对化，活动中有六十多岁的老人参与；C 与"没有人拿到报酬却笑着回家"矛盾；D 与末句"环保不是一年做一次的事"相反。 第 4 题 答案：D 【解题思路】词义猜测题。pushed a small cart 与前面的 carried gloves and bags、held picture cards 并列，都是携带工具的动作；能"推"且用于装载物品的自然是有轮子的小车。 【干扰项排除】A a kind of drink（饮料）、B a small plant（小盆栽）、C a picture card（图画卡）都无法与动词 pushed 搭配，属搭配不当。 —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Grandma's Kitchen Bucket 一、主旨概括 本文讲述陈昊受奶奶影响学会减少厨余浪费的故事：奶奶把果皮菜叶变成肥料、洗米水浇花、精打细算做饭，而陈昊曾嫌她过于计较；参加学校食物浪费课题后他改变了看法，开始写购物清单并吃光盘中食物。结尾点明哪怕一个人改变不了整条河，也可以先从自家厨房做起。 二、重点词句 bucket n. 桶 — 例：a small plastic bucket courtyard n. 院子 — 例：from the kitchen to the courtyard skin n. 皮（果皮） — 例：potato skins and tea leaves peel v. 削皮、去皮 — 例：She peels vegetables thinly. fertiliser / soil n. 肥料 / 土壤 — 例：turn into dark soil food waste n. 厨余垃圾、食物浪费 — 例：a school project about food waste reduce v. 减少 — 例：reduce food waste protect v. 保护 — 例：protect the environment 长难句：Water that has washed the rice goes straight to the flower pots outside. — that 引导定语从句修饰 water，从句用现在完成时强调已完成洗米作用。 长难句：He learned that food needs sunlight, water and many days of hard work before it reaches the table, and that throwing half a bowl of rice away is like throwing half of that work away. — and 连接两个 that 宾语从句，第二个从句用动名词短语作主语。 三、答案与解析 题号 答案 考点 1 C 主旨大意 2 D 细节理解 3 B 推理判断 4 A 词义猜测 第 1 题 答案：C 【解题思路】考查主旨大意。文章由"拿桶到院子"引出奶奶的做法，再写陈昊从不解到认同的转变，主线是男孩在奶奶影响下学会减少食物浪费。 【干扰项排除】A 以偏概全，煮饭只是奶奶节约的一个细节；B 曲解文意，文章从不谈攒钱；D 信息错位，小花园是结果而非主题。 第 2 题 答案：D 【解题思路】细节题，定位第二段 "Water that has washed the rice goes straight to the flower pots outside"，直接对应浇花。 【干扰项排除】A、B、C 均与原文不符：A 与节约理念矛盾，B、C 属无中生有。 第 3 题 答案：B 【解题思路】推理判断题。第三段首句明确交代 "Last summer he joined a school project about food waste, and that changed his mind"，并说明他由此理解了食物背后的人力与资源。 【干扰项排除】A 偷换概念，奶奶在意的是节约而非钱；C 与末段"这只桶教会他的比任何海报都多"相悖；D 无中生有，种菜书未在文中出现。 第 4 题 答案：A 【解题思路】词义猜测题。并列动作 "peels vegetables thinly, cooks ... and turns ..."，且第一段提到桶里装着 potato skins，说明她把蔬菜皮削得很薄，故 peels 意为"去皮"。 【干扰项排除】B cuts into pieces（切块）与 thinly 不符；C washes carefully（仔细洗）会与后文"洗米水浇花"混淆，属信息错位；D cooks slowly（慢煮）与 produces skins 无关。 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $ 11 智慧城市与社区精细治理（原文版） Passage 1 A Map That Helps a City Move At seven thirty on a rainy Monday, many people in a city are travelling to work or school. On a large screen at the city service centre, roads appear in green, yellow and red. Information comes from buses, traffic lights and road sensors. Together, these systems form part of a “city brain” that helps workers understand what is happening in different areas. The screen brings many kinds of public information together, which saves teams from checking separate systems one by one. One yellow line shows that buses near a busy crossing are moving slowly. The system does not simply give an alarm. It compares present information with usual travel times and suggests keeping the green light on a little longer. A worker checks the suggestion before sending it to the traffic team. Soon, vehicles begin to move more <u>smoothly</u>, and the buses return to their normal timetable. The same digital map can help with other city services. If several streetlights stop working, their locations appear on the screen, so repair workers can plan a shorter route. When rainwater rises near a low road, sensors send information early, allowing staff to check the area. Instead of waiting for many phone calls, service teams can often find and solve a small problem before it grows. However, the city brain is a tool, not a magic answer. Information may be late or a sensor may make a mistake. Trained workers must check important decisions, and different service teams need to communicate. The system also focuses on roads and public equipment rather than people's private lives. Used carefully, the digital map can make daily services more efficient. Its greatest value is not the number of screens it uses, but whether it helps residents enjoy safer and easier journeys. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. Why residents should travel only on rainy days. B. How workers build roads with digital screens. C. How a city brain uses information to improve public services. D. Why traffic lights should always stay green longer. 2. （细节理解）What happens before the suggestion is sent to the traffic team? A. Bus drivers change their timetable. B. A worker checks the suggestion. C. Residents make many phone calls. D. Repair workers turn off the sensors. 3. （推理判断）Why does the writer call the city brain “a tool, not a magic answer”? A. People still need to check information and make decisions. B. The system can work only when the weather is sunny. C. Digital maps are unable to show streetlights. D. Residents do not care about safer journeys. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "smoothly" in Paragraph 2 probably means "______". A. with more noise B. at a higher price C. in a surprising direction D. easily and without being stopped —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 2 One Morning with a Grid Worker Ms Chen is a community grid worker. Her neighbourhood is divided into several small areas called grids, and she is responsible for one of them. Because the area is not too large, she can learn about local needs quickly and connect residents with the right service team. Her work combines walking visits with a simple digital reporting system. Each morning, the service page gives her a clear list of unfinished tasks in the grid. At nine one morning, Ms Chen notices water running from a pipe near a bicycle shed. She takes a photo, marks the exact place on her phone and sends the report to the repair team. Residents can follow the progress through the community service page. Before noon, the pipe is fixed, and Ms Chen checks the ground to make sure it is safe. In the past, people sometimes called different offices before finding the right one. Later, an elderly resident asks for help with a hospital appointment website. Ms Chen shows him each step and writes the main instructions on paper. She also visits a family that has just moved in and explains rubbish-sorting times and nearby services. Not every task needs technology. Sometimes listening face to face is the most <u>direct</u> way to understand a worry. Before finishing her day, Ms Chen reviews her reports. The system shows which tasks are complete and which still need attention. It records service problems, not private family conversations. Residents can also discuss common needs at monthly meetings, so one worker does not decide everything alone. Grid work is useful because small areas make service faster, while open discussion keeps it connected to real life. For Ms Chen, good community management means noticing small matters and making sure each one reaches the people who can solve it. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What does the passage mainly introduce? A. A new hospital appointment website. B. The rules of rubbish sorting in one city. C. An elderly man's experience with a phone. D. How a grid worker helps solve community problems. 2. （细节理解）How did Ms Chen report the leaking pipe? A. She sent a photo and marked its location on her phone. B. She waited for residents to call several offices. C. She wrote the problem only on a piece of paper. D. She discussed it at the next monthly meeting. 3. （推理判断）What can we learn about community grid work? A. Technology should replace all face-to-face service. B. Grid workers make every decision by themselves. C. It joins digital reporting with personal help. D. It records all private talks between family members. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "direct" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. expensive and modern B. clear and without unnecessary steps C. difficult for old people to use D. private and impossible to share —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 3 A Small Garden Chosen Together There was an empty corner between two apartment buildings in a community. Some residents wanted flower beds, while others hoped for exercise equipment. Parents asked for a safe place where young children could play. Since the space was small, it could not hold every idea. The community invited residents to a meeting to decide how the corner should be used. The notice promised that every suggestion would be recorded, even if it could not enter the final plan. Before the meeting, volunteers put a map and three possible plans on the community service page. People could leave ideas online or write them on paper at the service centre. To include different voices, students interviewed older neighbours who did not use smartphones. The answers showed that most residents wanted a quiet green space, but they also needed seats and a short path for walking. At the meeting, a designer explained the cost and space needed for each plan in simple language. Residents sat in small groups and talked about the advantages and problems. A girl suggested low flower beds so children could watch insects without stepping on plants. An elderly man asked for seats with backs. After discussion, the group reached a <u>balanced</u> plan: a small garden, a safe walking path and four comfortable seats. The finished garden is not the largest or most modern place in the community, but residents use it every day. A noticeboard explains how the final plan came from public ideas. It also invites people to take turns watering plants. The process took more time than choosing a plan directly, yet it reduced later disagreements. More importantly, residents felt that the space belonged to everyone. Smart community management is not only about fast online services. It also means using information to support careful discussion and shared decisions. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. Why every community needs a large sports field. B. How residents worked together to plan a shared space. C. How a designer created a garden without public ideas. D. Why online voting is always better than meetings. 2. （细节理解）How were older residents who did not use smartphones included? A. They were given new phones by volunteers. B. They met the designer in their homes. C. They chose the plan after the garden was built. D. Students interviewed them about their ideas. 3. （推理判断）Why did the process reduce later disagreements? A. Different needs were discussed before the plan was chosen. B. The community allowed only one group to speak. C. Residents were not told about the cost of the plans. D. The largest and most modern plan was selected. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "balanced" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. designed only for young children B. built without spending any money C. giving fair attention to different needs D. changed completely after the meeting —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 4 The Helpful Screen at the Service Centre A new screen stands in the community service centre. Residents can use it to check bus times, report broken public equipment, find activity rooms and make appointments for services. The words are large, and each page has only a few clear choices. The screen is part of a smart service project designed to make common tasks easier. It does not require residents to own a smartphone, download an app or remember a long web address. Seventy-year-old Mr Wu came to try it after seeing a notice. At first, he worried that he would press the wrong button. A volunteer showed him how to choose a service and return to the last page. Mr Wu then found the time of a health talk and printed a small reminder. “I can do this myself next time,” he said. The volunteer stayed nearby, but did not take the task away from him. The screen offers several useful designs. It can read words aloud, and the height can be changed for wheelchair users. Residents may choose paper instructions instead of receiving a phone message. If the screen cannot solve a problem, one button connects the user with a staff member. These choices make the service more <u>accessible</u> to people with different needs. During its first month, workers collected residents' comments instead of only counting how many times the screen was touched. Some users said the home page had too many colours, so the design was made simpler. Others asked for longer time before a page closed. The service team made that change as well. A smart service should not force everyone to use the same method. Technology is truly helpful when it gives residents more choices, keeps human support available and improves through real feedback. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the best title for the passage? A. Smart Service with Different Users in Mind B. Why Paper Notices Should Disappear C. A Machine That Replaces Community Workers D. The Most Popular Health Talk in Town 2. （细节理解）What did Mr Wu do by himself after the volunteer's help? A. He repaired the service screen. B. He changed the screen's height. C. He found a health talk and printed a reminder. D. He collected comments from other residents. 3. （推理判断）What idea does the writer support? A. All residents should use phone messages. B. The number of screen touches is the only useful result. C. Older people should avoid digital services. D. Smart services should offer technology and human support. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "accessible" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. costly to improve B. easy for different people to use C. difficult to find in the centre D. popular only with young residents —————————————————————————————————————————————— Passage 5 Convenience with a Safety Lock A community app helps residents receive notices, book shared rooms and report problems such as a broken light. When it was first introduced, many people liked its speed. Others asked important questions: What information does the app collect? Who can see it? The service team decided that convenience should grow together with information safety. It invited both frequent app users and residents with little digital experience to carefully review the service rules together in detail. The improved app follows a simple rule: collect only what a service truly needs. To report a broken streetlight, a resident can send its location and a photo without giving a home address. Booking a shared room requires a name and contact number, but the app explains why they are needed and how long they will be kept. Users can also see their records and remove old information that is no longer required. Safety depends on more than app design. Workers who manage reports receive special training, and only the responsible team can open personal details. Important actions are recorded, so unusual use can be found. The app reminds users to create strong passwords and never share a code from a phone message. These steps form a <u>barrier</u> against careless or improper use of information. The community also holds short meetings where residents can ask questions and suggest changes. After one meeting, the app added a clearer choice for people who wanted paper notices instead. This did not make the app less smart. It showed that a useful service respects different choices. Digital tools can save time and help teams solve problems efficiently, but trust is just as important as speed. When residents understand and control how their information is used, smart services can become both convenient and safe. Questions 1. （主旨大意）What is the passage mainly about? A. Why community apps should collect all user information. B. How to book a shared room before other residents. C. How a community app balances convenience and information safety. D. Why paper notices are faster than digital messages. 2. （细节理解）What information can a resident send when reporting a broken streetlight? A. A password and phone code. B. A name and home address. C. All old service records. D. Its location and a photo. 3. （推理判断）Why did the app keep a choice for paper notices? A. The app was unable to send digital notices. B. A smart service should respect different user choices. C. Workers wanted to collect more home addresses. D. Paper notices always protect information better. 4. （词义猜测）The underlined word "barrier" in Paragraph 3 probably means "______". A. something that provides protection B. a meeting for collecting opinions C. a record that users want to remove D. something that makes service faster 学科网（北京）股份有限公司 $